2834-APOSTILA - Inglês pdf

Prévia do material em texto

1 
Sumário 
VERB FUNDAMENTALS ................................................................................................................... 4 
VERB FORMS ..................................................................................................................................... 5 
VERB TENSES .................................................................................................................................... 5 
IRREGULAR VERBS ......................................................................................................................... 21 
CONTRACTIONS / SHORT FORMS (Contrações) ................................................................... 27 
QUESTION TAG ............................................................................................................................... 30 
ADDITIONS TO REMARKS: AGREEMENT AND DISAGREEMENT ........................................ 34 
AUXILIARY MODAL VERBS .......................................................................................................... 39 
THE “ING” ENDING (A TERMINAÇÃO “ING”) ............................................................................. 45 
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES ......................................................................................................... 53 
THE VERB “WISH” ........................................................................................................................... 59 
DOUBLE SENSE WORDS ............................................................................................................... 61 
PREPOSITIONS ............................................................................................................................... 63 
PREPOSITIONS AFTER CERTAIN ADJECTIVES ...................................................................... 74 
SUFFIXES .......................................................................................................................................... 83 
CONNECTORS ................................................................................................................................. 88 
ADJECTIVES ................................................................................................................................. 105 
ADVERBS ....................................................................................................................................... 114 
ARTICLES ...................................................................................................................................... 118 
INDEFINITE ARTICLES (A, AN) .................................................................................................. 119 
DEFINITE ARTICLE (THE) ........................................................................................................... 120 
PLURAL FORM .............................................................................................................................. 126 
GENITIVE (POSSESSIVE) CASE - ‘S / ‘ ................................................................................. 135 
FALSE COGNATES ...................................................................................................................... 140 
PERSONAL PRONOUNS ............................................................................................................. 142 
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS ...................................................................... 146 
REFLEXIVE AND EMPHASIZING PRONOUNS ....................................................................... 148 
2 
 
QUANTITATIVES (MUCH / LITTLE - MANY / FEW) ............................................................ 152 
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS AND ADJECTIVES ......................................................................... 157 
(SOME / ANY E SEUS COMPOSTOS) ....................................................................................... 157 
RELATIVE PRONOUNS ............................................................................................................... 161 
WH-WORDS (INTERROGATIVES) ............................................................................................. 166 
NUMBERS ...................................................................................................................................... 168 
ANSWER KEY ................................................................................................................................ 173 
PROVAS CESPE / CEBRASPE ................................................................................................... 182 
ADDITIONAL TEXTS AND TESTS (CESPE / CEBRASPE PATTERN) ................................. 200 
RESPOSTAS COMENTADAS ..................................................................................................... 210 
ADDITIONAL TEXTS AND TESTS (CESPE / CEBRASPE PATTERN) ................................. 229 
GABARITO ..................................................................................................................................... 272 
 
 
3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
VERBS 
 
4 
 
 
 
VERB FUNDAMENTALS 
 
ORDINARY (FULL) VERBS 
Os verbos “completos” são aqueles que possuem as formas verbais do infinitivo, passado, particípio 
passado e particípio presente (-ing). Também podem ocorrer em qualquer tempo verbal (present tenses, 
past tenses e future tenses). São divididos em duas categorias: regulares e irregulares. 
 
REGULAR VERBS 
Caracterizados pela terminação “–ed” no passado e no particípio passado (work, talk, love, rain, play, 
etc.). São a maioria dos verbos da Língua Inglesa. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS 
São os verbos que não formam o passado e o particípio com a terminação –ed (eat, drink, speak, run, 
make, etc.). São minoria na classe dos verbos. Porém são os mais freqüentes e assíduos nos exames 
vestibulares. 
 
AUXILIARY VERBS 
Como sugere a denominação, são os verbos que funcionam como “assistentes”, “ajudantes” dos 
verbos completos e ajudam a formar os tempos verbais. São eles: TO BE (is, are, was, were, will be, has been, 
had been, etc.), TO DO (do, does, did), TO HAVE (have, has, had, will have) e os MODAIS (will, would, can, could, 
may, might, must, should, etc.) 
 
 Verb “THERE TO BE” (Haver) 
 
 There is - Há, (um, uma) 
 There are - Há, (mais de um) 
 There was - Havia (um, uma) 
 There were - Havia (mais de um) 
 There will be - Haverá 
 There would be - Haveria 
 There can be - Pode haver 
 There could be - poderia haver 
 There must be - deve haver 
 There should be - deveria haver 
 There has been - tem havido 
 There had been - tinha havido 
 
Fill the gaps with the appropriate form of the verb “there to be”. 
a) ___________ any juice in the cooler. 
b) ___________ a concert in the park next Sunday. 
c) ___________ employees working right now? 
d) ___________ a party last night. 
e) I’m afraid that ___________ any tickets left. It’s sold out. 
5 
 
VERB FORMS 
 
V1 V2 V3 V4 MEANING 
(BASE FORM) (PAST SIMPLE) (PAST PARTICIPLE) (-ING) 
 
 
Arrest arrested arrested arresting prender 
Turn turned turned turning virar 
Bribe bribed bribed bribing subornar 
Brake braked braked braking frear 
Skid skidded skidded skidding derrapar 
Rob robbed robbed robbing roubar 
 
 
Drive drove driven driving dirigir, conduzir 
Swear swore sworn swearing jurar, xingar 
Lose lost lost losing perder 
Win won won winning vencer 
Cost cost cost costing custar 
Bet bet bet betting apostar 
 
 
 
VERB TENSES 
Present tenses 
 
SIMPLE Present (I play / She plays) 
 
S + V1 (sem “to”) (acrescentando S ou ES para 3a pessoa do sing. – he, she, it) 
 
Quando usá-lo:Ações ou acontecimentos que ocorrem regularmente, repetidamente. 
 Verdades universais. 
 
 Peter goes out every night. 
 They work every day. 
 We never watch TV. 
 The sun rises in the east. 
 Water boils at 100 degrees. 
 
Expressões e palavras utilizadas com o Simple Present: 
 
 Every morning – todas as manhãs 
 Every day – todos os dias 
 Every night – todas as noites 
 Every week – todas as semanas 
 Etc. 
 
 
6 
 
+ 
Always – sempre 
Often = frequently – frequentemente 
 Sometimes – às vezes / usually - geralmente 
 Seldom = rarely – raramente 
 - Never – nunca 
 
 
 
Present CONTINUOUS / PROGRESSIVE (I am playing) 
S + (AM, IS, ARE) + V4 
 
Quando usá-lo: Ações que estão ocorrendo no momento em que se fala. É o presente real. 
 Ações planejadas que ocorrerão num future próximo. 
 
Mary is working now. 
The boys are playing at this moment. 
Mr Smith is traveling tomorrow. 
 
Expressões e palavras utilizadas com o Present Continuous: 
 
 Now – agora 
 Right now – agora (mais enfático) 
 At present – no presente 
 At this moment – neste momento 
 
 
Present PERFECT (I have played / He has sung) 
S + (HAVE/HAS) + V3 (ED ou Verbos Irregulares) 
 
Quando usá-lo: 1) Ações ou acontecimentos iniciados no passado e que continuam ocorrendo no 
presente; 
2) Ação que ocorreu em um passado indefinido. 
3) Ação recém finalizada (JUST). 
 
Maggie has worked here since 2015. 
They’ve played chess for 30 years. 
 
That decision has changed his life. 
* A decisão mudou e continuará a mudar a vida dele. 
 
He has traveled to Seattle. 
*Ele viajou para Seattle e ainda esta lá. 
 
Mike has just arrived. 
 
Palavras e expressões usadas com o Present Perfect Simple: 
 
 Since – desde Once / Twice – Uma vez / Duas vezes 
 Just – recém, apenas Several times – diversas vezes 
7 
 
 For – por, há Many times – muitas vezes 
 Yet – ainda, já Today – hoje 
 Recently – recentemente Already – já 
 Lately – ultimamente 
 Ever – já; alguma vez na vida (em perguntas e em negativas com as palavras) 
 Never - nunca 
 This week/month/year – esta semana/este mês/este ano 
 
 Have you ever seen the rain? 
 Nobody has ever done it before. 
 Nothing like that has ever been tested, 
 
Present PERFECT CONTINUOUS (I have been playing) 
S + (HAVE, HAS) + BEEN + V4 
 
Quando usá-lo: - Ações ou acontecimentos iniciados no passado e que continuam ocorrendo no 
presente. Os usos do Present Perfect Continuous confundem-se com os do Present Perfect. O uso do 
Continuous enfatiza a continuidade da ação e, normalmente, revela uma ação temporária. 
- Ações finalizadas mas cujo efeito possa ser sentido no presente. 
 
It has been raining since yesterday. 
Have they been walking for a long time? 
Someone has been smoking in that bedroom. 
 
Palavras usadas com o Present Perfect Continuous: 
 
 Since – desde 
 For – por, há 
 
Present EMPHATIC (I do play; He does play) 
S + (DO, DOES) + V1 (infinitivo sem “to” ) 
 
Quando usá-lo: - Para enfatizar as ações executadas pelo sujeito. 
 
Mary does work hard = Mary really works hard. 
 
You do play well = You really play well. 
 
Consider the verb forms in the sentences below. Are they correct? Correct the wrong ones. 
A) I haven’t met my friends since July. 
B) The children have read a Thai story yesterday. 
C) Have you learned Mandarin when you were in school? 
D) They have seen many French films last year. 
E) His parents have lived in Germany in the 1980’s. 
8 
 
F) Since the introduction of MP3 music player headphones many minor street accidents has 
happened. 
G) Britain has invested very little in Chinese studies. 
H) We’ve been looking for a new house since two weeks. 
 
 
9 
 
PRESENT TENSES FORMS 
 
AFFIRMATIVE FRAME 
 
SIMPLE PRESENT - 
 
SUJ + V1(+S P/ 3ª SING. – HE, SHE, IT) 
PRESENT CONTINUOUS - SUJ + (AM IS ARE) + V4 
PRESENT PERFECT - SUJ + HAVE / HAS (3a SING.) + V3 
PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS - SUJ + HAVE / HAS (3a SING.) + BEEN + V4 
PRESENT EMPHATIC - SUJ + DO / DOES (3a SING.) + V1 
 
 
NEGATIVE FRAME 
 
SIMPLE PRESENT - 
 
SUJ + DO / DOES (3a sing) + NOT (DON’T/DOESN’T) + V1 
PRESENT CONTINUOUS - SUJ + (AM,IS,ARE)+NOT(ISN’T,AREN’T) + V4 
PRESENT PERFECT - SUJ + HAVE/HAS(3a SING.)+NOT (HAVEN’T/HASN’T) + V3 
PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS - SUJ +HAVE/HAS+NOT(HAVEN’T/HASN’T)+BEEN+ V4 
 
 
INTERROGATIVE FRAME 
 
SIMPLE PRESENT - 
 
DO/DOES (3a SING) + SUJ + V1? 
PRESENT CONTINUOUS - (AM,IS,ARE) + SUJ + V4 ? 
PRESENT PERFECT - HAVE/HAS (3a SING) + SUJ + V3? 
PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS - HAVE/HAS (3a SING) + SUJ + BEEN + V4 ? 
 
 
 
 
10 
 
EXERCÍCIOS DE FIXAÇÃO 
1) Escreva em inglês. 
 
Eu falo com Maria todas as manhãs. _______________________________________________________ 
 
Bob realmente sabe inglês. ______________________________________________________________ 
 
Eles realmente sabem inglês. ____________________________________________________________ 
 
Maria trabalha aqui há 10 anos. ___________________________________________________________ 
 
Está chovendo desde ontem. _____________________________________________________________ 
 
O trem está viajando muito rapidamente. ____________________________________________________ 
 
 
2) Make the following statements negative: 
 
Joe likes tea. __________________________________________________________________________ 
 
Joe and Ann like tea. ___________________________________________________________________ 
 
They are studying at this moment. _________________________________________________________ 
 
She has been sleeping for 12 hours. _______________________________________________________ 
 
Jeremy has traveled to London many times. _________________________________________________ 
 
 
3) Make the following sentences interrogative: 
 
Joe likes tea. __________________________________________________________________________ 
 
Joe and Ann like tea. ___________________________________________________________________ 
 
They are studying at this moment. _________________________________________________________ 
 
She has been sleeping for 12 hours. _______________________________________________________ 
 
Jeremy has traveled to London many times. _________________________________________________ 
 
 
 
 
11 
 
PAST TENSES 
 
SIMPLE Past (I played / I sang) 
 
S + V2 
 
Quando usá-lo: Ações ou acontecimentos que ocorreram num passado definido (deve responder a 
pergunta quando). 
The trees dropped the leaves last fall. 
You went home early last night. 
Bruce was a businessman in the 90s. 
 
 
 
Palavras e expressões usadas com o Simple Past Tense: 
 
 Yesterday – ontem 
 Ago – atrás 
 Last night/week/month – noite passada/semana passada/ mês passado 
 As if/as though – como se 
 
 Jane saw me two weeks ago. 
 Ed works as if/as though he knew the duties. 
 
Past CONTINUOUS / PROGRESSIVE (I was playing / They were singing) 
 
 S + (WAS / WERE) + V4 
 
Quando usá-lo: - Ações longas (Past Continuous) interrompidas por ações curtas (Simple Past); 
- Em orações conectadas nas quais os verbos estejam no Past Continuous descrevendo duas ações 
simultâneas. 
 
 
Mary was walking alone yesterday morning. 
 They were playing soccer when the car crashed. 
 The employees were working while the boss was taking the plane. 
 
Palavras e expressões usadas com o Past Continuous: 
 
 When – quando 
 While – enquanto 
 
Past PERFECT (I had played / I had sung) 
 
S + (HAD) + V3 
 
Quando usá-lo: - Ação ou acontecimento no passado anterior a uma outra ação também no 
passado. A ação mais recente deve ser conjugada no Simple Past. 
12 
 
 
The Brazilian government had finished their budget when the Northeast states 
 claimed for financial aid. 
 
Palavras e expressões usadas com o Past Perfect 
 
 When – quando 
 Before – antes 
 After – depois 
 
 
Past PERFECT CONTINUOUS (She had been playing / Wehad been singing) 
S + (HAD) + (BEEN) + V4 
 
Quando usá-lo: - Para destacar a duração de algum evento no passado anterior a um outro 
acontecimento; - Ação ou acontecimento no passado ocorrido antes de uma outra ação também no 
passado. Neste caso, os usos do Past Perfect Continuous confundem-se com os do Past Perfect. O uso do 
Continuous dá mais ênfase ao progresso da ação no passado. 
 
 Mary had been living abroad for 10 years when she got married. 
 Peter was exhausted last night. He had been running the marathon. 
 
 
Palavras e expressões usadas com o Past Perfect Continuous 
 
 When – quando Before – antes 
 While – enquanto After – depois 
 For – por, há 
 
Past EMPHATIC (I did play) 
 
S + DID + V1 
 
Quando usá-lo: - Para enfatizar ações ocorridas em um passado definido. 
 
She did work hard last year = She really worked hard last year. 
You did play well yesterday = You really played well yesterday. 
 
PAST TENSES FORMS 
 
AFFIRMATIVE FRAME 
 
SIMPLE PAST - 
 
SUJ + V2 
PAST CONTINUOUS - SUJ + (WAS / WERE) + V4 
PAST PERFECT - SUJ + HAD + V3 
PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS - SUJ + HAD + BEEN + V4 
PAST EMPHATIC - SUJ + DID + V1 
 
13 
 
 
NEGATIVE FRAME 
 
SIMPLE PAST - 
 
SUJ + DID + NOT (DIDN’T) + V1 
PAST CONTINUOUS - SUJ + WAS/WERE + NOT (WASN’T/WEREN’T) + V4 
PAST PERFECT - SUJ + HAD + NOT (HADN’T) + V3 
PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS - SUJ + HAD + NOT (HADN’T) + BEEN + V4 
 
 
INTERROGATIVE FRAME 
 
SIMPLE PAST - 
 
DID + SUJ + V1 ? 
PAST CONTINUOUS - (WAS/WERE) + SUJ + V4 ? 
PAST PERFECT HAD + SUJ + V3 ? 
PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS HAD + SUJ + BEEN + V4 ? 
 
USED TO 
(usado para falar de algo que acontecia no passado, mas não mais acontece.) 
 
I used to eat meat, but now I’m a vegetarian. 
We don’t go to the movies now as often as we used to. 
She didn’t use to be so mean. 
Did you use to play the piano? 
 
 
14 
 
 
EXERCÍCIOS DE FIXAÇÃO 
 
1) Escreva em inglês: 
 
Eu falei com Maria ontem. _______________________________________________________________ 
 
Bob realmente sabia inglês. ______________________________________________________________ 
 
Eles realmente sabiam inglês. ____________________________________________________________ 
 
Maria trabalhou aqui há 10 anos atrás. _____________________________________________________ 
 
Choveu ontem. _______________________________________________________________________ 
 
O trem estava viajando muito rapidamente. __________________________________________________ 
 
Eles tinham trabalhado muito no ano passado. _______________________________________________ 
 
Ela jogava tênis quando era mais jovem. 
 
___________________________________________________ 
 
2) Make the following statements negative: 
 
Joe liked tea. _________________________________________________________________________ 
 
Joe and Ann liked tea. __________________________________________________________________ 
 
He was working yesterday. _______________________________________________________________ 
 
They were studying last night. ____________________________________________________________ 
 
I was washing my car. __________________________________________________________________ 
 
Laurie had been sleeping for 12 hours after she took that medicine. 
 
_________________________________________________________________________ 
 
Jeremy had traveled to London many times before he moved to Brazil. 
 
_______________________________________________________________________ 
 
Tammy used to skateboard. 
 
_________________________________________ 
 
 
15 
 
3) Make the following sentences interrogative: 
 
Joe liked tea. _________________________________________________________________________ 
 
Joe and Ann liked tea. __________________________________________________________________ 
 
He was working yesterday. ______________________________________________________________ 
 
They were studying last night. ____________________________________________________________ 
 
I was washing my car. __________________________________________________________________ 
 
Laurie had been sleeping for 12 hours after she took that medicine. 
 
__________________________________________________________________________ 
 
Jeremy had traveled to London many times before he moved to Brazil. 
 
__________________________________________________________________________ 
 
Tammy used to skateboard. 
 
_________________________________________________ 
 
 
 
16 
 
FUTURE FORMS AND USES 
 
WILL – Prediction or spontaneous intention. 
 
S + WILL + V1 
 
I think it`ll rain tomorrow. (prediction) 
That may be heavy. I`ll help you with your bag. (spontaneous intention) 
So, you are going home, aren’t you? We’ll give you a ride. (spontaneous intention) 
 
Palavras que pedem o uso do Simple Future: 
 
 Tonight – hoje à noite 
Tomorrow – amanhã 
 Next (week, month) – próxima semana, próximo mês 
 Soon – logo, breve 
 
 
BE GOING TO – Intention or `evidence now` 
 
S + am/is/are + going to + V1 
 
He’s going to be a pilot in the Air Force. (intention) 
He wants me to mend his shirt for him, but I'm not going to! (intention) 
Look at those clouds. It’s going to rain any minute. (evidence) 
There's going to be trouble when Paul finds out about this. (evidence) 
 
 
 
 
SHALL – In formal contexts, mostly with ‘I’ and ‘we’. 
 
S + SHALL + V1 
 
I shall send it to you tomorrow. 
We shall have to tell her what happened. 
 
We can use the full form shall not in formal contexts or when we want to emphasis 
something: 
[a public notice in a pub] 
17 
 
The management shall not be responsible for damage to personal property. 
 
 
OFFER (I/we) 
 
Shall I carry your suitcase? 
 
SUGGESTION (I/we) 
 
Shall we eat out tonight? 
 
COMMANDS / INSTRUCTIONS (very formal) 
 
This door shall be kept closed at all times. 
 
Future CONTINUOUS (PROGRESSIVE) 
 
S + WILL BE + V4 
 
Ações ou acontecimentos estarão ocorrendo em determinado momento no futuro. 
 
Kent and Alice will be celebrating their wedding anniversary next Sunday. 
I’ll be having dinner at 7:00. 
 
Palavras usadas com o Future Continuous: 
 
 Tonight – hoje à noite 
 Tomorrow – amanhã 
 Next – próximo(a) 
 Soon – breve, logo 
 
Future PERFECT 
 
S + WILL HAVE + V3 
 
Ações ou acontecimentos já estarão finalizados em determinado momento no futuro. 
 
Next month my parents will have been together for thirty years. 
Next month I will have worked for the company for six years. 
By the year 2050, newspapers will have died out. 
 
Palavras usadas com o Future Perfect: 
18 
 
 
By – por, pelo, perto de 
Tonight – hoje à noite 
Tomorrow – amanhã 
Next – próximo(a) 
 
CONDITIONAL SIMPLE (I would play / She would sing) 
 
S + WOULD + V1 
 
 - Geralmente é empregado em correlação com uma outra oração, nas chamadas sentenças 
condicionais, expressando algo imaginário ou hipotético. 
- Refere o futuro sob a perspectiva do passado. 
- Também pode expressar ações que ocorriam regularmente no passado, com um uso semelhante 
ao de “used to” (costumava). 
 
If Peter had money, he would buy a new car. (hypothetical situation) 
He said he would travel abroad next year. (futuro sob a perspectiva do passado) 
Sue would (used to) study all night long when she was in Portland. 
 
 FUTURE AND CONDITIONAL TENSES FORMS 
 
AFFIRMATIVE FRAME 
 
SIMPLE FUTURE - 
 
SUJ + WILL + V1 
FUTURE CONTINUOUS - SUJ + WILL BE + V4 
FUTURE PERFECT - SUJ + WILL HAVE + V3 
SIMPLE CONDITIONAL - SUJ + WOULD + V1 
 
 
NEGATIVE FRAME 
 
SIMPLE FUTURE - 
 
SUJ+ WILL + NOT (WON’T) + V1 
FUTURE CONTINUOUS - SUJ + WILL + NOT (WON’T) + BE + V4 
FUTURE PERFECT - SUJ + WILL + NOT (WON’T) + HAVE + V3 
SIMPLE CONDITIONAL - SUJ + WOULD + NOT (WOULDN’T) + V1 
 
 
INTERROGATIVE FRAME 
 
SIMPLE FUTURE - 
 
WILL + SUJ + V1 ? 
FUTURE CONTINUOUS - WILL + SUJ + BE + V4 ? 
FUTURE PERFECT - WILL+ SUJ + HAVE + V3? 
SIMPLE CONDITIONAL - WOULD + SUJ + V1 ? 
 
19 
 
EXERCÍCIOS DE FIXAÇÃO 
1) Escreva em inglês: 
 
Falarei com Maria amanhã. ______________________________________________________________ 
 
Falaria com Maria amanhã. ______________________________________________________________ 
 
Eles estarão trabalhando amanhã. _________________________________________________________ 
 
Maria trabalhará aqui daqui a dez anos. ____________________________________________________ 
 
Acho que vai chover amanhã. ____________________________________________________________ 
 
O trem estará viajando muito rapidamente. __________________________________________________ 
 
Eles terão finalizado o projeto em 2021. __________________________________________________ 
 
Ela costumava dormir o dia inteiro nos finais de semana. _______________________________________ 
 
 
2) Make the following statements negative: 
 
Joe will like tea. _______________________________________________________________________ 
 
Joe and Ann will like tea. ________________________________________________________________ 
 
He will be working tomorrow. _____________________________________________________________ 
 
They will be studying in London next year. ___________________________________________________ 
 
Laurie will have won the award on Chemistry by the time she graduates. 
___________________________________________________________________________ 
 
3) Make the following statements interrogative: 
 
Joe will like tea. _______________________________________________________________________ 
 
Joe and Ann will like tea. ________________________________________________________________ 
 
He will be working tomorrow. _____________________________________________________________ 
 
They will be studying in London next year. ___________________________________________________ 
 
Laurie will have won the award on Chemistry by the time she graduates. 
 
___________________________________________________________________________ 
 
 
20 
 
 
Recognising Future Forms: match a sentence from A with a sentence from B according to the form and 
meaning of the structure. What meaning do the two sentences express? 
 
A 
 
1) Your plane arrives at 14:05. 
2) What will you be doing this time next week? 
3) Take the medicine. You’ll soon feel better. 
4) What are you going to do while you’re on holiday? 
5) I’m having lunch with the director tomorrow. 
6) I’ll have mended your shoes by Friday. 
7) Mind the baby! She’s going to touch the fire! 
8) Ring me tonight. I’ll give you my number. 47340678. 
 
B 
 
a) It will remain cold and there will be snow on the hills. 
b) Don’t phone at 8:00 because I’ll be having dinner. 
c) He looks pale. He’s going to faint. 
d) What are you doing this afternoon? 
e) They’re going to knock down that old building. Isn’t it a shame? 
f) Don’t worry about the mess. I’ll tidy it up. 
g) Next term begins on October 1st. 
h) When do you think you’ll have finished? 
 
IMPERATIVE 
 
AFFIRMATIVE FORM – V1 (without to) 
NEGATIVE FORM – DO NOT (DON’T) / NEVER + V1 
 
Open the door. Call Peter. Sit next to Laurie, please. 
 
Don’t answer the phone. Don’t speed up! Never open the window. 
 
Empregado para indicar comandos, pedidos, convites, instruções, advertências e conselhos. 
 
LET’S (NOT) + V1 - usado para incluir o falante. 
 
Let’s eat out tonight. Let’s not travel this weekend. Let’s get to work!! 
 
 
Match the sentences to the purposes they convey. 
 
a) Put your clothes away, now! ( ) command 
b) Turn left after the mall. ( ) request 
c) Come over to my place later. ( ) invitation 
21 
 
d) Don’t eat greasy food. It may harm you. ( ) instruction 
e) Bring the snacks, please. ( ) advice 
 
 
 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS 
Milhares de verbos da língua inglesa apresentam a terminação “-ed” no passado (equivalente as 
terminações “-ou” ou “-eu” dos verbos do português) e a mesma terminação “-ed” no particípio passado (que 
equivale as terminações “-ado” ou “-ido” dos nossos verbos). São os chamados verbos REGULARES. 
Logo, “worked” pode ser traduzido como “trabalhou” ou “trabalhado”; “rescued” como “socorreu” ou 
“socorrido”. 
No entanto existem alguns verbos que fogem deste modelo. São os chamados verbos IRREGULARES, 
que não apresentam o modelo da terminação “-ed”. As listas dos livros de gramática os apresentam em 
ordem alfabética. Mas a melhor estratégia de assimilação dos menos de 200 verbos IRREGULARES é quando 
eles estão agrupados por afinidade. Existem algumas “famílias” de verbos, grupos que obedecem a uma 
mesma dinâmica de formação de PASSADO e PARTICÍPIO PASSADO. 
 
PRINCIPAIS VERBOS IRREGULARES AGRUPADOS POR AFINIDADE 
 
 
 V1 
 
 V2 
 
 V3 
 
 
INFINITIVE 
 
PAST 
 
PAST PARTICIPLE 
 
 TRADUÇÃO 
 
Beset 
 
Beset 
 
Beset 
 
Atacar, Recuar 
Bet Bet Bet Apostar 
Burst Burst Burst Estourar 
Cast Cast Cast Arremessar 
Cost Cost Cost Custar 
Cut Cut Cut Cortar 
Hit Hit Hit Bater, Golpear 
Hurt Hurt Hurt Ferir, Machucar 
Let Let Let Deixar, Permitir 
Put Put Put Por, Colocar 
Quit Quit Quit Desistir, Parar 
Read Read Read Ler 
Set Set Set Ajustar, Estabelecer 
Shut Shut Shut Fechar 
Split Split Split Rachar, Partir 
Spread Spread Spread Espalhar, Difundir 
Wet Wet Wet Molhar, Umedecer 
 
(AS TRÊS COLUNAS SÃO IGUAIS: INFINITIVO = PASSADO = PARTICÍPIO PASSADO) 
 
22 
 
 
 
Bleed 
 
Bled 
 
Bled 
 
Sangrar 
Breed Bred Bred Criar, Gerar 
Feed Fed Fed Alimentar 
Lead Led Led Liderar 
Meet Met Met Encontrar, Reunir-se 
Shoot Shot Shot Atirar 
Speed Sped Sped Acelerar 
 
(AQUI A ÚLTIMA VOGAL CAI E ASSIM O VERBO ESTÁ NO PASSADO E TAMBÉM PARTICÍPIO) 
 
 
 
 
Beseech 
 
Besought 
 
Besought 
 
Suplicar 
Bring Brought Brought Trazer 
Buy Bought Bought Comprar 
Fight Fought Fought Lutar, Brigar 
Seek Sought Sought Procurar 
Think Thought Thought Pensar, Achar 
 
(DINÂMICA INFINITIVO – OUGHT - OUGHT) 
 
 
 
Bend 
 
Bent 
 
Bent 
 
Dobrar 
Build Built Built Construir 
Lend Lent Lent Emprestar 
Send Sent Sent Enviar, Mandar 
Spend Spent Spent Gastar, Passar 
 
(DINÂMICA _D / _T / _T ) 
 
 
 
Creep 
 
Crept 
 
Crept 
 
Rastejar 
Feel Felt Felt Sentir 
Keep Kept Kept Guardar, Manter 
Sleep Slept Slept Dormir 
Weep Wept Wept Chorar, Lamentar 
Sweep Swept Swept Varrep 
 
(DINÂMICA DA QUEDA DE UM “-E” E ACRÉSCIMO DE UM “T” PARA O PASSADO 
E PARTICÍPIO PASSADO) 
 
23 
 
 
 
 
Deal 
 
Dealt 
 
Dealt 
 
Lidar, Negociar 
Mean Meant Meant Significar, Querer Dizer 
Hear Heard Heard Ouvir 
 
(AQUI HÁ O ACRÉSCIMO DE UMA CONSOANTE À FORMA DO INFINITIVO. ASSIM O VERBO 
ACONTECE NO PASSADO E PARTICÍPIO PASSADO) 
 
 
 
Begin 
 
Began 
 
Begun 
 
Começar 
Drink Drank Drunk Beber 
Ring 
Shrink 
Rang 
Shrank 
Rung 
Shrunk 
Tocar, Soar 
Encolher 
Sing Sang Sung Cantar 
Sink Sank Sunk Afundar 
Spring Sprang Sprung Saltar 
Swim Swam Swum Nadar 
 
 
(DINÂMICA _I / _A / _U ) 
 
 
 
 
 
Blow 
 
Blew 
 
Blown 
 
Soprar 
Grow Grew Grown Crescer 
Know Knew Known Saber, Conhecer 
Throw Threw Thrown Arremessar 
 
(DINÂMICA _OW / _EW / _OWN ) 
 
 
 
 
Arise 
 
Arose 
 
Arisen 
 
Emergir, Originar 
Drive Drove Driven Dirigir, Conduzir 
Ride Rode Ridden Passear, Cavalgar 
Write Wrote Written Escrever 
Tread 
(DINÂMICA _I-E / _O / _EN
 
Trod Trodden Caminhar 
 
 
24 
 
 
Lay 
 
Laid 
 
Laid 
 
Pôr, Colocar 
Pay Paid Paid Pagar 
Say Said Said Dizer 
 
(DINÂMICA _AY / _AID /_AID ) 
 
 
 
 
Sell 
 
Sold 
 
Sold 
 
Vender 
Tell Told Told Dizer, Contar 
 
(DINÂMICA _ELL / _OLD /_OLD ) 
 
 
 
 
Cling 
 
Clung 
 
Clung 
 
Aderir 
Dig Dug Dug Cavar 
Hold Held Held Segurar, Prender 
Sit Sat Sat Sentar-se 
Win Won Won Ganhar 
Get Got Got / Gotten* Pegar, Obter, etc. 
 
(AQUI A VOGAL DO INFINITIVO É TROCADA POR OUTRA VOGAL NO PASSADO, 
QUE É IGUAL AO PARTICÍPIO PASSADO) 
 
* O PARTICÍPIO PASSADO DE “GET” ADMITE AS FORMAS“GOT” E “GOTTEN” 
 
 
 
 
Come 
 
Came 
 
Come 
 
Vir 
Become Became Become Tornar-se 
Overcome Overcame Overcome Superar 
Run Ran Run Correr 
Forerun Foreran Forerun Antecipar, Antever 
Outrun Outran Outrun Escapar, Exceder 
Overrun Overran Overrun Alastrar, Exceder 
 
(INFINITIVO É IGUAL AO PARTICÍPIO) 
 
 
 
25 
 
 
Saw 
 
Sawed 
 
Sawed / Sawn 
 
Serrar 
Sew Sewed Sewed / Sewn Costurar 
Sow Sowed Sowed / Sown Semear 
Show Showed Shown Mostrar 
 
(CUIDADO! NÃO CONFUNDA-OS.) 
 
 
 
Awake 
 
Awaked / Awoke 
 
Awaked / Awoken 
 
Despertar, Acordar 
Burn Burned / Burnt Burned / Burnt Queimar 
Dream Dreamed / Dreamt Dreamed / Dreamt Sonhar 
Dwell Dwelled / Dwelt Dwelled / Dwelt Morar 
Lean Leaned / Leant Leaned / Leant Apoiar-se 
Learn Learned / Learnt Learned / Learnt Aprender 
Rid Ridded / Rid Ridded / Rid Livrar-se, Desfazer-se 
Smell Smelled / Smelt Smelled / Smelt Cheirar 
Spill Spilled / Spilt Spilled / Spilt Derramar 
Spin Spun / Span Spun Torcer, Rolar 
Spoil Spoiled / Spoilt Spoiled / Spoilt Estragar 
Sweat Sweated / Sweat Sweated / Sweat Suar 
 
(BOTH REGULAR AND IRREGULAR) 
 
 
26 
 
TESTS 
 
1) O verbo “lead” forma o passado e o particípio do mesmo modo que 
 
a) meet 
b) cut 
c) tear 
d) see 
e) bear 
 
2) The verb “rise” has the same pattern of “past / past participle” formation of the verb 
 
a) drive 
b) begin 
c) ring 
d) hide 
e) fight 
 
3) Os tempos fundamentais do verbo “eat” são 
 
a) eat – eated – eaten 
b) eat – ate – eated 
c) eat – ated – ate 
d) eat – ate – eaten 
e) eat – eated - eated 
 
4) Indique as formas corretas do Particípio Passado dos seguintes verbos: “wear”, “hit” e “bleed” 
 
a) wore – hit – bleeded 
b) wore – hitted – bleed 
c) worn – hit – bleed 
d) weared – hitted – bled 
e) worn – hit – bled 
 
5) The verb “dug” in “... after he had dug...” is in the 
 
a) past participle 
b) simple past tense 
c) infinitive 
d) gerund 
e) present tense 
 
6) The verb “bear” is presented in its past and past participle modes exactly in the same way as the 
verb 
 
a) wear d) appear 
b) fear e) draw 
c) hear 
7) O verbo “shoot” tem o mesmo padrão de formação de “passado” e “particípio passado” de todos 
os verbos abaixo, EXCETO 
 
27 
 
 
a) feed 
b) lead 
c) breed 
d) weep 
e) meet 
 
8) The verb “begin” has the same infinitive/past/past participle pattern formation of all of the 
following verbs below BUT 
 
a) bring 
b) spring 
c) sink 
d) swim 
e) ring 
 
KEY = 1-A 2-A 3-D 4-E 5-A 6-A 7-D 8-A 
 
CONTRACTIONS / SHORT FORMS (Contrações) 
 
A correta identificação das contrações (apóstrofo + uma ou duas letras) pode ser determinante 
para que você compreenda com eficiência a ideia de determinadas passagens e também 
responda aos testes específicos de gramática. 
NEGATIVE CONTRACTIONS 
 
Are not aren’t 
Is not isn’t 
Was not wasn’t 
Were not weren’t 
Have not haven’t 
Has not hasn’t 
 
Had not hadn’t 
Would not wouldn’t 
Must not mustn’t 
May not mayn’t 
Might not mightn’t 
Should not shouldn’t 
Could not couldn’t 
Do not don’t 
 
 
28 
 
Does not doesn’t 
Did not didn’t 
 
Can not can’t A T T E N T I O N ! 
Shall not shan’t CONTRAÇÕES NEGATIVAS 
Will not won’t IRREGULARES 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE CONTRACTIONS 
 
1) ‘s = is quando for seguido da forma verbal ING, adjetivo ou substantivo precedido de artigo. 
 
 
 Bruce’s working for the government. “Bruce está trabalhando para o governo.” 
 
 
 It’s beautiful. “É bonito.” Note que “beautiful” é um adjetivo 
 
 
 Mary’s the manager. “Mary é a gerente.” 
 
2) ‘s = has quando seguido de particípio passado (III coluna) 
 
 
 Bruce’s worked for the government since 1995. “Bruce trabalha para o governo desde 1995.” 
 
 
 It’s been a hard work. “Tem sido um trabalho difícil.” 
 
3) ‘s = us quando ocorre com o verbo “let”, significando vamos. 
 
 Let’s go out tonight. “Vamos sair hoje à noite.” 
4) ‘ll = will pode ser a forma contrata de “will” ou “shall” (aux. do futuro) 
 
29 
 
 
 They’ll play next week. “Eles jogarão próxima semana.” 
OBS.: O uso moderno de “shall” está restrito para as 1as pessoas (I, WE) Ex.: We shall win. 
 
5) ‘d = would quando seguido de infinitivo ou da palavra “rather”. 
OBS.: would rather - preferir 
 
 He’d work for the government. “Ele trabalharia para o governo.” 
 
 It’d be a hard work. “ Seria um trabalho difícil.” 
 
 They’d rather stay home. “Eles preferem ficar em casa.” 
6) ‘d = had quando seguido de particípio passado ou da palavra “better”. 
OBS.: had better – é melhor 
 
 He’d worked for the government. “Ele tinha trabalhado para o governo.” 
 
 It’d been a hard work. “Tinha sido um trabalho difícil.” 
 
 He’d better run. “É melhor que ele corra.” 
ATENÇÃO: Advérbios podem ser empregados entre o verbo auxiliar e o verbo principal. Fique atento ao 
formato do verbo que ocorre logo após o advérbio. 
He’d never work for the government. “Ele nunca trabalharia para o governo.” 
 
 ‘d advérbio infinitivo ‘d = would 
He’d never worked for the government. “Ele nunca tinha trabalhado para o governo.” 
 
 ‘d advérbio particípio ‘d = had 
In the phrase he’d never been before, “he’d” is the contracted form of 
a) he could. b) he would. 
c) he should. 
d) he did. 
e) he had. x 
 
30 
 
 
QUESTION TAG 
 
TAG = VERBO AUXILIAR + PRON. PESSOAL RETO (I, YOU, HE, SHE , IT, WE, THEY) 
 
 
FRASE AFIRMATIVA TAG NEGATIVO 
Ex: Mary is a mother, isn’t she? 
 
FRASE NEGATIVA TAG AFIRMATIVO 
Ex: Mary is not a mother, is she? 
 
FRASE PRESENT SIMPLE TAG PRESENT SIMPLE 
(DO / DOES) (DO / DOES) 
Ex: Rick plays tennis, doesn’t he? 
 
FRASE PAST SIMPLE (DID) TAG PAST SIMPLE (DID) 
Ex: Rick played tennis, didn’t he? 
 
CONSIDERAÇÕES E OBSERVAÇÕES: 
1) Quando a frase trouxer um verbo auxiliar, este será reapresentado no Tag, com o sinal invertido. 
 
Ex: Mary will travel, won’t she? 
 Mary may travel, mayn’t she? 
 Mary must travel, mustn’t she? 
 Mary has traveled, hasn’t she? 
 Mary was traveling, wasn’t she? 
 Mary couldn’t travel, could she? 
 
 
2) Não use “do”, “does” ou “did” com o verbo “to be”. Use o próprio “be” com o sinal invertido. 
Ex: Rick is a good player, isn’t he? 
 Rick was a good player, wasn’t he? 
 
31 
 
 
3) Use “do”, “does” ou “did” quando a frase não trouxer verbos auxiliares. 
Ex: The companies supply the market, don’t they? 
 The company supplies the market, doesn’t it? 
 The company supplied the market, didn’t it? 
4) O “Tag” de Let’s e Let’s not é SHALL WE 
Ex: Let’s go, shall we? 
 Let’s not go, shall we? 
 5) O TAG DE “I AM” É “AREN’T I” 
Ex: I am a good student, Aren’t I? 
O TAG DE “I AM NOT” É “AM I” 
Ex: I am not a good student, am I? 
6) O Tag de um imperativo é WILL YOU? 
Ex: Open the door, WILL YOU? 
 Don’t open the door, WILL YOU? 
ATENÇÃO! 
O segmento “Sue’s drunk” pode significar tanto “Sue is drunk” (“drunk” funciona como adjetivo) 
quanto “Sue has drunk” (verbo “drink” está no Present Perfect) 
 
 
32 
 
 
TESTS 
1. He’d already bought the new car, .............. ? 
 
a) would he? 
b) hasn’t he? 
c) wouldn’t he? 
d) hadn’t he? 
e) is he? 
 
2. Peter knows you, your wife, and your parents, ………….? 
 
a) don’t they 
b) don’t you 
c) doesn’t he 
d) doesn’t she 
e) isn’t it 
 
3. (UFRGS) John had his car repaired, …………? 
 
a) didn’t he? 
b) didn’t it 
c) hadn’t he 
d) hasn’t he 
e) doesn’t he 
 
4. Paul’s studied since yesterday, ………….. ? 
a) isn’t he 
b) hasn’t he 
c) doesn’t he 
 
d) hasn’t Paul 
e) wasn’t he 
5. Let’s be sentimental, ………… ? 
a) shan’t we 
b) shall we not 
c) shall we 
 
d) do we 
e) don’t we 
 
 
 
33 
 
6.Let’s not be sentimental, ……….? 
a) shan’t we 
b) shall we not 
c) shall we 
d) do we 
e) don’t we 
7. None of us knows how old Mary is, ………… ? 
a) do we 
b) do us 
c) does she 
d) does Mary 
e) don’t we 
 
8. Some people can never do what they wish, ………….. ? 
a) do they 
b) can he 
c) don’t they 
d) don’t he 
e) can they 
 
KEY 
1-D 2-C 3-A 4-B 5-C 6-C 7-A 8-E 
 
 
 
 
34 
 
ADDITIONS TO REMARKS: AGREEMENT AND DISAGREEMENT 
São frequentes as ocorrências de frases em sequência onde há ou não uma concordância 
com as ações ou eventos apresentados. Nessas circunstâncias, usamos os verbos auxiliares 
para evitar a repetição dos verbos principais e de outras partes da frase já mencionada. Desta 
forma, evita-se uma repetição desnecessária. 
 
AFIRMATIVA / NEGATIVA 
 
We like to read books. They don't like to read books. 
We like to read books. But they don't. (BUT + SUJ + AUX - N'T) 
 
NEGATIVA / AFIRMATIVA 
 
She didn't work yesterday. We worked yesterday. 
She didn't work yesterday. But we did. (BUT + SUJ + AUX) 
 
AFIRMATIVA / AFIRMATIVA 
 
Mike enjoys surfing. Sue enjoys surfing. 
Mike enjoys surfing. So does Sue. (SO + AUX + SUJ) 
 
OU Sue does too / as well. (SUJ + AUX + TOO / AS WELL) 
 
The children have been sick. So has their father. 
 
OU Their father has too / as well. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35 
 
 
NEGATIVA / NEGATIVA 
 
Laurie didn't like the gig. I didn't like the gig. 
 
Laurie didn't like the gig. Neither / Nor did I. (NEITHER / NOR + AUX + SUJ) 
 
OU I didn't either. (SUJ + AUX (N'T) + EITHER) 
 
They won't be there by 8 o'clock. Neither / Nor will we. 
 
OU We won't either. 
 
TOO – AS WELL – ALSO – EITHER (também) 
 
“Too” e “as well” são usados no final das orações afirmativas ou interrogativas. 
 
Sue is a journalist. She has worked as a waitress too / as well. 
Mike not only plays the piano. He sings too / as well. 
 
“Also” é usado antes do verbo principal ou depois do primeiro verbo auxiliar de orações 
afirmativas ou interrogativas. 
 
Sue is a journalist. She has also worked as a waitress. 
Mike not only plays the piano. He also sings. 
 
“Either” é usado no final de orações negativas. 
 
She doesn't like blues. She's not fond of jazz either. 
Fred doesn't want to eat. He doesn't want to drink anything either. 
TESTS 
 
36 
 
1) She won’t take the 10pm bus;_________________ 
a) They will either 
b) Neither will you 
c) Neither won’t he 
d) They won’t too 
e) Either he will 
 
2) Won’t you come ____________? 
a) Too 
b) Neither 
c) Either 
d) So 
e) As well 
 
3) 
a) Jane too went with them to São Paulo. 
b) Jane did not go with them to São Paulo too. 
c) Jane either went with them to São Paulo. 
d) Jane also went with them to São Paulo. 
e) Jane neither went with them to São Paulo. 
 
4) Michael’s doing well at school; __________ 
a) So does Laurie. 
b) So is Laurie. 
c) Laurie can too. 
d) Neither is Laurie. 
e) Laurie’s either. 
 
5) We don’t go there by train; _____________ 
 
37 
 
a) Neither do Paul. 
b) So does Paul. 
c) Paul doesn’t too. 
d) Paul does either. 
e) Paul doesn’t either. 
 
6) He’d told me some lies; ______________ 
a) So had she. 
b) So did she. 
c) She has too. 
d) She would too. 
e) Neither had she. 
 
7) Pete’s finished his tasks; ______________ 
a) So did they. 
b) They have either. 
c) So have they. 
d) Neither they have. 
e) They are too. 
 
8) Tammy hurt herself with the scissors; ______________ 
a) Tom did either. 
b) So does Tom. 
c) Neither did Tom. 
d) So was Tom. 
e) Tom did too. 
 
 
38 
 
 
9) Charlie can’t surf; _____________ 
a) Neither can’t Scot. 
b) Scot can either. 
c) Neither does Scot. 
d) Neither Can Scot. 
e) Scot isn’t either. 
 
10) She’d like to study there; ____________ 
a) As well would he. 
b) He would either. 
c) So would he. 
d) So did he. 
e) So had he. 
 
ANSWER KEY 
 
1-B 2-C 3-D 4-B 5-E 6-A 7-C 8-E 9-D 10-C 
 
 
 
39 
 
AUXILIARY MODAL VERBS 
(WILL / SHALL / WOULD / CAN / COULD / 
MAY / MIGHT / MUST / SHOULD / OUGHT TO) 
Os verbos auxiliares modais têm significados que variam entre graus de certeza, obrigação, liberdade 
de ação, habilidade (física ou mental) e possibilidade. Também podem ser usados para demonstrar o grau 
de polidez e tato do falante. Esses verbos são estudados separadamente porque: 
 
- funcionam como verbos auxiliares, sendo sempre usados antes de um verbo completo no infinitivo 
sem “to” (com exceção de ‘ought’, que só funciona com ‘to’); 
 
- não recebem o ‘-s’ na 3a pessoa do singular do presente (he,she,it); 
 
- não possuem formas como ‘ing’ (gerúndio) ou ‘ed’ (particípio); 
 
- na formação de perguntas ou negativas não usamos nenhum auxiliar e sim os próprios verbos 
modais; 
 
- possuem formas supridoras (equivalentes em significado) para formação de outros tempos verbais. 
 
CAN 
 
CAPACIDADE / HABILIDADE ( IS-ARE ABLE TO / KNOW HOW TO) 
His greatest skill is that he can cook a meal of four dishes and a soup in less than half an hour. 
PERMISSÃO (be permitted to) 
Some other places can stay open for longer because they have an entertainment licence. 
POSSIBILITY – It can rain tonight. 
REQUEST – Can you open the door? 
PROHIBITION – You cannot start driving without a license. 
BE AWARE! 
CAN (noun) – A cylindrical metal container; Tin. 
A can of paint. A beer can. 
The can (American) – prison, toilet 
CAN (ordinary regular verb) / CANNED / CANNED 
 Some low-sugar and low-salt foods may be easily and canned at home. 
CANNED peas; CANNING company 
 
 
40 
 
COULD 
PAST ABILITY ( WAS-WERE ABLE TO / KNEW HOW TO) 
I was raised around horses and could ride before I could walk. 
POSSIBILITY 
This new drug could be an important step in the fight against cancer. 
POLITE REQUEST - Could I use the phone? 
PERMISSION - Excuse me, could I just say something? 
 
OBS: COULD pode ser usado no lugar de “would” em sentenças condicionais. 
We could win if Peter played. 
MAY 
 
- Pode indicar uma permissão, licença ou autorização formal. (is-are allowed to) 
 
May I speak with the manager? 
The club now says his identity may not be revealed until the end of the month. 
STRONG POSSIBILITY 
Many of your readers may disagree, but I feel many more will identify with my observations. 
That may be true. 
It may turn colder tomorrow. 
MIGHT 
PAST PERMISSION ( WAS / WERE ALLOWED TO ) – mainly in the reported speech. 
He said the manager MIGHT deal the full amount. 
SLIGHT POSSIBILITY 
This might be true. 
Obs.: MIGHT = FORCE = POWER 
 
The MIGHT of the Roman Empire came from its wealth in precious metals, not from its productivity. 
MUST 
OBLIGATION - Soldiers must obey orders. The intruders must leave the country right away. 
NECESSITY - Meat must be cooked thoroughly. 
DEDUCTION - The lights are on. They MUST be at home. 
 
41 
 
PROHIBITION - Children MUST NOT ride that bike. 
Employees must not work without gloves. 
 
SHOULDADVICE 
You SHOULD see a doctor since you’re not feeling well. 
EXPECTATION 
I wonder what's happened to Annie. She should be (= it was expected that she would be) here by now. 
MORAL OBLIGATION 
You should always check your oil, water and tyres before taking your car on a long trip. 
You should visit your grandparents. 
He oughtn’t to argue with the elders. 
WILL 
Spontaneous intention (at the time of speech) - I`ll fetch your bag. We’ll give you a ride. 
Prediction - I think it`ll rain tomorrow. 
Promise – We promise (swear) that we’ll do a better job next time. 
Request – Will you hold that bottle, please? 
WILL (NOUN) 
He won because he had to win; because for him, the WILL to win is as strong as the WILL to live.
 (WILLPOWER / GOODWILL) 
Not long after that, we found out that Mom and Dad had left us all a lot of money in their WILLS 
(TESTAMENTS). 
 
WOULD 
CONDITION(HYPOTHETICAL SITUATION) 
We WOULD purchase a new house IF we had money. 
I WOULD help a lot of people IF I won the lottery. 
WOULD = USED TO 
The company WOULD make impressive profits in the 90s. 
WOULD RATHER (PREFER) 
 I WOULD RATHER stay here for a while. 
WOULD (OFFER) 
WOULD you LIKE some more coffee? 
 
42 
 
NEED 
NECESSITY – She needs to go to the loo (bog / toilet). 
 
 
DARE (BE BRAVE) - to be brave enough to do something difficult or dangerous. 
Do you dare (to) tell him the news? 
I'd never dare (to) talk to my mother the way Brandon talks to his. 
He was under attack for daring to criticize the mayor. 
 
 
 
43 
 
TESTS 
 
1. She __________ play this game perfectly last week. 
a) ought 
b) can 
c) could 
d) may 
e) might 
 
2. Nicki __________ leave this room now. 
a) musts 
b) must 
c) have to 
d) has 
e) had to 
 
3. “They mustn’t enter that room”, expressa: 
a) uma ordem 
b) uma proibição 
c) uma advertência 
d) uma prescrição 
e) uma obrigação 
 
4. (ITA-SP) I’m awfully sorry, but I had no choice. I simply __________ what I did. 
a) ought to 
b) must do 
c) have done 
d) had to do 
e) will have to do 
 
5. Don’t go out now! It __________ . 
a) may be raining 
b) may be rain 
c) mays rain 
d) may have raining 
e) might to rain 
 
6. Joe has just suffered an accident. He ____________ . 
a) should to be resting 
b) needs to resting 
c) ought be resting 
d) ought to resting 
e) ought to be resting 
 
 
44 
 
7. Answer the following questions by identifying the sentences whose modal verb indicates 
A – STRONG OBLIGATION C – PAST OBLIGATION 
B – MILD OBLIGATION D – FUTURE POSSIBILITY 
 
1 ( ) I may do this exercise again. 
2 ( ) I had to do this exercise again. 
3 ( ) I must do this exercise again. 
4 ( ) I should do this exercise again. 
5 ( ) I have to do this exercise again. 
 
ANSWER KEY 
1-C 2-B 3-B 4-D 5-A 6-E 7 (1-D / 2-C / 3-A / 4-B / 5-A) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
45 
 
 
THE “ING” ENDING (A TERMINAÇÃO “ING”) 
 
A terminação “ing” pode desempenhar três funções: 
1- SUBSTANTIVO - Swimming is a great sport. 
 
2- ADJETIVO – The shining moon showed up last night. 
 
3- VERBO - Ruth is smiling. Ruth está sorrindo 
 
1) FUNÇÃO SUBSTANTIVO 
 
Quando SUJEITO ou OBJETO das orações. 
 
Ex: The bombing caused terrible suffering. 
 
2) FUNÇÃO ADJETIVO 
 
Quando ANTECEDENDO e modificando um SUBSTANTIVO 
 
Ex: The winning car was sold. 
 O carro vencedor foi vendido. 
 
3) FUNÇÃO VERBO 
Quando figurando APÓS o verbo “BE” 
 
Ex: She is walking. 
 Was 
 Will be 
 Would be 
 Must be 
 Should be 
 Has been 
 Had been 
 
 
46 
 
 
4) O GERÚNDIO (-ING) DEVERÁ SER EMPREGADO 
 
- Após preposições; 
- Após alguns verbos; 
- Após algumas expressões idiomáticas. 
 
 
 O GERÚNDIO DEVERÁ SER EMPREGADO APÓS PREPOSIÇÕES 
 
IN, ON, AT(em,no,na) ABOUT (sobre, perto de) AFTER (depois) BEFORE (antes) 
 
FROM (de) OF(de, do, da) FOR (por, pela) BY (por, pela) OUT (fora) 
 
WITH (com) WITHOUT (sem) DOWN (para baixo) UP (para cima) 
 
ALONG (junto de) DESPITE (apesar de) AROUND (por volta, ao redor) 
 
They were talking about studying English. 
Don’t leave home without knowing the way. 
 
 
 
O GERÚNDIO TAMBÉM DEVERÁ SER EMPREGADO APÓS ALGUNS VERBOS 
 * Enjoy (gostar; desfrutar) * Keep (manter) * Finish * Remember 
 * Prevent (impedir) * Admit * Stop * Mind (importar-se) 
 
I Enjoy swimming in the morning. 
He remembered calling his mother yesterday. 
Did she admit killing the cat? 
 
* Dislike (não gostar de) * Object to (objetar, opor-se) * Avoid (evitar) 
* Deny (negar) * Risk (arriscar) 
 
She dislikes driving. Avoid passing under that bridge. 
 
 
47 
 
 
 
IDIOMATIC VERB PHRASES FOLLOWED BY “-ING” 
 
EXPRESSÃO EXEMPLO 
 
- Be used to (estar acostumado a) She is used to living alone. 
 
- Get used to (acostumar-se) She’ll get used to driving. 
 
- Feel like (estar a fim de) I feel like going to get ice cream. 
 
- Can’t help (não conseguir evitar de) We can’t help laughing whenever we see it. 
 
- Can’t stand (não suporto) I can’t stand listening to that song. 
 
- It’s no use (não adianta) It’s no use asking him about it. 
 
- It’s no good (não é bom) It’s no good smoking. 
 
- Be worth (valer a pena) It’s worth watching that film. 
 
- Look forward to (aguardar ansiosamente por) We look forward to being with you. 
 
- How about? (Que tal?) How about surfing tomorrow? 
 
LET’S PRACTICE! 
 
1. Assinale a alternativa em que a forma –ING não é usada como em “Heavy BLEEDING is less serious 
than commonly believed.” 
a) Vomiting is sometimes cause for immediate attention. 
b) Diminished hearing is less serious than diminished vision. 
c) The doctor is now suturing a deep cut in her hand. 
d) Animal bite requires immediate cleaning and oral antibiotics. 
e) Once bleeding stops, wash the wound with soap and water. 
 
2. If he insists on __________ I’ll leave the room. 
a) to smoke 
b) smoke 
c) smokes 
d) to smoking 
e) smoking 
 
 
 
48 
 
 
3. She denied _________ committed the crime. 
a) having 
b) to have 
c) has 
d) had 
e) has had 
 
4. She can’t help __________ whenever she sees a love story film. 
a) cried 
b) to cry 
c) crying 
d) cries 
e) cry 
 
5. Do you _________ closing the window ? 
a) want 
b) agree 
c) mind 
d) forget 
e) asked 
 
6. Some men object __________ like a peasant. 
a) lived 
b) living 
c) to living 
d) to live 
e) live 
 
7. Ann isn’t used ____________ big cars. 
a) to drive 
b) driving 
c) to driving 
d) drive 
e) drives 
 
8. (UFRGS) Man should stop ____ animals with a gun, and _____ them with a camera instead. 
a) Shooting – shoot 
b) Shooting – to shoot 
c) Shoot – shoot 
d) To shoot – shooting 
 
49 
 
e) Shoot – shooting 
ANSWER KEY (1-C 2-E 3-A 4-C 5-C 6-C 7-C 8-A) 
INFINITIVE WITH “TO” AND WITHOUT “TO” 
 
IDIOMATIC VERB PHRASES FOLLOWED BY INFINITIVE 
 
EXPRESSÃO EXEMPLO 
 
- Used to (costumava) 
 
- Would rather (preferir) 
 
- Had better (deveria) 
 
- Be about to (estar prestes a) 
 
 
USE INFINITIVO COM “TO” APÓS: 
 
1 – ADJETIVOS It’s hard to believe it. 
 
2 – HOW (como) Tammy doesn’t know how to play chess. 
 
3 – NUMERAIS ORDINAIS Sue was the first to arrive at the party. 
 
4 – ALGUNS VERBOS (“WANT, FORGET, LEARN, HOPE, SEEM, SWEAR, AGREE”) 
 
 
 WANT 
FORGET 
They HOPE to study chemistry. 
 AGREE 
 LEARN 
USE INFINITIVO SEM “TO” APÓS: 
1 – Verbos modais 
 
50 
 
 WILL 
 WOULD 
 SHALL 
 SHOULD 
 She CAN work there. 
 COULD 
 MAY 
 MIGHT 
 MUST 
ATENÇÃO: OUGHT TO (“Ought” é seguido por “to”) 
2 – Except = but (exceto) He will do anything but/except study. 
 
3 – Os verbos “let” e “make” Let the boy play. 
 The teacher made the girl study. 
 
4 – Verbos de percepção (see, watch, hear, perceive, feel, observe). 
 
 
 SAW 
 WATCHED STEAL 
 HEARD 
 Laurie PERCEIVED the man her car. 
 FELT 
 OBSERVED OPEN 
 
 
 
 ATENÇÃO!!! 
Os verbos “dare” (ousar) e “need” (precisar) podem ser classificados tanto como verbos comuns 
quanto modais. 
 
 
51 
 
She dares to play the game. (comum) 
UK I daren't think how much it's going to cost.. (modal) 
 
She needs to play the game. (comum) 
He needn't play. (modal) 
 
Drills 
1. Todas as alternativas abaixo estão corretas, exceto: 
 
a) I dare not mention their names. 
b) They needn’t play. 
c) They ought play the match. 
d) Dare we tell her the truth? 
e) They need to play the match. 
 
2. The family watched the man ________ the safeand take out the jewelry. 
 
a) opens 
b) open 
c) to opening 
d) going to opening 
e) opened 
 
3. She ought ____________ hard. 
 
a) studying 
b) studies 
c) study 
d) to studying 
e) to study 
 
4. (UFRGS) There was nothing to do but ________ . 
 
a) to wait 
b) wait 
c) waiting 
d) waits 
e) waited 
 
5. (UFP) The joke made the man ___________ . 
 
a) to laugh d) to laughing 
 
52 
 
b) laughs 
c) laugh 
e) to laughing 
 
6. Children mustn’t ________ that room. 
 
a) enter 
b) not enter 
c) not to enter 
d) entering 
e) to enter 
 
ANSWER KEY 
1-C 2-B 3-E 4-B 5-C 6-A 
 
 
 
 
53 
 
Verbos que podem ser seguidos por outros no 
INFINITIVO ou no GERÚNDIO, com diferença de sentido. 
 
1. STOP 
STOP+ TO INFINITIVE (parar para fazer algo) 
I stopped to work in my office before going home. 
He stopped to smoke. 
STOP + GERÚNDIO (parar de fazeralgo) 
I stopped working in my office. So, I sold it last month. 
He stopped smoking. 
2. REMEMBER 
REMEMBER + TO INFINITIVE (oposto de “forget”) 
He remembered to turn off the TV before he left to work. 
REMEMBER + GERÚNDIO (equivale a “recall” – recordar) 
He remembers going to that small town a few times when he was a child. 
3. REGRET 
REGRET + TO INFINITIVE (as duas ações são simultâneas) 
I regret to tell you that you didn’t pass the exam. 
REGRET + GERÚNDIO (a ação do gerúndio é anterior à outra ação do verbo “regret”) 
I regret telling you that secret. 
4. FORGET 
FORGET + TO INFINITIVE (esquecer de fazer algo) 
Bob often forgets to close the window. 
(not / never) FORGET + GERÚNDIO (não esquecer algo que ocorreu no passado) 
I’ll never forget surfing for the first time. 
 
 
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 
 
 
54 
 
CONDITIONAL SENTENCE = IF CLAUSE + MAIN (INDEPENDENT) CLAUSE 
 
First Conditional – Real (Present / Future) 
 
Observe a seguinte situação: 
 
Peter: I think I forgot my wallet in your house. 
Laurie: Ok, If I find it, I will give you a call. 
 
If I find it (the wallet), I will give you a call. 
If – Present Simple Main – Future / Present Modal (will/can/may/must + V1) 
 
If Ed plays, we will win. 
 
Mary will come with us if she arrives early. 
 
If Mike works hard, he will purchase that house. 
 
If Ed plays, we must win. 
 
Mary can come with us if she arrives early. 
 
If Mike works hard, he may purchase that house. 
 
Second Conditional – Unreal (Present/Future) 
 
Agora observe: 
 
If I won the lottery, I would help a lot of people. 
 
Agora não existe uma real possibilidade. Trata-se de uma situação imaginária, 
hipotética. 
 
If I won the lottery, I would help a lot of people. 
If – Past Simple (V2) Main – Conditional / Past Modal (would/could/might + V1) 
 
My dad would improve the educational system if he were president. 
 
If I had money, I would buy a new car. 
 
My team would win the finals if Ed played. 
 
 
55 
 
My dad could improve the educational system if he were* president. 
 
 If I had money, I might buy a new car. 
 
My team could win the finals if Ed played. 
 
* were - deve ser utilizado para todas as pessoas no passado. 
 
Third Conditional – Unreal (Past) 
 
If Mary had gone to the party, she would have met her boss. 
If – Past Perfect (Had + V3) Main - would (could/might) have + V3 
 
A situação aqui é a de que Mary não foi a festa, logo ela não encontrou o chefe. 
 
If I had earned enough money, I would have purchased that house. 
 
He wouldn’t have missed the bus if he hadn’t overslept. 
 
If I hadn’t played, I wouldn’t have twisted my ankle. 
 
Zero Conditional – Real (Present/Future) 
 
If you drop a plate on the floor, it breaks. 
If – S + Present Main – S + Present 
 
Neste caso temos uma consequência lógica, algo que inevitavelmente ocorrerá. 
 
If you drink poison, you die. 
 
If you heat water, it boils. 
 
I get late for work If I miss the 7 o’clock train. 
 
Ordem / Pedido / Recomendação 
 
If you need help, call Mike. 
If – Present Main– Imperative (Don’t) V1 
 
(Don’t) Take your key if you leave. 
 
If you drink, don’t drive. / Don’t drive if you drink. 
 
 
56 
 
Unless (a menos que) = if not 
 
Mike won`t play if you don`t invite him. = Mike won`t play unless you invite him. 
We will win if Pedro plays. = We won`t win unless Pedro plays. 
 
 
 
 
57 
 
TESTS 
 
1. If Paul arrives late, he ....... the main film. 
a) will miss d) miss 
b) would have missed e) would miss 
c) could have missed 
 
2. If I ........ you were sick, I would have come to see you. 
a) know d) have known 
b) was knowing e) knew 
c) had known 
 
3. If you ........, you would have had a good time. 
a) go d) were gone 
b) had gone e) went 
c) has gone 
 
4. Assinale a única alternativa correta. 
a) If I were you, I would not see her again. 
b) If I was you, I would not see her again. 
c) If I were you, I will not see her again. 
d) If I be you, I might not see her again. 
e) If I was you, I will not see her again. 
 
5. If I ........you, I would start it all over again. 
a) was d) would be 
b) am e) will be 
c) were 
 
6. Considere a frase: If you don’t feed your tamagotchi, it will die. Escolha a melhor 
opção para reescrevê-la começando com: She told me that 
 
a) if I won’t feed my tamagotchi, it would die. 
b) if you didn’t feed your tamagotchi, it had died. 
c) if I didn’t feed my tamagotchi, it would have died. 
d) if I didn’t feed my tamagotchi, it would die. 
e) if you haven’t fed your tamagotchi, it will have died. 
 
7) If I _____ a pound for every time I heard someone predicting a language disaster 
because of a new technological development, I would be a rich man. 
a) Had 
b) Have 
c) Would have 
d) Will have 
 
58 
 
e) To have 
 
KEY 
1-A 2-C 3-B 4-A 5-C 6-D 7-A 
 
 
 
 
59 
 
THE VERB “WISH” 
Usamos os tempos passado para falarmos sobre desejos e vontades. 
• Os modais would e could revelam desejo futuro: 
I don’t like my car. I wish I could purchase a better one. 
That’s an awful sound. I wish it would stop. 
 
• Usamos as formas dos past tenses para revelar desejos para o tempo presente: 
My parents don’t like this neighborhood. They wish they dwelled somewhere 
more interesting. 
These seats are very uncomfortable. I wish we weren’t travelling in such an old 
car. 
Everyone wishes they had more money to spend. 
Mike wishes he wasn’t so tired. 
I wish it wasn’t so hot. 
• Usamos o past perfect para falar sobre desejos relacionados ao passado: 
I wish I had studied harder when I was at college. 
Laurie wishes she had heeded to what her father told her. 
I wish I hadn’t drunk so much last night. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60 
 
DO / MAKE / SET EXPRESSIONS 
DO 
Do an exercise 
Do homework 
Do a research 
Do an exam 
Do things by halves 
Do the cooking 
Do the dishes 
Do the cleaning 
Do the washing 
Do the laundry 
Do business 
Do a favour 
Do a good job 
Do your best 
Do the duty 
Do harm 
Do good 
Do justice 
Do one’s hair 
Do gym(nastics) 
It has nothing to do with you 
Do come! 
 
MAKE 
Make a composition 
Make a will 
Make peace 
Make love 
Make a mistake 
Make money 
Make an excuse(apology) 
Make plans 
Make fun of somebody 
Make an offer 
Make a bid 
Make friends 
Make a choice 
Make a speech 
Make an agreement 
Make difficulties 
Make efforts 
Make a journey\trip 
Make noise 
Make the bed 
Make difference 
Make a complaint 
Make sense 
Make a loan 
Make a call 
Make a promise 
Make progress 
Make a list 
Make a repair 
Make sure 
Make yourself at home 
Make up your mind 
Make coffee 
Make lunch 
Make a mess 
 
SET 
Set the table 
Set in order 
Set a trap 
Set a clock 
Set a price 
Set an example 
Set to work 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
61 
 
DOUBLE SENSE WORDS 
Estas palavras, assim como os falsos cognatos, sãopalavras que merecem atenção por 
possuírem mais de um significado. Muitas delas têm um sentido consagrado e conhecido por todos. 
Porém podemos nos deparar com passagens em que seu outro significado esteja sendo empregado. 
Confira a lista abaixo e familiarize-se com os sentidos dessas palavras. 
 
PALAVRA 1o SENTIDO 2o SENTIDO 
 
01.Apology Apologia desculpa 
 
02.Apply Aplicar candidatar-se 
 
03.Argument Argumento discussão 
 
04.Bachelor Bacharel solteirão 
 
05.Balance Balança equilíbrio 
 
06.Ball Bola baile 
 
07.Bar Bar barra; impedir 
 
08.Capital Capital letra maiúscula 
 
09.Case Caso estojo 
 
10.Character Caráter personagem 
 
11.China China porcelana 
 
12.Classified Classificado confidencial 
 
13.Club Clube taco, bastão 
 
14.Collect Coletar; Colecionar cobrar $ 
 
15.Commit Cometer comprometer-se 
 
16.Confection Confeito, sobremesa alta-costura 
 
17.Content Contente conteúdo 
 
18.Date Data encontro; sair com alguém 
19.Facility Facilidade instalações, unidade 
 
20.Figure Figura número, algarismo 
 
21.Fine Belo, fino, excelente multa, multar 
 
22.Fix Fixar consertar 
 
23.Fortune Fortuna, riqueza destino, sorte 
 
62 
 
 
24.Good Bom(ns), Boa(s) goods - mercadorias 
 
 
PALAVRA 1o SENTIDO 2o SENTIDO 
 
25.Interest Interesse, interessar juros 
 
26.Last Último durar, resistir 
 
27.Legend Legenda lenda 
 
28.Mark Marca alvo; nota escolar 
 
29.Mass Multidão, montão missa 
 
30.Medicine Medicina medicação 
 
31.Move Mover, mexer mudar-se 
 
32.Observe Observar participar de um rito 
 
33.Official Oficial funcionário público 
 
34.Operator Operador telefonista 
 
35.Park Parque estacionar 
 
36.Period Período menstruação 
 
37.Plant Planta fábrica 
 
38.Point Ponto assunto, questão 
 
39.Principal Principal diretor de escola 
 
40.Race Raça corrida, competir 
 
41.Record Recorde registro; disco (álbum) 
 
42.Rest Resto descanso, descansar 
 
43.Rule Regra; domínio, controlar traçar linhas 
 
44.Save Salvar poupar, economizar 
 
45.Sound Som; Soar saudável, sadio 
 
46.Story História piso, pavimento 
 
47.Term Termo mandato 
 
48. Trunk Tronco porta-malas 
 
63 
 
 
49.Turkey Turquia peru 
 
50.Vice Vice vício 
 
51.Well Bem fonte 
 
52.Will (Auxiliar do Futuro) vontade; testamento 
 
 
PREPOSITIONS 
IN 
- Dentro (ambientes / recipientes) / antonym - out (of) 
 
The manager is in the meeting room. 
Put some water in the pitcher. 
 
- Century, decade, year 
 
In the 20th century. 
In the 70’s 
In 1795. 
 
- Four seasons 
 
This plant flowers in late summer / spring. 
The tree has a good crop of berries in winter / autumn. 
 
- Mês sem dia 
 
Her birthday is in November. 
They return to work in March. 
 
- Partes do dia 
 
Early in the morning. 
Many kids play on the streets in the afternoon. 
Mike works in the evening. 
 
- Continentes / Países / Estados / Cidades / Bairros 
 
 
64 
 
In Europe 
In the USA 
In California 
In London 
In Bronx 
 
 
- Jornais / revistas / livros 
 
That picture is in today’s newspaper. 
She appeared in the fashion magazine, Vogue. 
You may find lots of ancient English in Shakespeare’s books. 
 
- No espelho 
 
Look at yourself in the mirror. 
 
- Veículos que não são meios de transportes coletivos (Carro, Táxi, caminhão, 
ambulância), exceto motocicleta e bicicleta. 
 
Get in the car. 
She’s forgotten her suitcase in the taxicab. 
 
- Céu / Ar / Vento / Brisa 
 
Can you see those birds high up in the sky? 
A cloud of dust rose in(to) the air as the car roared past. 
The sails flapped in the wind. 
Flags swung in the breeze above their tents. 
 
- IN THE END = finally, after something has been thought about or discussed a lot. 
 
We were thinking about going to Switzerland, but in the end we went to Austria. 
 
- IN TIME = early enough 
 
Her surgeon and trainer both said she would have to drop some 20 kilos in order to heal 
in time for the Olympics. 
I came back in time for Molly's party. 
 
INTO (com verbos que denotem movimento) 
 
 
65 
 
She disappeared into the bushes. 
Look into the suitcase and see! 
 
ON 
- Sobre , em contato com superfícies / Antonym - off 
 
The book is on the table. 
Please, hang that beautiful painting on the wall. 
 
- Mês com dia 
 
Her birthday is on November 27th. 
On May 1st people all over the world celebrate the Labor Day. 
 
 
- Dias da semana 
 
They always open on Sundays. 
Call them on weekdays. 
 
- Ruas, avenidas sem número, rodovias, estradas 
 
We are now working on Sunset Blvd. 
They have a branch on Broadway Av. 
Here I am, on the road again. 
 
- Praia / Costa / Fazenda 
 
We have lots of fun whenever we’re on the beach. 
There are a lot of cliffs on California coast. 
John has worked on a farm all his life. 
 
- Planetas (terra, marte, etc) 
 
The circus has been described as the greatest show on earth (= in the world). 
So is there life on Mars? 
 
- TV / Radio / Internet / web / mobile (cell) phone 
(TV / Computer / Video) screen 
 
I watched that movie on TV. 
 
66 
 
We all heard his interview on the radio. 
The guide is also available on the Internet. 
Text messages on mobile phones. 
The cursor transforms movement of the mouse into movement on the screen. 
 
 
- A pé 
 
He crossed the bridge on foot. 
 
- Andar (piso / pavimento) 
 
I live on 7th floor. 
My bedroom is on the third storey. 
 
- Ônibus / trem / avião / navio / barco / motocicleta / bicicleta 
 
There are so many people on the bus. 
Police on motorcycles. 
 
- (Right/Bang/Dead) ON TIME = happening or done at the particular moment that it was 
expected to happen or be done; punctual(ly) 
 
The train left on time and the Wallace monument rapidly faded into the distance. 
We paid our bills on time. 
 
ONTO - Para cima de (com verbos que denotem movimento) 
He jumped onto the stage. 
Step onto the train as it passes. 
 
 
AT 
- Ruas, avenidas, com número da residência 
 
The company is located at 512 Sunset Boulevard. 
 
67 
 
 
- Referindo algo / alguém num determinado local. 
 
Mr Smith teaches at Harvard. 
She stayed at Dove hotel. 
 
- Horas 
 
The class starts at 9am. 
They always have lunch at noon. 
 
 
- At night / at dawn / at dusk 
The office door is always locked at night. 
We woke at dawn. 
At dusk a mob formed and was marching on the capitol and adjacent presidential palace. 
 
from dawn to dusk (from early morning until night) 
We worked from dawn to dusk, seven days a week. 
 
- AT THE END = the final part of something such as a period of time, activity, or story. 
 
I always like to leave my desk clear at the end of the day. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREPOSITIONS AFTER CERTAIN VERBS 
 
 
Look 
Stare 
 
68 
 
Glance 
Laugh AT 
Smile 
Aim 
Shoot 
Shout (to) 
 
- He glanced at the letter and then tossed it into the bin. 
- She was staring at me. | - Don’t shoot at trees! 
- The criticism wasn’t aimed at you. 
- I wish you’d stop shouting at the children. 
- Well-wishers shouted to departing passengers from the dock. 
 
 
 Agree (with) 
Talk 
Read 
Care (for) 
Dream (of) ABOUT 
Hear (of / from) 
Remind (of) 
Complain (to) 
Warn (of) 
Worry 
 
- I agree with Tammy about that issue. 
- Your parents are only doing this because they care about (= love) you. 
- Would you care for some tea? 
- Sue always dreams about being in Scotland. 
- I dream of one day working for myself and not having a boss. 
- I’m happy she reminded me about the game. 
- I liked her immediately because she reminded me of Sally. 
- Lots of people have complained to the manager about the noise.69 
 
 
 
Recognize 
Regard AS 
 
The school has not yet been recognized as an official training centre. 
He was widely regarded by colleagues as one of the leading experts in his field. 
 
 
Insure 
Protest AGAINST 
 
- Businesses can insure against exchange rate fluctuations. 
- Doctors and patients protested against plans to cut services at the hospital. 
 
 
Apologize 
Account 
Blame (for something / on somebody) 
Charge 
Forgive 
Hope 
Leave 
Long 
Pay FOR 
Prepare 
Provide (with) 
Search 
Wait 
Thank 
 
- Can you account for your absence last Friday? 
- Don’t blame on Frank for the failure. 
- How much do you charge for hiring out a bicycle for a week? 
- She will never be forgiven for what she did. 
- I'm hoping for an interview next week. 
- She left home for the mall. 
- I'm longing for news of him. 
- How much did you pay for the tickets? 
- Have you prepared for your interview? 
- We must provide for (make plans) depreciation when calculating the costs. 
- He was able to provide the police with (give) some valuable information. 
- The police searched for the missing boy in the woods. 
 
 
 
70 
 
 
Dream 
Think (about) 
Accuse 
(Dis)Approve OF 
Die 
Consist 
Remind (about) 
 
- He's been accused of robbery/murder. 
- She died of lung cancer two weeks ago. | - Our boss doesn’t approve of what you’ve been doing. 
- The crowd consisted mostly of college kids and office workers. 
- This song reminds me of our wedding day. 
 
 
Differ 
Discourage 
Distinguish 
Distract 
Divert 
Exclude 
Prohibit 
Protect (against) FROM 
Recover 
Stem 
Suffer 
Prevent 
Separate 
 
- A campaign to discourage people from smoking. 
- Don't distract her from her studies. 
- The war has diverted attention from the country's economic problems. 
- Those members of the press were prohibited from asking ‘embarrassing’ questions. 
- Tom has been excluded from school for bad behaviour. 
- Many people are suffering from flu this season. 
- Many of the universities' problems stem from rapid expansion. 
- Do you suffer from any allergies? 
- Fierce winds prevented the race from taking place. 
- You can get a special device for separating egg whites from yolks. 
 
Base 
Comment 
Compliment 
Concentrate 
Congratulate 
Count 
Depend 
Experiment 
 
71 
 
Focus ON 
Insist 
Operate 
Reflect (in) 
Rely 
Spend 
 
- The book is based (up)on the life of abolitionist John Brown. 
- My mum always comments on what I'm wearing. 
- She was complimented/congratulated on her success in the test. 
- I can count on my parents to help me. 
- It all depends on the weather. 
- Experimenting on mice can give us an idea of the effect of the disease in humans. 
- Tonight’s program focuses on homelessness. 
- Giselle insisted on dating me. 
- Are they going to operate on him? 
- The candlelight reflected on his gold wristwatch. 
- You can’t rely on good weather for the whole trip. 
- We've just spent $1.9 million on improving our computer network. 
 
 
Believe 
Include 
Invest IN 
Involve 
Participate 
Persist 
Result 
Specialize 
Succeed 
 
- Tax and service are included in the bill. 
- The company invested in qualified employees. 
- A good teacher tries to involve children in activities where they interact with each other. 
- She never participates in any of our discussions, does she? 
- If he persists in asking awkward questions, then send him to the boss. 
- The fire resulted in damage to their property. 
- She hired a lawyer who specializes in divorce cases. 
- She succeeded in winning the game. 
 
 
 
Collide 
Compare (to) 
Compete 
Connect 
Contrast 
 
72 
 
Cope WITH 
Deal 
Help 
Impress 
Interfere 
Link (to) 
Provide 
Supply 
 
- That car collided with a bus. 
- This road is quite busy compared to/with ours. 
- It's difficult for a small shop to compete against/with the big supermarkets. 
- He has been connected with the local church all his life. 
- The tartness of the lemons contrasts with the sweetness of the honey. 
- It must be really hard to cope with three young children and a job. 
- We only deal with companies which have a good credit record. 
- I remember when I was a child being very impressed with how many toys she had. 
- Even a low level of noise interferes with my concentration. 
- A new motorway in Ireland, linking Dublin to/with Galway 
- The English course provides all its students with travels abroad. 
- At the beginning of term, students are supplied with a list of books that they are expected to read. 
 
 
 
Accustom 
Amount 
Appeal (for) 
Apologize 
Apply 
Attach 
Attend 
Attribute 
Belong 
Dedicate 
Describe 
 TO 
 
Devote 
Explain 
Listen 
Object 
React (against) 
Refer 
Relate 
Resort 
Subject 
Speak (with) 
Talk (with) 
 
 
73 
 
- I accustomed my eyes to the lenses. 
- Losses amounted to over 10 million pounds. 
- She appealed to Germany for political asylum. 
- Schools can apply to appeals tribunals for the decision to reviewed. 
- I attached a photo to my application form. 
- Consider what you must attend to as you walk down Piccadilly. 
- He attributed the firm's success to the efforts of the managing director. 
- My thanks to the artists who are devoting their time and talents to such a vital cause. 
- The vehicle did not belong to him. 
- Residents object to the volume of traffic. 
- He reacted angrily to the news of his dismissal. 
- Her mother never referred to him again. 
- But when persuasion failed, the government resorted to force. 
- The study examines social change within the city and relates it to developments in the country. 
- The city had been subjected to Macedonian rule. 
- What happened to Pete? | - Listen to that sound. | - She described the movie to me. 
 
 
74 
 
PREPOSITIONS AFTER CERTAIN ADJECTIVES 
 
 
Afraid 
Bored (with) 
Capable 
Confident 
Frightened OF 
Independent (from) 
Proud 
Tired 
 
- She says she's not afraid of death, she's just frightened of losing the people she loves. 
- That's because they're bored of(with) this whole ‘book tour’ thing.’ 
- The aircraft is capable of flying 5,000 miles non-stop. 
- This time they're confident of a happy ending. 
- The study is totally independent of central government. 
- In 1962, Jamaica became an independent country from Great Britain after 300 years. 
- Everyone in the plant is proud of their quality record. 
- Anyway, even the Village is making me tired and bored of Ireland. 
 
 Angry (with) 
Anxious 
Sorry (for) ABOUT 
Upset 
 
- He's angry with Mary about her childish behaviour. 
- She was extremely anxious about her exams. 
- ‘I'm sorry about your economic situation. 
- We felt sorry for those figures huddled in shop doorways, particularly on an icy night. 
- Manufacturers are upset about the decline of the tradition. 
 
 
 
Delighted 
Disappointed 
Pleased WITH 
 
- Pat was delighted with her new house. 
- His parents were bitterly disappointed with him. 
- I'm really pleased with your work this term. 
 
 
 
 
 
75 
 
 
 
 
 
 Available (for) 
Kind (of) TO 
Relevant 
Responsible (for) 
Suited 
 
- Community health services available to Londoners. 
- The minister was not available for comment. 
- She was very kind to me. 
- It's very kind of you to have given the dog a home. 
- The candidate's experience is relevant to the job. 
- The head of state is responsible to his people and must obey the law. 
- Mothers are responsible for the care and raising of children. 
- The job is well suited to your abilities and experience. 
 
 
 
 
Good – bad - clever 
Shocked (by) 
Surprised (by) AT 
 
- He was very clever at getting what he wanted. 
- She was shocked at the state of his injuries. 
- We were very surprised at the result. 
 
 
 
 Dependent on(upon) 
 The space required is dependent on production volume. 
 
 Interested in 
 Involved in 
 He had always been interested in history. 
 Maria was so involved in her work that she didn’t hear me come in. 
 
Suitablefor 
These toys are not suitable for children under five. 
 
 
 
 
76 
 
 
PREPOSITIONS AFTER CERTAIN NOUNS 
 
Discussion 
Information 
Speculation ABOUT 
 
- Discussions about environmental improvement. 
- Her resignation ends months of speculation about her future. 
 
 
Capacity 
Reputation 
 FOR 
 
- She has a great capacity for hard work. 
- The company has a worldwide reputation for quality. 
 
 
Belief 
Confidence 
Difficulty (with) IN 
Trust 
 
- Recent scandals have shaken many people's belief in politicians. 
- The government is trying to restore public confidence in its management of the economy. 
- People with asthma have difficulty in breathing. 
- We were obviously wrong to put our trust in her. 
 
Criticism 
Difference (to) 
Experience OF 
 
- His report contained serious criticisms of the finance director and of the entire board. 
- There's a difference of eight years between them. 
- Exercise can make a big difference to your state of health. 
- Do you have any experience of working with kids? 
 
 
 
 
77 
 
 
TESTS 
 
1) A preposição “into” está corretamente empregada em todas as alternativas abaixo, EXCETO 
 
a) She stood into the cave. 
b) The car crashed into a tree. 
c) The witch transformed him into a frog. 
d) The girls were walking into the house. 
e) He went into the great wide open. 
 
2) My boss lives _______ 408 Venice Blvd and my sister lives ______ Sunset Blvd. 
 
a) on / at 
b) in / on 
c) at / in 
d) on / on 
e) at / on 
 
3) The Word “into” is used correctly in all alternatives BUT 
 
1) He ran into some old friends at the airport. 
2) He remained into that room where they had always met. 
3) She walked into his life as a breath of fresh air. 
4) It came into view when the clouds cleared the sky. 
5) She went into the house carrying a bunch of flowers. 
 
4) The wounded children were taken ______ the hospital ______ an ambulance. On arriving _____ 
the hospital, some of them were taken to the Intensive Care Unit. 
 
5) to – at – at 
6) to – in – at 
7) at – to – to 
8) at – at – to 
9) to – at – in 
 
5) Lyndon Johnson declared war ___ poverty ____ 1964. Bush said, “We’re ___ war”, ____ 
September 11. 
a) to – in – to – on 
b) to – at – to – at 
c) at – on – at – in 
d) in – on – on – in 
e) on – in – at – on 
 
 
78 
 
6) There were lots of ingredients, containers and equipment ____ cooking ____ the kitchen table 
when Dona Flor and her students started cooking. One of them was ____ the stove and the 
others were _____ the table. 
 
a) to – over – before – outdoors 
b) for – on – at – around 
c) to – in – at – away from 
d) to – on – by – beside 
e) for – at – to – out of 
 
7) ____ December, ____ Christmas, children want to be ___ gifts. The adults stay ____ the money 
that was spent and the happiness ____ the moment. 
 
a) At – in – among – along – of 
b) In – at – among – between – of 
c) At – on – among – along – into 
d) In – on – between – among – into 
e) In – in – among – between – of 
 
 
8) A alternativa que preenche adequadamente as lacunas das frases “a style of thought based 
........ a distinction”, “having authority ........ the Orient” e “the internal consistency of Orientalism 
and its ideas about the Orient ........ or beyond any correspondence” é 
 
a) In – on – in spite of 
b) On – in – although 
c) Within – on top of – regardless 
d) Upon – over – despite 
e) For – above - within 
 
9) 
- Each of us lives with a variety of potentially contradictory identities, which battle within 
us ........ allegiance: as men or women, black and white, straight or gay, able-bodied or 
disabled. 
- Identities are not neutral. ........ the quest for identity are different, and often conflicting 
values. By saying who we are, we are also striving to express what we are, what we believe 
and what we desire. 
- All this makes debates over values particularly fraught and delicate: they are not simply 
speculations ........ the world and our place in it. 
- The basic issue can be stated ........ simply: by what criteria can we choose between the 
conflicting claims of differences? To ask the question immediately underlines the 
poverty of our thinking about this. 
 
A) for – despite – in – just 
B) for – behind – about – quite 
C) along – behind – why – sure 
 
79 
 
D) to – toward – in – indeed 
E) for – opposite – about – sure 
 
10) Laurie lives _____ a farm, but I live ______ Portland and most part of my relatives live ______the 
Oregon coast. 
 
a) at – at – at 
b) on – at – on 
c) in – at – at 
d) in – in – in 
e) on – in – on 
 
11) Fill the gaps with the correct preposition. 
 
They had to run _______ their cat. 
 
Prices may vary _________ day to day. 
 
I recovered ____________ a very bad cold. 
 
The girl shouted __________ help. 
 
Return my book ___________ me after you read it. 
 
The correct sequence is 
 
a) after / from / from / for / to 
b) from / after / of / to / from 
c) before / for / to / about / to 
d) after / from / of / to / to 
e) of / after / from / for / from 
 
12) According to the use of the prepositions, fill the gaps. 
 
I need to get ______ time to the show, they are waiting for me until 10.00 p.m. 
 
Will you be ______ time for lunch? 
 
I’ll be there, ______ the end of the month. 
 
______ the end, I’ll be there. 
 
It is correct, respectively: 
 
A) in, on, in, At; 
B) on, in, at, In; 
 
80 
 
C) in, in, in, In; 
D) on, at, on, At; 
E) at, at, in On. 
 
13) Complete as sentenças usando in, at ou on. 
 
Has she got a job? No, she´s still ____ School. 
 
We walked to the restaurant, but we went home __ a taxi. 
 
I enjoyed the flight, but the food ______ the plane wasn’t very nice. 
 
A) on - at - on 
B) at - in - on 
C) in - on - in 
D) at - in – in 
E) on – on – in 
 
14) In the excerpt “Kafka was born into an Ashkenazi Jewish family on 3 July 1883 in Prague”, 
the preposition “on” was used for a particular date. Following the same condition, in British 
English, it is correct, for example, to write “Kafka died on 3 July 1924”. Which sentence below is 
CORRECTLY written considering the prepositions of time? 
 
A) Kafka was born at 1883 and died at 1924. 
B) Kafka was born on 1883 and died on 1924. 
C) Kafka was born at July 1883 and died at June 1924. 
D) Kafka was born on July 1883 and died on June 1924. 
E) Kafka was born in July 1883 and died in June 1924. 
 
15) Read the sentences below: 
 
I. The disadvantage OF working as an actor is that you can’t find a steady job. 
II. We have just received an invitation TO her wedding. 
III. The greatest difference BETWEEN both restaurants is their prices. 
IV. Would you like to come FOR a walk? V. She lost weight after she went ON a severe diet. 
 
Choose the only correct option, considering the use of correct prepositions: 
 
A) The prepositions are correct only in sentences I and III. 
B) The prepositions are correct only in sentences II and III. 
C) The prepositions are correct only in sentences III and IV. 
D) The prepositions are correct in all the sentences. 
E) The prepositions are incorrect in all the sentences. 
 
 
 
81 
 
16) _______ September 11, 2001, at 8:46 A.M. How many events took place in New York on that 
morning _____September? 
They unfolded ______ a few minutes and yards of each other 
Though "importance" is often hard to quantify, _______ this case I can put an exact 
value on it: 3,5 billion dollars. 
 
Select the alternative that adequately fills inthe gaps in lines in this same order. 
 
(A) In – in – within – in 
(B) In – on – from – at 
(C) On – in – from – at 
(D) On – on – from – at 
(E) On – in – within – in 
 
17) … a soldier home ______ leave from the war. 
They had bags and bags of money, and the villagers sat ______ their feet to listen to their stories. 
Soldiers were as strong as lions because of the injections they were given _______ the army. 
 
Assinale a alternativa que preenche adequadamenteas lacunas. 
 
 
(A) at – at – at 
(B) at – on – at 
(C) on – on – in 
(D) on – at – at 
(E) on – at – in 
 
 
18) …the forgotten lives I pictured humming just _____ that soil, awaiting my discovery. 
(my earnings from long hours______the counter of a Haight Street cafe) 
This soil-shaving took place ______ a scouring sun, in ninety-degree temperatures. 
…the sensation I had of scraping away the layers ______ myself and a lost world. 
 
The words that fit in the blanks are 
 
A) beneath – behind – under – between 
B) beneath – between – behind – under 
C) between – behind – under – beneath 
D) behind – under – beneath – between 
E) behind – beneath – between – under 
 
19) 
 
When Queen Victoria inherited the British throne just a few weeks after her 18th birthday, there 
was immediate speculation __________ who she would marry. 
 
82 
 
Queen Victoria’s mother and the government had expected her to marry her cousin Prince Ernst. 
_____ when Victoria fell in love with Ernst’s younger brother, Albert, the public was fascinated. 
When Prince Albert gave Queen Victoria an engagement ring – an item little known in Britain in 
the first half of the 19th Century – he began a new fashion that has endured ever since. 
Gift-giving as we know it now took its form __________ Victoria and Albert too. 
 
Assinale a alternativa que completa correta e respectivamente as lacunas. 
 
(a) at, But, for 
(b) for, Then, on 
(c) to, Though, since 
(d) about, So, under 
(e) in, Hence, from 
 
20) That`s very nice _______ you, Mike, inviting us _______ stay _______ a few weeks. 
 
a) to/for/at 
b) of/to/for 
c) of/to/from 
d) about/to/at 
e) of/for/at 
 
KEY 
 
1- a 2- e 3- b 4-b 5-e 6-b 7-b 8-d 9-b 10-e 
11- a 12- b 13- b 14- e 15- d 16-e 17-e 18-a 19-d 20-b 
 
 
 
 
83 
 
SUFFIXES 
A letter or group of letters added at the end of a word to make a new word. 
(EX: The suffix "-ness" added to the end of the word "sweet" forms the word "sweetness", 
changing an adjective into a noun.) 
 
 
1) SUBST + FUL(L) = ADJETIVO 
 
 (cheio; preenchido com) 
 
CAREFUL - cuidadoso 
CHEERFUL – happy; jolly 
FEARFUL - afraid; frightened (assustado, amedrontado) 
 
 
2) SUBST + Y = ADJETIVO 
 
 (cheio; preenchido com) 
 
 BLOODY -sangrento; ensanguentado 
 HEALTHY - sound; hale (saudável) 
 WEALTHY - rich (rico) 
 
 3) SUBST + LESS = ADJETIVO 
 
 (sem; ausência de) 
 
 BLOODLESS - anêmico 
 CHEERLESS – depressing, melancholic 
 FEARLESS - brave; bold 
 
 4) ADJETIVO + NESS = SUBST ABSTRATO 
 
 
 WEAKNESS - fraqueza 
 ILLNESS/ SICKNESS -doença 
 GOODNESS/ KINDNESS - bondade 
 
 
5) SUBSTANTIVO + LIKE = ADJETIVO 
 
 (alguém ou algo similar) 
 
LADYLIKE – feminine 
GODLIKE – divine; almighty 
WARLIKE – hostile 
 
84 
 
 
 
 
6) SUBSTANTIVO + ISH = ADJETIVO 
 
(ter as características ou qualidades de) 
 
CHILDISH – childlike 
DEVILISH – wicked; evil; rude 
SLAVISH – submissive; servile 
 
7) VERBO + MENT = SUBSTANTIVO 
 
(resultado de uma ação ou processo) 
 
ACCOMPLISHMENT – achievement; feat (realização; feito) 
AGREEMENT – accord 
MANAGEMENT – supervision 
 
8) VERBO + ION = SUBSTANTIVO 
 
(resultado de uma ação ou processo) 
 
CONSTRUCTION 
INTERRUPTION 
NAVIGATION 
 
9) VERBO + ABLE = ADJETIVO 
 
 (apto / capaz) 
 
COMFORTABLE = confortável 
DRINKABLE = potável 
PROFITABLE = lucrativo 
 
10) VERBO + ER = SUBSTANTIVO 
 
(Quem ou o que executa a ação) 
 
LEADER = líder 
MANAGER = gerente 
RULER = governante; régua 
 
11) VERBO + OR = SUBSTANTIVO 
 
 
85 
 
(Quem ou o que executa a ação) 
 
 ACTOR = ator 
 VISITOR = visitante 
 SURVIVOR = sobrevivente 
 
 12) ADJETIVO + EN = VERBO 
 
 DARKEN = escurecer 
 WEAKEN = enfraquecer 
BROADEN = ampliar; alargar 
 
13) ADJETIVO + LY = ADVÉRBIO 
 
(Equivale a terminação “-mente”) 
 
CAREFULLY = cuidadosamente; meticulosamente 
QUICKLY = rapidamente 
PROUDLY = orgulhosamente 
 
 14) SUBSTANTIVO + LY = ADJETIVO 
 
LOVELY = amável 
FRIENDLY = amistoso; simpático 
WORLDLY = cosmopolitan (mundano) 
 
 15) SUBSTANTIVO + ESS = SUBST. FEM 
 
STEWARDESS = comissária (aeromoça) 
HEIRESS = herdeira 
HOSTESS = anfitriã 
 
16) SUBST. + HOOD = SUBST 
 
(Um grupo específico; Status, condição ou espaço físico 
por este grupo ocupado.) . 
 
CHILDHOOD = infância 
NEIGHBORHOOD = vizinhança 
MOTHERHOOD = maternidade; mães como um grupo 
 
17) SUBST. + SHIP = SUBST. ABSTRATO 
 
(Um grupo específico; Status ou a condição de pertencer a este grupo.) 
 
 
86 
 
CITIZENSHIP = cidadania 
SPONSORSHIP = patrocínio 
FRIENDSHIP = amizade 
 
QUESTIONS 
 
1) O sufixo –ful está corretamente empregado em todas as alternativas, exceto 
a) uglyful b) careful c) hopeful d) useful e) cheerful 
 
2) Todas as alternativas abaixo contém a mesma sequência de elementos gramaticais do 
segmento “soccer field”, EXCETO: 
a) witty article 
b) basketball court 
c) department store 
d) tennis racket 
e) movie theater 
 
3) The suffix “less” as in “landless” can be used with the words in all alternatives but 
a) power. b) time. c) great. d) charm. e) home. 
 
4) O sufixo –ness está corretamente empregado na alternativa 
a) beautiness 
b) wonderness 
c) anxiousness 
d) developedness 
e) convictness 
 
5) “The Durleys had everything they wanted... but Mrs Durley’s sister and her husband were as 
unDurleyish as it was possible to be.” Na palavra unDurleyish, o sufixo –ish tem o mesmo 
sentido que na frase 
a) There’s nothing prettier than Flemish lace. 
b) She’s too old to wear such girlish clothes. 
c) He had a strange sort of reddish beard. 
d) Let’s meet at sevenish if it’s fine with you. 
e) I’m captivated by everything Irish. 
 
6) The suffix “ment” as in the words “treatment” and “government” is used correctly in all 
alternatives but 
a) The countries are pursuing a peace agreement. 
b) The punk movement started in the USA in the early 70s. 
c) Healthment is essential for a country’s welfare. 
d) China is showing a sort of development in foreign affairs. 
e) Their argument is useless. 
 
7) As palavras abaixo seguem o mesmo processo de formação de user, à exceção de 
a) computer. 
 
87 
 
b) surfer. 
c) weaker. 
d) murderer. 
e) writer. 
 
ANSWER KEY 
1-A 2-A 3-C 4-C 5-B 6-C 7-C 
 
 
 
88 
 
CONNECTORS 
1) PRESENTING ADDITION “AND” 
 
BESIDES / FURTHERMORE 
MOREOVER / IN ADDITION TO 
WHAT´S MORE 
“Além disso”; “Além do mais” 
 
She saw that there was indeed a man immediately behind her. Moreover, he was observing 
her strangely. 
 
The house is beautiful. Furthermore, it's in a great location. 
 
I don’t think going for a walk is a good idea. It’s quite cold, and, besides, it’s getting late and 
we don’t want to be out in the dark. 
 
The decorations were absolutely beautiful. What's more, the children had made them 
themselves. 
 
TOO – AS WELL 
 
“Too” e “as well” são usados no final das orações afirmativas ou interrogativas. 
 
Sue is a journalist. She has worked as a waitress too/as well. 
Has she worked as a waitress too/as well? 
 
Mike not only plays the piano. He sings too/as well. 
Does he sing too/as well? 
 
ALSO 
 
“Also” é usado antes do verbo principal ou depois do primeiro verbo auxiliar de 
orações afirmativas ou interrogativas. 
 
Sue is a journalist. She has also worked as a waitress. 
Mike not only plays the piano. He also sings. 
 
We use also in front position to emphasise what follows or to add a new point or 
topic. 
 
 
89 
 
It’s very humid. Also, you can easily get sunburnt. 
 
AS WELL AS = AND ALSO 
 
A shop that sells books as well as newspapers. 
 
A new enterprise would require much capital and also credit. 
 
She is well behaved and will sit and give you her paw as well as obey basic 
commands. 
 
EITHER (também) 
 
“Either” é usado no final de orações negativas. 
 
She doesn't like blues. She's not fondof jazz either. 
Ed doesn't want to eat. He doesn't want to drink anything either. 
 
EITHER (cada um;a/qualquer um;a) – em orações afirmativas. 
 
Wear EITHER dress. They both look good. 
I like both books. I’d be happy with EITHER. 
There’s a rest area on EITHER side of the road. 
 
NEITHER (nenhum dos dois/nenhum;a nem outro;a) - afirmativas 
 
We've got two TVs, but neither works properly. 
"Which one would you choose?" "Neither. They're both terrible." 
 
LIKEWISE / SIMILARLY 
(do mesmo modo, igualmente) 
 
We put up a fence, and other neighbors did likewise. 
 
Water these plants twice a week, and likewise the ones in the room. 
 
 
 
90 
 
2) PRESENTING CONTRAST “BUT” 
 
2.1) DESPITE = IN SPITE OF (Apesar) 
REGARDLESS OF = 
NOTWITHSTANDING 
 
Certain strange phrases had already lodged in my mind, despite their clumsiness, 
despite the fact that I didn't even understand them. 
 
Notwithstanding any criticisms, this book will rightly find a place on the shelves of 
those interested in organic crop production. 
 
All the children are lumped together in one class, regardless of their ability. 
 
(EVEN)THOUGH = ALTHOUGH = 
WHILE - WHEREAS (Embora) 
 
Although I can’t help admiring the man’s courage, I do not approve of his methods. 
 
While I agree about his brilliance I think he's rude. 
 
Whereas the population of working age increased by 1 million between 1981 and 
1986, today it is barely growing. 
 
Her car had been found on the Yorkshire moors, whereas she'd reappeared about 
fifty miles from there. 
 
Whereas the city spent over $1 billion on its stadium, it failed to look after its 
schools. 
 
 
ALBEIT / ALTHOUGH 
(despite the stated thing) 
 
We welcome this package as a step in the right direction, albeit with some 
reservations. 
 
Charles's letter was indeed published, albeit in an abbreviated form. 
 
 
91 
 
HOWEVER / EVEN SO / NEVERTHELESS / NONETHELESS / STILL 
 (Contudo; Entretanto; Ainda assim) 
 
People tend to put on weight in middle age. However, gaining weight is not 
inevitable. 
 
An immediate interest cut might give a small boost to the economy. Even so, any 
recovery is likely to be very slow. 
 
Their team hadn’t lost a game the entire season. Nevertheless, we beat them by a 
huge margin last night. 
 
There are serious problems in our country. Nonetheless, we feel this is a good time 
to return. 
 
That guy is crazy. Still, he's harmless. 
 
YET / BUT 
Kim was a convicted criminal, yet many people admired him. 
 
It's a nice dress, but it creases very easily. 
 
THOUGH = NEVERTHELESS= HOWEVER 
 He can't dance. He sings well, though. 
 
I do believe that we will make progress, however. 
 
 WHEREAS / ON THE OTHER HAND 
 
You eat a big lunch, whereas I have a sandwich. 
 
The hamburger was tough and overcooked, on the other hand the fries were terrific, 
and well worth the money. 
 
The Arctic is an ocean basin with peripheral continents, whereas the Antarctic is 
continental. 
 
 
 
92 
 
2) PRESENTING CONCLUSION / RESULT 
 
SO – THEN 
 
She was ill so I sent her some flowers to cheer her up. 
 
Try and get some sleep on the plane, then you'll arrive feeling fresh. 
 
If 2x = 8, then x = 4. 
 
*THEN (used to say what happens or what you do next – a follow up) 
 
 Mix the flour and butter, then add the eggs. 
 
 Byron travelled to Italy and then to Greece. 
 
THUS - THEREFORE - HENCE - CONSEQUENTLY - ERGO 
(Assim; Portanto; Desta forma) 
 
Why now is there talk of forcing us to pay for the use of what is ours by right, thus 
increasing the cost of living? 
 
This material is highly poisonous, hence the importance of careful handling. 
 
They had not eaten all day, therefore they were very hungry. 
 
These effects result in nutrient imbalances in plants, consequently reducing growth. 
 
She was the sole beneficiary of the will, ergo the prime suspect. 
 
* HENCE (TO COME, FROM NOW) 
 
Several years hence. 
Six months hence. 
Two years hence they might say something different. 
 
 
93 
 
4) PRESENTING TIME RELATION 
 
AFTERWARD(S) = LATER (ON) 
(mais tarde; posteriormente; depois) 
 
A couple of years afterwards I bumped into her in a supermarket. 
 
Some time afterwards he discovered that money was being debited from his bank 
account. 
 
MEANWHILE = IN THE MEANTIME (Enquanto isso) 
 
The doctor will be here soon. In the meantime, try to relax. 
 
Cook the sauce over a medium heat until it thickens. Meanwhile start boiling the 
water for the pasta. 
 
The incomes of male professionals went up by almost 80%. 
Meanwhile, part-time women workers saw their earnings fall. 
 
HITHERTO - SO FAR – THUS FAR - UNTIL NOW (até agora) 
 
Steve appeared confident that the document was genuine and that these hitherto 
unheard-of trading rights actually existed. 
 
A species of fish hitherto unknown in the West. 
 
They’re glad with the replies they’ve received from the public thus far. 
 
 
HENCEFORTH = HENCEFORWARD 
FROM NOW ON = HEREAFTER 
(de agora em diante, daqui para a frente) 
 
A short discourse and then this topic is closed on my blog henceforth. 
 
He promised that Rachel would be the idol of his heart hereafter. 
 
 
94 
 
Henceforward, death row inmates will have an automatic right to appeal. 
 
* (the) hereafter - life after death. 
 
She had a firm conviction that they would meet again in the hereafter. 
 
PRESENTLY – SOON – IN A WHILE 
 
The doctor will be here presently. 
I'll be fine in a while. 
 
AWHILE = FOR A SHORT TIME 
 
“Sit down and wait awhile.” So I sat awhile, then I rang again. 
 
WHILE – WHILST (during the period) 
 
I read it while you were drying your hair. 
 
WHILST I was in Italy I went to see Cintia. 
 
We had to queue and order our meal, standing at a counter, whilst scanning the 
menu. 
 
IMMEDIATELY – RIGHT AWAY – AT ONCE 
 
Ingrid answered Peter's letter at once. 
 
You'd better leave right away. 
 
AS SOON AS – WHEN – ONCE 
 
As soon as she entered the room, she knew there was something wrong. 
 
Once you begin, you'll enjoy it. 
 
 
 
 
95 
 
5)PRESENTING CONDITION 
 
IF=AS LONG AS = PROVIDED (THAT) 
(se, contanto que) 
 
They will play for another five years provided they are fit. 
You can go out to play as long as you stay in the back yard. 
We’ll stay at home if it rains. 
 
 UNLESS (a menos que) 
 
They will not play for another five years unless they are fit. 
You can’t go out to play unless you stay in the back yard. 
We won’t stay at home unless it rains. 
 
OTHERWISE 
(used when saying what bad thing will happen if something is not done) 
 
We’d better send it express, otherwise it’ll take days. (If we do not send it express, 
it will take days.) 
 
You’ll have to go now, otherwise you’ll miss your bus. 
 
 SUPPOSING 
 
Supposing may be used with a conditional meaning. It can be used in first, second or 
third conditional sentences. The speaker invites the listener to imagine a situation: 
 
Supposing I don’t arrive till after midnight, will the guest-house still be open? (Imagine if 
I don’t arrive till after midnight …) 
 
Supposing you lost your passport, you’d have to go to the embassy. 
 
Supposing he hadn’t recognised us – he might never have spoken to us. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96 
 
IN CASE 
 
We use in case to talk about things we should do in order to be prepared for possible 
future situations: 
 
Shall I keep some chicken salad for your brother in case he’s hungry when he gets here? 
 
In case I forget later, here are the keys to the garage. 
 
There is a subtle difference between ‘in case’ and ‘if’. Compare: 
 
Let’s take our swimming costumes in case there’s a pool at the hotel. (We don’t know if 
there is a pool there.) 
 
Let’s take our swimming costumes if there’s a pool in the hotel. (We will wait until we 
know about the pool before we decide.) 
 
SHOULD 
 
In formal situations, we can use should + subject + verb 
 instead of if: 
 
Should you wish to cancel your order, please contact our customer service department. 
(or If you shouldwish to cancel your order …) 
 
Should your child become anxious or nervous about any activity, it is a good idea to 
inform the team-leader. (or If your child should become …) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
97 
 
 
 
6) PRESENTING CAUSE / REASON 
 
BECAUSE = FOR = AS = SINCE 
(porque, visto que, já que) 
 
I almost missed my flight because there was a long queue in the duty-free shop. 
 
She remained silent, for her heart was heavy and her spirits low. 
 
The ceasefire treaty was meaningless, as neither side ever had any intention of 
keeping to it. 
 
I presume that they're not coming, since they haven't replied to the invitation. 
 
*AS = WHILE (enquanto) 
 
I saw him as I was coming into the building. 
 
As time passed, things seemed to get worse. 
 
DUE TO = BECAUSE OF = OWING TO (devido a) 
 
Due to computer problems, the checks will be late. 
 
Many shops are doing badly because of the economic situation. 
 
The concert has been cancelled owing to lack of interest. 
 
 
 
 
98 
 
7)RATHER (THAN) / INSTEAD (OF) 
(Alternative or preference) 
(Em vez de; como alternativa) 
 
I couldn't afford a new car. RATHER, I bought a used one. 
 
INSTEAD OF buying a new car, I bought a used one. 
 
Bryson decided to quit RATHER THAN accept the new rules. 
 
*RATHER (um tanto, bastante) 
 
It’s a rather dull movie. (a childish, boring movie) 
 
At that moment he smelt a rather strong smell. (an unpleasant smell) 
 
*OR RATHER (melhor dizendo, corrigindo) 
 
My father, OR RATHER, my stepfather. 
 
Thanks to his efforts, or rather the efforts of his employees, they made a decent 
profit. 
 
POLITENESS ⇒ I rather think he was telling the truth. 
 I rather like the decorative effect. 
 
WOULD RATHER (PREFER) 
 
I’d rather have a quiet night in front of the TV. 
 
 We could eat later if you would rather do that. 
 
Wouldn't you rather finish it tomorrow? 
 
He`d rather go out to stay home. 
(I prefer going out to staying home.) 
 
 
99 
 
8) PRESENTING PURPOSE 
 
IN ORDER TO (THAT) - SO AS TO (THAT) - TO 
 
Ed came home early in order to see the children before they went to bed. 
(Or) 
Ed came home early in order that he could see the children before they went to bed. 
 
He slouched into his seat in order to avoid drawing attention to himself. 
 
It is important you attend training regularly so as to compete to the best of your 
ability. 
(or) 
It is important you attend training regularly so as that you compete to the best of 
your ability. 
 
They left early to catch the 7.30 train. 
 
Put those clothes in a pile for washing (= so that they can be washed). 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100 
 
9) COMPOUND CONNECTORS 
 
NOT ONLY… BUT ALSO 
 
The war caused not only destruction and death but also generations of hatred 
between the two communities. 
 
*(To add emphasis, we can use not only at the beginning of a clause. When we do 
this, we invert the subject and the verb) 
 
Not only will they paint the outside of the house but also the inside. 
(or) 
They will paint not only the outside of the house but also the inside. 
 
Not only did she forget my birthday, but she also didn’t even apologise for forgetting 
it. 
(or) 
She forgot not only my birthday, but she also didn’t even apologise for forgetting it. 
 
WHETHER… OR… (Se…ou…) 
WHETHER… OR NOT… (Quer… ou não…) 
 
We use ‘whether … or’ to introduce a clause giving two options or alternatives: 
 
She didn’t know whether he was laughing or crying. 
 
We’re not sure whether he’ll stay here for dinner or go somewhere else. 
 
We use the title Ms rather than Mrs (married woman) or Miss (unmarried woman) 
when we don’t know whether a woman is married or not. 
 
Whether you like it or not, you’re going to have to look after your sister. 
 
BOTH…AND 
 
We use ‘both … and’ to emphasise the link between two things. This makes a 
stronger connection than and alone: 
 
 
101 
 
Both Britain and France agree on the treaty. (stronger link than Britain and France agree 
on the treaty.) 
 
She can both speak and write Japanese. 
 
Both he and his wife enjoy tennis. 
 
EITHER…OR 
 
‘Either… or…’ connects two choices: 
 
It’s either black or grey. I can’t remember. (connecting words) 
 
You can stay either with me or with Janet. (connecting phrases) 
 
Either I drive to the airport or I get a taxi. (connecting clauses) 
 
NEITHER…NOR 
 
The opposite of “either… or…” It connects two or more negative alternatives. 
 
We got so wet. We had neither umbrellas nor raincoats with us. 
 
Neither our families nor our friends know that we are getting married! 
 
Neither Italy nor France got to the quarter finals last year. 
 
10) EMPHASIS 
 
INDEED - REALLY – CERTAINLY - IN FACT - ACTUALLY 
 
Evidence suggests that errors may indeed be occurring. 
 
Indeed, it could be the worst environmental disaster in Europe this century. 
 
He was in fact near death by the time they reached him. 
 
102 
 
 
They told me it would be cheap but in fact it cost me nearly $500. 
 
They suspected that she'd killed him but they could never actually prove that it was 
her. 
 
QUESTIONS 
1) “Concepts of ‘good taste’, appropriate conduct, or aesthetic merit are not natural or 
universal. Rather, they are rooted in social experience and reflect particular class 
interests.” Select the alternative which could replace Rather without significant change 
in meaning. 
a) Instead 
b) Indeed 
c) But 
d) Although 
e) However 
 
2) “Students of color report that racism is still a problem, WHILE white students reject the 
idea that there’s anything wrong.” 
WHILE indica e pode ser substituída por: 
 
a) Causa – because 
b) Resultado – so 
c) Tempo – meanwhile 
d) Comparação – like 
e) Contraste - whereas 
 
3) (UFRGS) 
 
1 My house is haunted by the screams of slow digital death. I'm referring to the last 
2 gasps of the Tamagotchi, a "digital craze", that infected my kids like chicken pox last 
3 spring. 
4 Since the day they were born, I have tried to give my children the right toys. So 
5 when I first read about Tamagotchis, I felt here was a toy that would appeal to my 
6 daughters. In case you are childless or an alien from outer space and managed to avoid this 7 craze, the 
Tamagotchi is a keychain-size plastic egg that houses a small LCO (Liquid Crystal 8 Display) in which 
"lives" a creature that you nurture by pushing a variety of Buttons. 
 
A expressão in case (l. 6) pode ser substituída, sem alteração de sentido, por 
 
(A) so. 
(B) as. 
(C) when. 
(D) indeed. 
(E) if. 
 
 
103 
 
4) Na frase “Moreover, PCs and telecommunications are helping a lot these days”, a palavra moreover 
pode ser substituída por 
 
(A) nonetheless. 
(B) therefore. 
(C) in addition to that. 
(D) provided that. 
(E) notwithstanding. 
 
5) Complete a frase abaixo com a palavra ou expressão mais adequada: 
.......... all the conquests already achieved by women, a lot still remains to be done. 
 
a. In spite of 
b. Because of 
c. Although 
d. In order to 
e. Supposing 
 
6) The word As (below) could be replaced without a change in meaning by 
 
As the new Prime Minister, he should have reached the door of 10 Downing Street in a chauffer-driven 
car, waved to the crowd and walked inside. 
 
(A) though. 
(B) such as. 
(C) for. 
(D) being. 
(E) how. 
 
 
Was it the dress itself (an elegant yet simple ink-blue velvet gown) that determined the price, or the fact 
that the Princess attended a state dinner at the White House and danced with John Tavolta while wearing 
it? 
7) A palavra yet (acima) está sendo usada com o mesmo sentido no texto e na frase da alternativa 
 
(A) She might yet prove you wrong in this matter. 
(B) She wrote she won't be back for a long time yet. 
(C) She bought yet another pair of red leather shoes. 
(D) She says awful things about him yet she loves him. 
(E) She hasnt' given her reasons for acceptance yet. 
 
8) De acordo com o texto, complete a sentença abaixo com a alternativa correta. 
Animal figures have also been popular. 
 
The Chinese seea rabbit in the dark and a toad in the white areas of the lunar markings. 
 
The Chinese can see ... a rabbit … a toad on the lunar markings. 
 
(A) … neither … nor … 
(B) … and … or … 
 
104 
 
(C) … either … and … 
(D) … both … or … 
(E) … both … and … 
 
9) The expression “ neither... nor” in “But neither the park nor the mountains are enough to explain why 
Hay attracts so many visitors” excludes both “the park and “the mountains”. If they were to be included, 
the correct expression(s) would be: 
 
I. Not only... but also. 
II. Either... or. 
III. As well as. 
 
The correct alternative according to the propositions above is 
a) I 
b) I and II 
c) I and III 
d) I, II and III 
e) II and III 
 
10) The word Besides in 
 
Besides nature’s breathtaking show, fall’s rich harvest is on display and for sale wherever you venture. 
Also popular are festivals of every kind, from herbs and vegetables to art and crafts 
 
could be replaced by 
(A) In addition to. 
(B) Close to. 
(C) Except for. 
(D) Provided that. 
(E) In spite of. 
 
 
11) But today, despite the film’s merits, Newcastle no longer needs a movie to boost its reputation. The 
fastest growing tourist destination in Britain, Newcastle has shed its old image as a dusty northern town, 
built on coal mines and steel furnaces. Instead it has become a place of clubs and winebars, restaurants 
and hotels. Everywhere there is a sense of energy and prosperity. 
Speak Up, # 169. 
 
The word despite could be correctly replaced by 
 
(A) although. 
(B) in spite of. 
(C) nevertheless 
(D) any how. 
(E) at any rate. 
 
12) “And so, despite living in an area where community workers estimate that 90 per cent of people do 
not have access·to a private computer, 19-year-old Ivania finds out about the world…” 
Select the alternative that best replaces the word despite. 
 
 
105 
 
(A) nevertheless 
(B) however 
(C) in spite of 
(D) therefore 
(E) but 
 
13) The word Notwithstanding (below) can be replaced, without any change in meaning, by 
 
“Notwithstanding their personality, their dress and their ideas, they were and they are the most 
courteous, considerate and well-behaved group of kids I have ever been in contact with in my 24 years of 
police work” 
 
(A) In spite of. 
(B) As a result. 
(C) Because of. 
(D) In any case. 
(E) In addition to. 
 
 
ANSWER KEY 
 
1-A 2-E 3-E 4-C 5-A 6-D 7-D 8-E 9-C 10-A 11-B 
 
12-C 13-A 
 
ADJECTIVES 
O adjetivo é a palavra que modifica o substantivo, indicando qualidade, caráter, modo de 
ser ou estado. 
 
“She was a powerful old lady, six feet tall, with the big bones of a man, 
and a heavy full-jawed face, sensuous and complacent, and excellently 
equipped with a champing mill of strong yellow horse-teeth. It was cake and 
pudding to see her work on the corn on the cob.” 
 -Thomas Wolfe 
 
• O “ad” em “adjective” significa “adicionado a”. “Jective” refere-se a “ject”, que significa 
substantivo. Portanto, adjetivos são palavras que juntam-se aos substantivos. 
 
• No inglês o adjetivo não tem forma plural nem gênero. Quando no seu formato 
qualitativo (forma original): 
 
 
- 1) Antecede o substantivo que descreve. 
 
Pretty woman. 
Old men. 
 
106 
 
Interesting movie. 
Surprised audience. 
 
 
2) Após um verbo de ligação. 
 
• VERBOS DE LIGAÇÃO: 
 
 - Be She is pretty. 
 
He was tired. 
 
Joe will be happy. 
 
 - Feel They feel old. 
 
 - Seem You seem sad. 
 
 - Appear Jamie appeared anxious. 
 
 - Look Maggie looks so fine. 
 
 - Sound (soar) Mary sounded angry. 
 
 - Become (tornar-se) Cars can become destructive. 
 
 - Turn (tornar-se) Their relationship turned sour. 
 
 - Get She soon got bored with the job. 
 
 - Smell The cream smells funny (it has a strange smell) 
 
 - Grow He grows taller but will never grow old. 
 
 - Remain Sue remained upset. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
107 
 
DRILL 
 
Leia o parágrafo abaixo. Os substantivos estão sublinhados. 
 
Francesca looked out the window. The mansion on the cliff overlooked the river. On the 
side of this river was a resort. It was located in a cove and was made up of a cluster of 
bungalows and a hotel. The town of Waldport was a village. 
 
 
 
Agora leia o mesmo parágrafo com adjetivos acrescidos aos nomes. 
 
Sleepy Francesca looked out the open window. The impressive greystone mansion on 
the nearby cliff overlooked the winding river. On the other side of this river was a lively 
summer resort. It was located in a sandy cove and was made up of a cluster of colorful 
bungalows and a historic coastal hotel. The town of Waldport was a straggling 
picturesque fishing village. 
 
ORDEM DOS ADJETIVOS 
 
A ordem abaixo será observada quando houver o emprego de mais de um adjetivo. 
 
1- Finalidade (soccer shoes; coffee recipient) 
2- Material (plastic bottle; wooden table) 
3- Origem (Chinese china; Peruvian pot) 
4- Cores (red Jersey; yellow car) 
5- Idade (old man, a middle-aged couple, grown-up children) 
6- Forma (round table; square house) 
7- Tamanho (big flag; small building) 
8- Opinião (Nice jacket; Horrible movie) 
 
 
It’s a _____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ___ mug. 
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 
 
DEGREES OF ADJECTIVES 
 
COMPARATIVE FORMS 
 
 
108 
 
I) COMPARATIVE OF EQUALITY 
 
ESTRUTURA: AS + ADJETIVO + AS 
 
 Tão quanto 
 
Ex.: Brazilian companies are as profitable as the American ones. 
 
Is the Euro as strong as the dollar? 
 
ATENÇÃO: Também admite-se a estrutura abaixo para frases NEGATIVAS 
 
ESTRUTURA: Not SO + ADJETIVO + AS 
 
 Não tão quanto 
 
Ex.: China is not so(as) powerful as it was believed. 
 
 
ATTENTION!!!! 
 
As seguintes construções podem funcionar como EXPRESSÕES IDIOMÁTICAS e assim 
não podem ser confundidas com o comparativo de igualdade: 
 
AS WELL AS (assim como) – Sue AS WELL AS her friends is gorgeous. 
 
 I KNOW 
AS FAR AS (até onde eu sei) – They returned at nine, AS FAR AS we know. 
 I’M CONCERNED 
 
AS SOON AS (tão logo) - Give me a call AS SOON AS you get home. 
 
 
AS LONG AS (desde que, She will cooperate AS LONG AS we cooperate. 
contanto que) 
 
 
 
 
II) COMPARATIVE OF INFERIORITY 
 
ESTRUTURA: LESS + ADJETIVO + THAN 
 
 Menos (do) que 
 
 
Ex.: This issue is less relevant than that. 
 
 The immigrant labor is not less important than the native’s. 
 
109 
 
 
III) COMPARATIVE OF SUPERIORITY (Comparativo de Superioridade) 
 
Na formação do comparativo de superioridade é importante diferenciar os adjetivos pequenos 
(monossílabos ou dissílabos, geralmente compostos de até seis letras) dos adjetivos grandes 
(polissílabos, geralmente compostos de mais de seis letras). 
 
 
 
 
Adjetivos Pequenos (ATÉ 6 LETRAS) 
 
 
ESTRUTURA: ADJETIVO+ER + THAN 
 
Acrescenta-se a terminação ER aos adjetivos. (cold – colder / dark – darker / smart – 
smarter) 
 
Ex.: Brazilian Northeast states are warmer than Southeast states. 
 
 
 
Adjetivos Grandes (MAIS DE 6 LETRAS) 
 
 
ESTRUTURA: MORE + ADJETIVO + THAN 
 
 
 Ex.: Nowadays many people are more informed than before. 
 
 American corporations are more aggressive than European’s. 
 
SUPERLATIVE FORMS 
 
I) SUPERLATIVE OF SUPERIORITY 
 
 Assim como o comparativo de superioridade, o Superlativo de Superioridade também 
tem regras diferenciadas para adjetivos pequenos e grandes. 
 
Adjetivos Pequenos (ATÉ 6 LETRAS) 
 
ESTRUTURA: THE + ADJETIVO+EST 
 
Acrescenta-se a terminação EST (cool – coolest / smart – smartest / broad – broadest) 
 
 
110 
 
Ex.: The USA is the largest economy in the world. 
 
Adjetivos Grandes (MAIS DE 6 LETRAS) 
 
ESTRUTURA: THE MOST + ADJETIVO 
 
 Ex.: Japan has created the most impressive robot in the world. 
 
OBS.: Os superlativos serão antecedidos do artigo definido The.II) SUPERLATIVE OF INFERIORITY 
 
 ESTRUTURA: THE LEAST + ADJETIVO 
 
 Ex.: This is the least harmful snake. 
 
GRADUAL INCREASE / DECREASE – “cada vez mais / cada vez menos” 
 
 ESTRUTURA: 
GETTING + COMPARATIVO + AND + COMPARATIVO 
 (Becoming) 
 Ou 
 
 GETTING + MORE + AND + MORE + ADJETIVO 
 (Becoming) LESS LESS 
 
 
 Ex.: She is getting prettier and prettier. 
 
 The company is becoming older and older 
. 
 Ed is getting more and more strong. 
 
 We are getting less and less qualified as the time goes by. 
 
 
PARALLEL INCREASE / DECREASE – Quanto mais...mais.../ 
 Quanto menos...menos... 
 
ESTRUTURA: THE + COMPARATIVE, THE + COMPARATIVE 
 
 
Ex.: The colder, the better. 
The more intelligent, the richer. 
The more expensive products are, the more difficult to be sold. 
The less determined students are, the worse their grades stand. 
 
111 
 
 
 
 
ATENÇÃO – Os seguintes adjetivos formam o comparativo e o superlativo de 
superioridade irregularmente: 
 
 
 Good better the best 
 Bad worse the worst 
 Little less the least 
 Far farther/further* the farthest / the furthest 
 
 *further também significa adicional, complementar. 
 
 
 
DRILLS 
 
A) Escreva o comparativo de superioridade e o superlativo dos seguintes adjetivos: 
 
1. thin ____________ ____________ 
2. red ____________ ____________ 
3. icy ____________ ____________ 
4. eas y ____________ ____________ 
5. friendly ____________ ____________ 
6. blue ____________ ____________ 
7. white ____________ ____________ 
8. tender ____________ ____________ 
9. narrow ____________ ____________ 
10. noble ____________ ____________ 
 
B) Escreva o oposto das palavras sublinhadas. 
 
1. Your ideas were the best of all. _________________________ 
2. More drugs will cause more addiction. _________________________ 
3. We were traveling nearer and nearer the coast. _________________________ 
4. This is the coldest and richest region. _________________________ 
5. The sooner the better. _________________________ 
 
QUESTIONS 
 
1) The word that does not form the comparative in the same way as large or short is 
 
a) bad. b) sad. c) glad. d) great. e) late. 
 
 
112 
 
2) They said the bride is ____________ Cameron Diaz. 
 
a) pretty than 
b) the prettiest 
c) so pretty so 
d) as pretty as 
e) as prettier than 
 
 
3) No doubt that these animals are _____________ than the ones that have bitten us. 
 
a) most harmless c) so harmless e) more harmless 
b) as harmless d) not as harmless 
 
4) A alternativa que apresenta uma expressão semelhante a “She is AS SMART AS Sue” é 
 
a) I’ll let you go AS LONG AS you arrive home early. 
b) She brought an umbrella AS WELL AS a raincoat. 
c) We will let you AS SOON AS we have the answer. 
d) AS FAR AS I’m concerned, they were not invited to come. 
e) He is AS TALL AS his older brother. 
 
5) The more he plays, ____________ he gets. 
a) the healthiest c) the most healthy e) the healthy he gets 
b) the healthier d) the least health he gets 
 
6) Os antônimos corretos das partes grifadas da expressão “The best and the newest 
facilities” são, respectivamente, 
 
a) the most good / the youngest d) the poorest / the most recent 
b) the baddest / the oldest e) the worst / the oldest 
c) the worst / the most old 
 
7) The phrase “longer than” is one of the comparative forms of the adjective “long”. 
 
Choose the alternative which has another comparative form and a superlative one: 
a) as long / longest d) as long as / longest 
b) so much longer / longest e) as long as / the longest 
c) as long / the longest 
 
8) Riding a horse is not _________________ riding a bicycle. 
a) so easy as d) the least easy 
b) easyer than e) so easy so 
c) more easy than 
 
 
 
113 
 
9) Which alternative does not contain a comparative statement? 
a) Some dreams are more mysterious than others. 
b) Some dreams are as real as life. 
c) Some dreams are longer than others. 
d) Some dreams are bad dreams. 
e) Some dreams are not so terrifying as others. 
 
10) (ITA) Dadas as afirmações de que o comparativo de superioridade de: 
 
1. Clever é Cleverer 
2. Much é More 
3. Many é More 
 
Constatamos que está(ão) correta(s): 
a) apenas a afirmação 1. 
b) apenas a afirmação 2. 
c) apenas a afirmação 3. 
d) apenas as afirmações 1 e 2. 
e) todas as afirmações. 
 
11) (ITA) When will you be able to give us _____________ information about the crime? 
 
a) far b) furthest c) farthest d) farther e) further 
 
12) The expression “as long as” as in “it’s fun to reinvent yourself, as long as you don’t take it 
too seriously” can be translated by 
 
a) no tempo em que d) tão longo quanto 
b) quanto e) conforme. 
c) contanto que 
 
13) It’s true that we’ve been studying _____________ we can to pass the exam. 
 
a) harder than d) as hard as 
b) the hardest of e) as harder than 
c) not as hard as 
 
14) Is Brazil _____________ country in South America? 
 
a) the larger d) the most large 
b) the large e) the largest 
c) most large 
 
15) I think that this computer is _____________ than that one. 
 
a) more new d) the newest 
 
114 
 
b) newer e) newest 
c) news 
 
16) Do you believe that our house is _____________ yours? 
 
a) as comfortable as d) not so comfortable than 
b) so comfortable than e) not as comfortable than 
c) more comfortable 
 
17) Bananas are _____________ strawberries in Brazil. 
 
a) common than 
b) more common than 
c) more common as 
d) as common than 
e) the commonest of 
 
ADJECTIVES 
 
1-A 2-B 3-E 4-E 5-B 6-C 7-E 8-A 9-D 10-E 11-E 12-C 
13- D 14-E 15-B 16-A 17-B 
 
 
ADVERBS 
VERY / TOO / ENOUGH / SO / SUCH / 
QUITE / PRETTY / RATHER 
 
VERY (muito) – Antes de adjetivos ou advérbios. 
 
That girl is VERY beautiful. 
Those guys run VERY fast. 
 
ATENÇÃO! NO ENTANTO, 
 
That girl is MUCH MORE beautiful than Cameron Diaz. 
Those guys run MUCH fastER than you. 
 
LEMBRE-SE: VERY (exato, próprio, mesmo, realmente) 
 
Para enfatizar, VERY pode vir antes de um substantivo, superlativo, ou da palavra “first”. 
 
Those were his VERY words. 
We only use the VERY best ingredients. 
He was the VERY first surfer to drop Waimea Bay. 
 
TOO (demais, excessivamente) – Antes de adjetivos ou advérbios. 
 Apresenta uma ideia negativa de excesso. 
 
That bike is TOO expensive. I can't afford it. 
 
115 
 
It's TOO cold to swim. 
She walks TOO slowly! She's going to get late. 
 
ENOUGH (bastante, suficiente, suficientemente) – Depois de adjetivos ou advérbios. 
Antes de substantivos. Também pode funcionar como pronome. 
 
She is witty ENOUGH to solve the problem. 
The President governs powerfully ENOUGH to keep the country's welfare. 
Do you have ENOUGH time for a chat? 
Please, turn the radio off. We've had ENOUGH of the news. 
 
SO (tão) – antes de adjetivos ou advérbios. Não vem acompanhado por substantivo. 
 
She is SO mean! 
That house is SO old. It needs some home improvement. 
He plays SO well. He must be a professional. 
 
*SO (assim, portanto) – therefore, thus, hence, consequently 
 
My ankle started hurting, SO I stopped running. 
 
SUCH (tão, tal, tais, por exemplo) 
 
TÃO (ADJ + SUBST) 
 
This is SUCH A heavy box that I'm afraid I can't carry it. (SUCH A + ADJ + SING NOUN) 
We haven't had SUCH AN enjoyable afternoon in years. (SUCH AN + ADJ + SING NOUN) 
Our neighbors are SUCH nice people. (SUCH + ADJ + PL. NOUN) 
It was SUCH sad news that made me cry. (SUCH + ADJ + UNCOUNT. NOUN) 
 
TAL/TAIS (SUBST) 
 
We don't like SUCH A tv show. (SUCH A/AN + SING NOUN) 
SUCH advice is useful. (SUCH + UNCOUNT. NOUN) 
SUCH measures will reduce crime in the city. (SUCH + PL. NOUN) 
 
POR EXEMPLO, TAIS COMO (LIKE) 
 
Students usually engage in different sports, SUCH AS basketball, football and baseball. 
 
SO MUCH (tanto, tanta) – uncountable nouns 
 
She usually spends SO MUCH (money).SO MANY (tantos, tantas) – plural nouns 
 
There were SO MANY people at the party that they ran out of beer! 
 
TOO MUCH (demais) – uncountable nouns 
 
She spends TOO MUCH (money) on purses and shoes. That’s why she is broke. 
 
TOO MANY (demais) – plural nouns 
 
Pete made TOO MANY mistakes. That’s why he flunked. 
 
QUITE (bastante, mas não completamente) – antes de adjetivos 
 
I’m QUITE tired, but I’m happy to walk with you guys. 
 
116 
 
He had been QUITE good at drawing when he was at school. (OK, moderately good but not outstanding) 
They were QUITE excited about moving to a new place. (a little excited) 
 
QUITE A BIT, A LOT, A LITTLE, A FEW (bastante) 
 
“Maggie, I’m doing groceries, do we have grape juice?”, asked Pete. 
“Yes, we’ve got QUITE A BIT(LOT,LITTLE) for the month”, answered her. 
 
 
PRETTY (bem. Quite, but not very) – antes de adjetivos 
 
The traffic was PRETTY bad. 
I’m PRETTY sure they’ll accept the invitation. 
 
We don’t use pretty in negative sentences: 
 
The restaurant wasn’t very good, really. I don’t think we’ll go there again. (or The restaurant wasn’t so good 
…) 
 
Not: … wasn’t pretty good … 
 
 
RATHER 
 
RATHER (um tanto) - antes de adjetivos com sentido mais depreciativo. 
 
I find her books RATHER dull. 
That’s a RATHER old photograph. 
 
OR RATHER (ou melhor, melhor dizendo) – usado para consertar algo recém dito, deixar mais 
coerente e correto. 
 
The music, OR RATHER noise, from the party upstairs went on all night. 
 
RATHER THAN (INSTEAD OF – em vez de) 
 
He saw his music as a hobby RATHER THAN a career. 
 
WOULD RATHER (PREFER – preferir) – seguido por um infinitivo sem “to” 
 
I WOULD RATHER go out for dinner than stay at home. 
I PREFER going out for dinner to staying at home. 
 
TESTS 
 
 
1. Don’t leave now. There’s _______ much rain dropping. 
 
a) Very 
b) Too 
c) Such 
d) Enough 
e) Quite 
 
2. There were ___________ many workers on strike that they blocked the street. 
 
a) Enough d) Quite 
 
117 
 
b) Very 
c) Such 
e) So 
 
3. Rio is ________ hotter than Curitiba. 
 
a) Much 
b) Such 
c) Very 
d) Too 
e) So many 
 
4. Is this bedroom big ___________ for our guests? 
 
a) Such 
b) So 
c) Too 
d) Enough 
e) Very 
 
5. It was _________ hot that we kept swimming in the pool. 
 
a) Much 
b) Such 
c) So 
d) Too 
e) Very 
 
6. The maids have ___________ chores to keep them busy the whole day. 
 
a) Too 
b) Such an 
c) Very 
d) So 
e) Enough 
 
7. It was ___________ important news that we decided to call the Governor right away. 
 
a) Such 
b) Very 
c) So many 
 
d) Too 
e) Such an 
8. He was ____________ honest policeman that everyone in the neighborhood respected him. 
 
a) Enough 
b) Such an 
c) Too 
d) Very 
e) So an 
 
9. Peter never said ___________ things again! 
 
a) Too 
b) So much 
c) So 
d) Very 
e) Such 
 
10. We like that bar. It serves _________ good drinks. 
 
a) much 
b) such a 
c) so a 
 
ADVERBS 
1-B 2-E 3-A 4-D 5-C 6-E 7-A 8-B 9-E 10-D 
 
 
d) very 
e) too 
 
118 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLES 
Palavras usadas para introduzir substantivos e especificar sua aplicação. No inglês, os artigos 
indefinidos são “a” e “an” e o artigo definido é “the”. 
 
Nós usamos “a/an” quando não conhecemos qual o item que queremos introduzir. Nós usamos 
“the” quando sabemos especificamente qual o item que será referido. 
 
Ex: Laurie sat down on a chair. (não sabemos que cadeira é esta) 
 Laurie sat down on the chair nearest the window. (agora sabemos que cadeira é esta) 
 Have you got a car? (não é um carro especificado) 
 I cleaned the car yesterday. (um carro específico, meu carro) 
 
DRILLS 
 
In this exercise you have to put a/an or the. 
 
1. There was ______ man and ______ woman in the room. ______ man was English but ______ 
woman looked foreign. She was wearing ______ fur coat. 
2. I’m looking for ______ job. 
3. Did Ann get ______ job she applied for? 
4. Would you like ______ apple? 
5. Could you close ______ door, please? 
6. This is a nice house. Has it got ______ garden? 
7. It was warm and sunny, so we decided to sit in ______ garden. 
 
Complete o seguinte parágrafo, usando os artigos definido (THE) e indefinidos (A, AN): 
 
Nowadays a lot of people are studying English. It is ______ important language. ______ English 
language is spoken in 55 countries all over the world. 
Today, if you need to get ______ good job, it's essential that you know English and Computing. 
_______ professional who has such abilities will be able to be promoted soon. 
There are a lot of private schools which offer English and Computing courses. 
_______ best English schools are Alumini and Cel Lep and _______ most efficient Computing 
school is SOS. 
 
 
119 
 
 
 
INDEFINITE ARTICLES (A, AN) 
A – um, uma 
 
- antes de palavras iniciadas por consoantes (a book, a restaurant, a computer) 
- antes de palavras iniciadas por “H” aspirado (a hospital, a horse, a house) 
- antes de todas as palavras iniciadas por EU ou EW (a european, a ewer – container, jarra) 
- antes de palavras iniciadas por “U” com som de “Y” (a union, a university, a universe) 
- antes de palavras que começam por “O” com som de “W” (a one-eyed man – caolho) 
 
 
 
AN – um, uma 
 
- antes de palavras iniciadas por vogais (an apple, an employee, an umbrella) 
- antes das quatro palavras que começam por “H” mudo: - an hour 
 - an honor 
 - an honest 
 - an heir 
 
 
ATENÇÃO: 
 Não use “A” ou “AN” antes de substantivos incontáveis. Atenção especial com os 
seguintes substantivos: advice, information, news, furniture, knowledge, progress, 
bread. 
 
 He wants an information. (errado) 
 He wants (some / much / little) information. (correto) 
 
 
Fill in with A or An where necessary 
 
a) ____ house 
b) ____ hotel 
c) ____ honest man 
d) ____ unhappy boy 
e) ____ university 
f) ____ excellent university 
g) ____ watch 
h) ____ engineer 
i) ____ famous engineer 
j) ____ good advice 
k) ____ big houses 
l) ____ used car 
 
120 
 
m) ____ used cars 
n) ____ important information 
o) ____ important cities 
p) _______ university student 
q) _______ beautiful furniture 
r) _______ honest man 
s) _______ comfortable house 
t) _______ big school 
u) _______ important language 
v) _______ interesting film 
x) _______ huge building 
y) _______ extroverted person 
w) _______ unpolite manager 
z) ________ unimportant rule 
 
 
 
DEFINITE ARTICLE (THE) 
 
 THE – o, a, os, as 
 
- antes de nomes de oceanos, mares e rios. 
The Pacific Ocean ; The Red Sea; The Amazon River 
 
- antes de nomes de cadeias de montanhas. 
The Alps ; The Rocky Mountains 
 
- diante de países que contenham na formação de seus nomes as palavras Kingdom, 
State(s), Union ou Republic (países de nomes compostos). 
The United Kingdom ; The USA ; The Dominican Republic 
 
- diante de países qua apresentem uma letra “s” final de plural. 
The Netherlands ; The Bahamas 
 
- antes de instrumentos musicais. 
The piano ; The guitar 
 
- antes de sobrenomes no plural. 
The Simpsons ; The Kennedys 
 
- antes de substantivos únicos. 
The Pope ; The Earth 
 
- para expressar sentido único, específico ou indicando uma qualidade em particular. 
 
121 
 
The water from Canada is the purest. 
 
ATENÇÃO! NÃO use THE: 
 
- antes de continentes, países, estados e cidades. 
Europe has a rich cultural heritage; Mexico has great food; California is gorgeous. 
 
- Referindo uma montanha ou monte. 
Mount Hood is the highest point in the state of Oregon. Everest is the tallest mountain. 
 
- antes de adjetivos possessivos e pronomes possessivos. 
My car is red. Hers is grey. 
 
- antes de nomes e sobrenomes no singular. 
Richard won’t play. Mrs Zyelinske works here. 
 
- expressando sentido genérico ou global 
Water is essential. 
 
 
Use A, AN ou THE se for necessário: 
 
a) Do you want ______ sugar in ______ tea? 
b) Mr. Santos is ______ old physician and ______ honest man.c) I have ______ hour and ______ half to ______ English test. 
d) He broke ______ arm and ______ leg in ______ accident. 
e) ______ most intelligent boy in ______ my class is John. 
f) ______ cats can see in ______ dark. 
g) ______ man who raped that girl went to ______ prison. 
h) ______ Santos are going to spend their vacation in Campos do Jordão. 
i) I'd like to talk to ______ Wilson. 
j) They are going to travel to _____ moon. They're astronauts. 
k) I can't remember ______ exact day of ______ his birthday. 
l) This is ______ nice snackbar. Its prices are low. 
m) There was ______ collision between ______ car and ______ truck. 
 
TESTS 
 
1) _____ Chile is far from __________ Netherlands. 
 
a) The; ____ c) A; the e) The; the 
b) ___; ____ d) ___; the 
 
2) _____ women who bought me _____ shirt live in _________ Rio de Janeiro. 
 
122 
 
 
a) Those; the; the c) The; that; ____ e) ____; the; ____ 
b) The; a; the d) ___; the; ____ 
 
3) The girls bought ___ ewer, ___ European chocolate bar and ____ orange juice. 
 
a) a; a; no article c) an; an; an e) no article; an; an 
b) a; an; no article d) an; a; no article 
 
4) O artigo indefinido não está empregado corretamente na expressão da alternativa: 
 
a) In a 1789 revolution. 
b) In a 1892 painting. 
c) In a 1994 car. 
d) In a 1617 house. 
e) In a 2001 spaceship. 
 
5) O artigo indefinido está usado incorretamente na expressão: 
 
a) A 1-year-old baby. 
b) A 12-year-old boy. 
c) A 18-year-old girl. 
d) A 41-year-old woman. 
e) A 91-year-old man. 
 
6) New Orleans is a large port on _______________ . 
 
a) a Mississipi river 
b) the river of Mississipi 
c) the river Mississipi 
d) river Mississipi 
e) the Mississipi river 
 
7) The sentence Tess is ________ story about __________ young woman from ______ Great 
Britain would be correctly completed with: 
 
a) a / a / - b) the / a / the c) - / an / - d) the / - / - e) a / an / the 
 
8) A palavra “information” não pode ser precedida da palavra 
 
a) an. b) some. c) much. d) the. e) little. 
 
9) The indefinite article, as in “a $4.5 million bridge”, is used incorrectly in 
 
a) a $ 1.6 million house. 
b) a $ 5.9 million plan. 
 
123 
 
c) a $ 7.2 million jet. 
d) a $ 10.1 million yacht. 
e) a $ 11.5 million project. 
 
10) Se as expressões abaixo forem precedidas do artigo indefinido, a forma an, como em “an 
English citizen”, somente poderá ser anteposta à expressão 
 
a) European citizen. 
b) Universal scheme. 
c) 18th century coat. 
d) Weeping willow. 
e) Yuppie briefcase. 
 
11) One of _________ most important causes of conflict is _______ way people see ________ sides 
of _______ question. 
a) the / the / a / the 
b) the / - / the / a 
c) - / the / the / a 
d) the / the / the / a 
e) - / - / the / a 
 
12) For me, _______ sixties represented _______ incredible breakpoint in history. 
a) the / - 
b) the / a 
c) - / an 
d) a / the 
e) the / an 
 
13) I'm sure that _____ men and _____ women will always fight for_____ their rights. 
a) - / - / the 
b) - / - / - 
c) the / - / the 
d) the / the / the 
e) - / the / - 
 
14) _______ city guide we bought in _______ London was such _______ useful thing that we had 
no problems finding our way there. 
a) The / - / a 
b) the / the / an 
c) the / - / an 
d) - / - / - 
 
124 
 
e) - / the / the 
 
15) _______ excellent contribution for _______ survival of _______ mankind is that man stop 
destroying _______ Nature. 
a) the / the / the / the 
b) An / the / - / - 
c) An / the / the / a 
d) A / - / the / the 
e) the / a / a / the 
 
16) “A little child will give up his or her name to a newborn sibling and take on a new one.” 
Considere a proposta de substituição de “child” por “children”. Nesse contexto, assinale o 
número de palavras que devem ser suprimidas e o número de palavras que devem ser alteradas, 
para fins de concordância. 
 
a) Uma – três 
b) Três – seis 
c) Quatro – seis 
d) Seis – três 
e) Seis – quatro 
 
17) “Advice Gratis to Certain Women”. Considere as propostas de reescrita: 
 
I – A Free Advice to Certain Women 
II – Free Advice to Certain Women 
III – Free Pieces of Advice to Certain Women 
 
Estão corretas 
 
a) Apenas I 
b) Apenas II 
c) Apenas III 
d) II e III 
e) I, II e III 
 
 
18) Only _____ very tiny part of text messaging... 
• However, ____ most striking characteristic of text messages... 
• There is always ____ unconscious pressure... 
 
a) A –the – a 
b) The – a – an 
c) The – the – a 
d) an – an – the 
 
125 
 
e) A – the – an 
 
19) “Fan” is _______ abbreviated form of “fanatic”, which has _____ roots in _______ Latin word 
“fanaticus”. 
 
a) the – the – a 
b) the – its – a 
c) the – it’s – the 
d) an – it’s – the 
e) an – its – the 
 
20) Consider the segment “you may crush an artist by telling him that what he has just done may 
be quite good.” If the word artist were replaced by its plural form, how many additional alterations 
would have to be made to keep the segment grammatically correct? 
 
(A) 3. 
(B) 4. 
(C) 5. 
(D) 6. 
(E) 7. 
 
KEY 
 
1-D 2-C 3-A 4-B 5-C 6-E 7-A 8-A 9-E 10-C 
11-D 12-E 13-B 14-A 15-B 16-D 17-D 18-E 19-E 20-B 
 
 
 
 
 
 
126 
 
PLURAL FORM 
 
1- Regra geral: basta acrescentar um “s” 
 
Boy – boys 
Car - cars 
 
2- Substantivos terminados em S, X, Z, O, SH E CH recebem ES 
 
Boss bosses 
Box boxes 
Buzz (zumbido) buzzes 
Hero heroes 
Brush (escova) escovas 
Church churches 
 
 
3- ATENÇÃO: Se o CH tiver som de K receberá apenas S 
 
Stomach ____________ 
Matriarch ____________ 
Patriarch ____________ 
Monarch ____________ 
Conch (concha) ____________ 
Epoch ____________ 
 
ATENÇÃO: Os seguintes substantivos de origem estrangeira, apesar de terminados 
em “O”, recebem apenas “S” no plural 
 
Casino ____________ 
Concerto ____________ 
Disco ____________ 
Dynamo ____________ 
Eskimo ____________ 
Hippo ____________ 
Kilo ____________ 
Logo ____________ 
Photo ____________ 
Piano ____________ 
Radio ____________ 
Zoo ____________ 
 
 
4- Substantivos terminados em Y precedidos de consoante trocam o Y por IES 
 
City cities 
 
127 
 
Ferry (barca) ferries 
Fly (mosca) flies 
 
 
5- Substantivos terminados em Y precedidos de vogal seguem a regra geral 
 
Boy ____________ 
Day ____________ 
Key ____________ 
 
6- Os seguintes substantivos terminados em F ou FE trocam o F ou FE por VES: 
 
Calf (bezerro; panturrilha) calves 
Elf (elfo) elves 
Half (metade) halves 
Knife (faca) knives 
Leaf (folha de árvore) leaves 
Life (vida) lives 
Loaf (forma de pão) loaves 
Self (personalidade) selves 
Sheaf (maço; feixe) sheaves 
Shelf (prateleira) shelves 
Thief (ladrão) thieves 
Wife (esposa) wives 
Wolf (lobo) wolves 
 
 
7- Mas os substantivos a seguir, apesar de terminados em “f” ou “fe”, formam o plural 
da forma convencional: + S 
 
Chief ____________ 
Proof ____________ 
Cliff ____________ 
Roof ____________ 
Grief ____________ 
Safe ____________ 
Strife ____________ 
Reef ____________ 
 
Atenção: Alguns substantivos terminados em ‘f’ ou ‘fe’ admitem as duas formas 
 
Dwarf (anão) dwarfs / dwarves 
Hoof (casco de animal) hoofs / hooves 
Scarf (cachecol) scarfs / scarves 
Wharf (cais) wharfs / wharves 
 
 
128 
 
8- Substantivos compostos separados por hífen formam o plural adicionando-se o “s” 
na 1a palavra 
 
Commander – in – chief Commanders – in – chief 
Mother – in – law (sogra) Mothers – in – law 
Son – in – law (genro) Sons – in – law 
 
 
 
• FAMILY CIRCLE 
 
In-law(s) - a parent of your husband or wife or a member of his or her family. 
Brother – in – law - cunhado 
Daughter – in – law – nora 
sibling - a brother or sister – irmão ou irmã 
Half-sibling (half-sister / half-brother) – meio-irmão, meio-irmã 
Foster / Adopted child – filho/a (criança) adotado(a) 
Foster / Adoptive parents – pais adotivos 
Stepfather – padrasto 
Stepdaughter – enteada 
Step-sibling– filho(a) da madrasta ou do padrasto 
Godfather – padrinho 
Goddaughter – afilhada 
Co-sister - the wife of your husband's brother - concunhada 
Co-brother - the husband of your wife's sister - concunhado 
 
9- Os seguintes substantivos formam o plural irregularmente: 
 
Man men 
Woman women 
Child children 
Foot feet 
Goose (ganso) geese 
Tooth teeth 
Ox (boi) oxen 
Mouse mice 
Louse (piolho) lice 
 
10- Os seguintes substantivos de origem estrangeira permanecem com o plural original: 
 
Analysis Analyses 
Basis bases 
Crisis crises 
Hypothesis hypotheses 
 
Alumnus (ex-aluno,a) alumni 
 
129 
 
Campus campi 
Fungus fungi 
Radius (raio de circunferência) radii 
Stimulus stimuli 
 
Criterion criteria 
Phenomenon phenomena 
 
Bacterium bacteria 
Datum (dado; informação) data 
Medium (mídia) media 
 
 
Alga algae / algas 
Antenna antennae /antennas 
Formula formulae / formulas 
Vertebra vertebrae / vertebras 
 
11- Os seguintes substantivos, por serem incontáveis, não têm forma plural (exigem 
verbo no singular): 
 
Advice ____________ 
Knowledge ____________ 
Furniture ____________ 
Information ____________ 
News ____________ 
Progress ____________ 
Cheese ____________ 
Bread ____________ 
Music ____________ 
Poetry ____________ 
Equipment ____________ 
Luggage ____________ 
Homework ____________ 
Semantics ____________ 
Physics ____________ 
Athletics ____________ 
 
EX.: The news was bad. Much information is needed to face the new market. 
 
 
ATENÇÃO: Alguns substantivos poderão ser concebidos como contáveis (e assim no plural) 
quando antecedidos pelas seguintes expressões: 
 
- a piece of (advice, information, news) 
Ex.: A piece of information is necessary. 
 
130 
 
Two pieces of information are necessary. 
 
- an item of (ceramics, clothing, equipment, furniture) 
Ex.: An item of furniture was sold. 
Many items of furniture were sold 
 
- a loaf of Ex: A loaf of white bread. Two loaves of white bread. 
 
12- Substantivos que só existem no plural exigem verbo no plural: 
 
Binoculars ________________ 
Glasses / spectacles ________________ 
Clothes ________________ 
Pyjamas ________________ 
Pants / trousers ________________ 
Pliers (alicate) ________________ 
Scissors (tesoura) ________________ 
Tweezers (pinça) ________________ 
 
Goods (produtos) ________________ 
Manners (comportamento)________________ 
Odds (probalidade) ________________ 
 
 
 
EX.: My glasses are in the car. 
Those counterfeit goods are made in China. 
Manners are facing extinction! 
If you drive a car all your life, the odds are that you'll have an accident at some point. 
The odds have shortened from 10-1 to 5-1. 
 
ATENÇÃO: Porém, se os itens que são constituídos por duas partes forem antecedidos pela 
expressão “A PAIR OF” (um par de), o verbo irá para o singular: 
 
 
Ex.: My pair of glasses is in the car. 
A pair of pliers pushes the nail out. 
 
13- alguns substantivos têm a mesma forma para singular e plural (invariáveis). Os 
numerais ou verbos é que transmitirão a ideia de singular ou plural: 
 
Deer (cervo) _______________ 
Caribou / Reindeer (rena) _______________ 
Sheep (ovelha) _______________ 
Moose / Elk (alce) _______________ 
Fish (peixe) _______________ 
 
131 
 
Shrimp (camarão) _______________ 
Series _______________ 
Species _______________ 
 
Aircraft _______________ 
Chinese _______________ 
Japanese _______________ 
Swiss _______________ 
 
Ex.: The sheep was seen in your yard. 
 
The sheep were seen in your yard. 
 
 
 
In the Nobel Prizes we have some Brits, some Japanese, Americans and of course a few Swiss, but once 
again, all men. 
 
 
14- Group words (sometimes called collective nouns) are nouns which refer to groups of people, 
animals or things. There are special group words for particular combinations of people, animals 
and things: 
group 
word 
common combinations 
bunch 
flowers (and types of flowers such as roses, tulips), grapes, cherries (and other 
similar fruit), keys 
crowd people, onlookers, admirers, protesters, shoppers 
flock sheep, birds (and types of birds such as pigeons, geese) 
gang workers, kids, youths, teenagers, thieves, criminals 
group (can be used with most nouns) 
herd sheep, cattle, cows, goats (and similar animals) 
pack wolves, dogs, hyenas, cards, lies 
 
132 
 
group 
word 
common combinations 
set 
glasses, cups, plates, keys, tools (and other objects which form a group 
because they share the same features), rules, standards 
shoal fish (and types of fish such as herring, cod) 
swarm bees, flies, ants (and other insects) 
team scientists, researchers, experts, designers, detectives 
 
Group words take a singular verb when they are used in the singular, and a plural verb when they 
are used in the plural: 
 
A team of experts was called in to investigate the problem. 
Gangs of youths were fighting one another in the streets. 
 
(Cambridge Dictionary) 
 
 
DRILLS 
 
Assinale os pares incorretos e faça as devidas correções. 
 
1. stone/stones ( ) 
2. baby/babys ( ) 
3. foot/feet ( ) 
4. German/Germen ( ) 
5. diagnosis/diagnoses ( ) 
6. potato/potatos ( ) 
7. life/lifes ( ) 
8. datum/data ( ) 
9. son-in-law/sons-in-law ( ) 
10.pretty girl/pretties girls ( ) 
11.advice/advices ( ) 
12.ox/oxen ( ) 
13.fox/foxen ( ) 
14.phenomenon/phenomena ( ) 
15.die/dies ( ) 
16.monarch/monarchs ( ) 
17.patriarch/patriarches ( ) 
 
133 
 
18.church/churchs ( ) 
19. bread/breads ( ) 
20. alga/algas ( ) 
 
Escreva, em Inglês, as palavras em maiúsculo 
 
a) HÁ muitas CRIANÇAS brincando no parque. 
________ many ________ playing in the park. 
 
b) HAVIA dez MULHERES na loja. 
________ ten ________ in the shop. 
 
c) HAVIA muito AÇÚCAR no café. 
________ much ________ in the coffee. 
 
d) HÁ muitas IGREJAS em Salvador. 
________ many ________ in Salvador. 
 
e) HÁ muitas BATATAS na COZINHA. 
________ many ________ in the ________ . 
 
f) BEBÊS geralmente TÊM poucos DENTES. 
________ usually ________ few ________ . 
 
g) HÁ muito PÃO sobre a mesa e HÁ muitas fatias de QUEIJO TAMBÉM. 
________ much ________ on the table and ________ many slices of ________________ . 
 
h) HOUVE cinco FESTAS na escola no ano passado. 
________ five ________ at school last year. 
 
i) HÁ três DICIONÁRIOS sobre a mesa. 
________ three ________ on the table. 
 
j) Aquelas CRIANÇAS TÊM muitos BRINQUEDOS. 
Those ________ ________ many ________ . 
 
Passe as orações a seguir para o Plural. 
 
a) That man is very intelligent. 
_______________________________________ 
 
b) This child is so smart. 
_______________________________________ 
 
c) A teacher must be patient. 
_______________________________________ 
 
134 
 
 
d) A beautiful woman likes to be admired. 
_______________________________________ 
 
e) What a beautiful dress you're wearing. 
_______________________________________ 
 
f) Is the box blue? 
_______________________________________ 
 
g) Was that orange green? 
_______________________________________ 
 
h) This is a big car. 
_______________________________________ 
 
i) That dessert is tasteful. 
_______________________________________ 
 
j) That man is Japanese. 
_______________________________________ 
 
k) This box is full. 
_______________________________________ 
 
l) That thief has been arrested. 
_______________________________________ 
 
 
 
 
135 
 
GENITIVE (POSSESSIVE) CASE - ‘S / ‘ 
 
1- O caso genitivo ou possessivo é usado para indicar posse. A ideia de posse pode 
acontecer: 
 
* Por meio da preposição OF (de,do,da) 
 
The key of the house. 
 
*Por meio de um ‘S (apóstrofo e S) ou simplesmente ‘(apóstrofo). Nesse caso, o 
possuidor é seguido de um ‘S. A coisa possuída vem depois do “apóstrofo e S”. 
 
The book of Peter. Peter’s house.The son of my friend. My friend’s son. 
 
2- Quando um artigo preceder a coisa possuída, ele desaparecerá. O artigo que precede o 
possuidor é mantido. 
 
The toy of the kid. The kid’s toy. 
 
3- Usaremos ‘S quando o possuidor for um ente animado (que tem coração) 
 
The brother of Joe. Joe’s brother. 
 
The claws of the lion. The lions claws. 
 (As garras do leão) 
 
4- Quando o possuidor estiver no singular receberá ‘S 
 
The girl’s toys. 
 
5- Quando o possuidor estiver num plural terminado em S receberá apenas ‘ 
 
The girls’ toys. 
 
6- Quando o possuidor estiver num plural que não terminar em S receberá ‘S 
 
The children’s toys. 
 
7- Nomes de pessoas terminados em S recebem ‘S 
 
Jones’s car. 
 
8- Porém, nomes clássicos terminados em S referindo-se a personagens bíblicos e 
personagens da Grécia antiga recebem apenas o apóstrofo. 
 
 
136 
 
Moses’ law. 
Jesus’ miracles. 
Socrates’ thoughts. (os pensamentos de Sócrates) 
 
 
9- Substantivos compostos recebem ‘S na última palavra 
 
My brother-in-law’s car. 
 
10- Possessão coletiva: colocaremos ‘S somente no último possuidor. 
 
Joe and Sue’s cars. (Os carros de Joe e Sue.) 
 
11- Possessão individual: colocaremos ‘S em cada um dos possuidores. 
 
Joe’s and Sue’s cars. (O carro do Joe e o carro da Sue) 
 
12- A coisa possuída poderá ser omitida quando conhecida. 
 
Mc Donald’s ( hamburgers ) 
Bob will pray at St. Peter’s. ( church ) 
Sue spent the holiday at her cousin’s. ( house ) 
 
13- Expressões de Tempo, Espaço, Medida (T E M), admitem o ‘S 
 
An hour’s period. 
Two meter’s size. 
A ton’s weight. 
 
14- Embora não sejam entes animados, o ‘S pode ser usado com nomes de países, planetas, 
estrelas, instituições governamentais, empresas e meios de transportes. 
 
The sun’s rays. 
Brazil’s forests. 
The government’s decision. 
 Gerdau’s workers. 
 
TESTS 
 
1) “The phrases “Americans’ encounter”, “the nation’s energies”, and “America’s physical 
geography” are examples of 
 
a) passive voice 
b) the infinitive 
c) the gerund 
 
137 
 
d) the genitive 
e) indirect speech 
 
2) A melhor versão inglesa para a frase “Os carros de Joe e os carros de Janis” é 
 
a) Joe and Janis’ cars. 
b) Joe’s and Janis’ cars. 
c) Joe’s and Janis’s cars. 
d) Joe and Janis’s cars. 
e) The cars of the Joe and of the Janis’. 
 
3) A melhor versão inglesa para a frase “A tela do computador manterá os dados por um 
período de seis horas” é 
 
a) The screen of the computer will maintain the data for a six hours’ period. 
b) The computer’s screen will maintain data for a six hours’ period. 
c) The screen of the computer will maintain the data for a six hour’s period. 
d) The computer’s screen will maintain data for a six hour’s period. 
e) The screen of the computer will maintain the data for a period’s of six-hours. 
 
4) The phrase “Mathew took the film to his local pharmacy” tells us that the pharmacy 
 
a) Stands across the street from Mathew’s house. 
b) Belongs to Mathews. 
c) Is in Mathew’s neighbourhood. 
d) Is the only one in his town. 
e) Only operates locally. 
 
5) O possessivo, usado como em “Woody Allen’s Sweet and Lowdown”, está correto em todas 
as alternativas, EXCETO em 
 
a) There was a two hours’ delay at the airport in London. 
b) Anthony Burgess’s “Clockwork Orange” is a milestone in modern literature. 
c) In our last holidays we had to cope with our young relatives’ weird ideas. 
d) Elizabeth I’s interest on sea voyages brought development to England. 
e) Maggie and Millie’s eyebrows are so thin you can hardly see them. 
 
6) My little puppy doesn’t seem to like your __________ red handkerchief. 
a) father’s-in-law d) father’-in-law 
b) father-in-law’s e) father-in-law’ 
c) father-in-law’ 
 
7) Those dirty shoes are __________ . 
a) the children’ d) of the children’ 
b) the childrens’ e) of the children’s 
c) the children’s 
 
138 
 
 
8) It will take us __________ to fix this machine. 
a) a whole day’s work d) a whole’s work day 
b) a whole’s day work e) a whole day work’s 
c) a whole’ day work 
 
9) Which of the alternatives below has the same structure as “The fans’ transgression of 
bourgeois taste” 
 
a) The government’s interference with middle class education. 
b) The students’s discussion and their argument. 
c) The girl’s reading an interesting book. 
d) The fan’s harsh criticizing went unnoticed. 
e) The teacher’s introduced quite complex matters. 
 
10) Assinale a frase em que o ‘s está empregado com o mesmo sentido que em “I mean that the 
public’s not home” 
 
a) She’s the best singer of her generation. 
b) My kid’s classmates aren’t friendly. 
c) The store’s opened a new branch. 
d) Aviation’s no-smoking policy is very strict. 
e) My wife’s not arrived yet. 
 
11) A estrutura do caso possessivo, presente em “in another’s place”, é a mesma que ocorre 
em 
 
a) Mary’s lost her pencil. 
b) The painter’s tools are in the box. 
c) The postman’s finished his work. 
d) Their son’s upset. 
e) Her daughter’s been ill. 
 
12) Unfortunately, the __________ ended up in the river. 
 
a) lady’ hat d) lady’s hat 
b) lady hat’ e) lady hats’ 
c) ladies’s hat 
 
13) How many __________ nests did you find? 
 
a) birds’s d) of birds’s 
b) bird’ e) of the bird’ 
c) birds’ 
 
14) Where have you put your __________ ? 
 
139 
 
 
a) mother purses’ d) mothers’ purse 
b) mother purse’s e) mother’s purse 
c) mother’s purse’s 
 
15) Could anybody please tell me how to find out the __________ ? 
 
a) author address’s d) author address’ 
b) authors’ address’s e) author’s addresses’ 
c) author’s address 
 
KEY 
1-D 2-C 3-A 4-C 5-E 6-B 7-C 8-A 9-A 10-A 
11-B 12-D 13-C 14-E 15-C 
 
 
 
140 
 
FALSE COGNATES 
 
A Língua Inglesa absorveu inúmeras palavras do Latim e pode-se dizer que aproximadamente 
metade dos vocábulos desta língua são originários do latim. A Língua Portuguesa tem sua origem 
fundamentada no Latim. Portanto, confie na sua intuição quando diante de palavras parecidas com 
palavras do português. Ex: “repair” ,“crisis”, “rapid”. Elas significarão aquilo que aparentam significar. A 
exceção são os falsos cognatos. Os falsos cognatos são palavras que parecem ter um significado mas 
têm outro completamente diferente. Familiarize-se com essas IMPORTANTES e FREQUENTES 
PALAVRAS da língua inglesa. 
 
 PALAVRA SIGNIFICADO O QUE PARECE SER (Português / Inglês) 
01. Actual – real, verdadeiro Atual - current 
02. Actually – realmente, verdadeiramente Atualmente-nowadays, currently 
03. Adept - especialista Adepto – follower, partisan 
04. Advise - aconselhar Avisar – to warn 
05. Appointment – compromisso, hora marcada Apontamento - note 
06. Army - exército Arma – weapon, gun 
07. Assume - presumir Assumir – to take over 
08. Attend - comparecer Atender – to answer 
09. Audience – plateia, público Audiência – ratings, viewers 
10. Balcony - sacada Balcão - counter 
11. Carton – embalagem de papelão Cartão – card 
12. Casualty- baixa, vítima Casualidade - chance 
13. Cigar - charuto Cigarro - cigarette 
14. Collar – gola, colarinho Colar - necklace 
15. College - faculdade Colégio - school 
16. Commodity – produto, insumo Comodidade - comfort 
17. Competition - concorrência Competição - contest 
18. Comprehensive - abrangente Compreensível- understandable 
19. Contest – concurso, competição Contexto - context 
20. Convict- sentenciar, condenar Convicto - convinced 
21. Costume – fantasia, traje Costume - habit 
22. Data - date Data – dados, informações 
23. Deception – fraude, trapaça Decepção - disappointment 
24. Defendant – réu, acusado Defensor –defender, advocate 
25. Disgrace - vergonha , desonra Desgraça - misfortune 
26. Disgust – nojo, causar repulsa Desgosto - displeasure 
27. Editor - redator Editor- publisher 
28. Educated - instruído Educado - polite 
29. Enroll – matricular-se Enrolar - to roll up 
30. Estate – propriedade, imóvel Estado - state 
31. Eventually - finalmente Eventualmente -occasionally 
32. Expert - especialista Esperto – smart, clever 
33. Exquisite – fino, requintado Esquisito – weird, odd 
34. Fabric – tecido, pano Fábrica – factory, plant 
35. Genial – cordial, afável Genial - bright, brilliant 
36. Gratuity - gorjeta Gratuito- free, without charge 
 
141 
 
37. Grip - agarrar, segurar Gripe - flu 
38. Hazard – perigo, risco Azar – bad luck 
39. Ingenuity - engenhosidade Ingenuidade - naiveness 
40. Injury - ferimento Injúria - slander 
41. Intimate – insinuar; íntimo Intimar - to summon 
42. Lamp – luminária, abajur Lâmpada – light bulb 
43. Large - grande Largo - wide, broad 
44. Lecture – palestra(r) Leitura - reading 
45. Library - biblioteca Livraria – book store (shop) 
46. Lunch - almoço Lanche - snack 
47. Luxury - luxo Luxúria - lust 
48. Mayor - prefeito Maior - bigger, larger 
49. Notice - notar Notícia - news 
50. Particular - específico Particular - private 
51. Physician - médico Físico - physicist 
52. Policy – política, regulamento; apólice (de seguro) Polícia - police 
53. Prejudice - preconceito Prejuízo - loss, damage 
54. Presently - logo, breve Presentemente - at present 
55. Preservative - conservante Preservativo - condom 
56. Pretend - fingir Pretender - to intend 
57. Push - empurrar Puxar - to pull 
58. Realize – dar-se conta Realizar –to accomplish, achieve 
59. Resume - recomeçar Resumir - to summarize 
60. Retire – aposentar-se, recolher-se Retirar - to withdraw, remove 
61. Sanitarium - sanatório Sanitário – toilet, restroom 
62. Scholar – erudito, culto Escolar - school, student 
63. Spade - pá Espada - sword 
64. Stranger – desconhecido, forasteiro Estrangeiro - foreigner 
65. Support – apoiar; apoio Suportar – to bear, endure 
66. Tax - imposto Taxa – fee, fine 
67. Trainer – preparador físico Treinador - coach 
68. Tenant – inquilino, locatário Tenente - lieutenant 
69. Terrific – fantástico, incrível Terrível - terrible, awful 
70. Traduce - difamar Traduzir - to translate 
 
 
1. The best translation for the word policy in “The new government announced changes in policy” is 
 
a) política. 
b) polícia. 
c) apólice. 
d) policial. 
e) polidez. 
 
2. The word “realize” can be translated by 
 
a) realizam. 
b) praticam. 
c) percebem. 
d) aplicam. 
e) defendem. 
 
 
 
 
142 
 
 
PERSONAL PRONOUNS 
 
 SUBJECT PERSONAL PRONOUNS OBJECT PERSONAL PRONOUNS 
 
S 1a I ME (me, mim, -migo) 
I 2a YOU YOU (te, ti, -tigo, você) 
N HE HIM (o, lhe, ele) 
G. 3a SHE HER (a, lhe, ela) 
 IT IT (o, a, lhe, ele, ela) 
 
P 1a WE US (nos, -nosco, nós) 
L. 2a YOU YOU (vos, vosco, vocês) 
 3a THEY THEM (os,as,lhes,eles,elas) 
 
- Função de sujeito de orações; - Com a função de objeto. 
- Antes dos verbos. - Após verbos ou preposições. 
 
 
 They work hard. They asked me to work harder. 
 She plays well. I worked with him for two years. 
 The tree is sick. It will die soon. The coin is on the table. Give it to me. 
 
 
*OBSERVAÇÕES 
 
 1) He e She são geralmente usados para pessoas, mas podem também designar animais ou 
coisas quando se quer personificá-los ou tratá-los com afeição. 
 
“My dog is a cocker. He is smart.” 
 
2) She também é usado para substituir os substantivos “ship” e “nation”: 
 
“The new ship is huge. She is very modern.” 
“Italy is a nice nation. She has great food.” 
 
3) It é um pronome neutro usado para designar animais, coisas e eventos no singular. É ainda o 
sujeito de verbos que em português são impessoais, em orações que expressam tempo, 
distância, condições meteorológicas, etc.: 
 
It is going to rain. It is far from here. It was hot. 
 
 
 
 
143 
 
4) It também pode ser usado para se referir às palavras child e baby, quando se desconhece 
o sexo da criança: 
 
There is a baby crying upstairs. It is sick. 
 
5) Thou - you, archaic or dialect form of you, as the singular subject of a verb, used when 
speaking to one person 
Thou shalt consume. (You shall consume) 
Thou art more lovely and more temperate. (You are more lovely and more temperate.) 
 
Thee - you; object form of thou; used when speaking to one person; archaic or dialect form of 
you, as the singular object of a verb or preposition 
We beseech thee, O Lord! (We beseech you, O Lord!) 
 
TESTS 
 
1) The mother is talking to the kids. She is talking to _______ . 
 
a) him c) her e) they 
b) them d) theirs 
 
2) The pronoun ‘we’ in ‘Baby boomers won’t let go of the Woodstock Festival. Why should we? 
In August 1969, hundreds of thousands of people, me among them, gathered...’ (adapted from 
John Pareles, NY Times, 5th August 2009) 
 
a) The author and his critics. 
b) The readers and other journalists. 
c) John Pareles and other baby boomers. 
d) The author and the newspaper’s editor. 
e) The readers and the critics. 
 
3) (PUC-SP) He wants to sell his farm because the soil is so infertile that nothing at all grows in 
____ . 
 
a) him c) it e) she 
b) its d) her 
 
4) “The farmers are selling a cow”. Substituindo os substantivos por pronomes, teríamos _____ 
are selling ______. 
 
a) He / her b) He / it c) They / her d) They / it e) They / them 
 
5) Sue and __________ are going to Europe. 
 
a) him b) me c) I d) her e) us 
 
 
144 
 
6) Mom asked __________ if he had worked a lot. 
 
a) they b) he c) us d) she e) I 
 
7) Technology for young people today is new, ____________ is exciting, and ___________ is the 
difference between ______________ and the older generation. 
 
a) he / he / their 
b) it / it / they 
c) its / its / them 
d) she / she / they 
e) it / it / them 
 
8) The South American folk songs are played for those who appreciate ____ . 
 
a) it b) him c) her d) its e) them 
 
9) This shirt belongs to Rodrigo. Give ______ to ______. 
 
a) its / he d) them / him 
b) it / him e) them / he 
c) it / he 
 
10)______ rarely sees ______ , but ______ always talk on the telephone. 
 
a) She / him / they d) She / him / them 
b) She / he / they e) She / he / them 
c) Her / him / them 
 
11) Janete is the girl who sits between Mary and ______ . 
 
a) he b) she c) its d) me e) they 
 
12) I did promise ______ to be there in time. 
 
a) they d) themselves 
b) she e) them 
c) theirs 
 
13) Would you please bring ______ some ice cream? 
 
a) me b) he c) they d) themselves e) she 
 
14) The manager told ______ that we could leave when we finished the project. 
 
a) we b) us c) hers d) his e) ours 
 
145 
 
 
15) Romeo is telling Juliet that ______ loves her. 
a) him b) I c) he d) she e) her 
 
16) This car is mine. I bought ______ last week. 
 
a) us b) him c) them d) it e) you 
 
 
17) (ITA) Our friends insist that there is something ______ . 
 
a) between her and I d) between her and me 
b) between she and me e) between she and I 
c) between hers and mine 
 
18) Leia as frases e marque a alternativa cujos pronomes substituem os termos sublinhados: 
 
“Dian Fossey lived in a rain forest where she studied mountain gorillas. The gorillas were gentle 
and caring. Somebody killed Dian Fossey.” 
 
a) it / them / it / them d) she / his / his / she 
b) her / they / them / she e) it / them / they / her 
c) it / they / they / her 
 
KEY 
 
1-B 2-C 3-C 4-D 5-C 6-C 7-E 8-E 9-B 10-A 
11-D 12-E 13-A 14-B 15-C 16-D 17-D 18-E 
 
 
 
146 
 
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS 
 
Possessive Adjectives Possessive Pronouns 
 
S MY MINE meu(s),minha(s) 
I YOUR YOURS teu(s),tua(s),seu(s),N HIS HIS dele(s),seu(s),sua(s) 
G. HER HERS dela(s),seu(s),sua(s) 
 ITS ITS dele(s),dela(s),seu(s),sua(s) 
 
P OUR OURS nosso(a),nossos(as) 
L. YOUR YOURS seu(s),sua(s), de vocês 
 THEIR THEIRS deles,delas,seu(s),sua(s) 
 
- Usado antes de substantivos - Usado no lugar da construção 
 Adjetivo Possessivo + Substantivo 
 
 This is my car This car is mine (This car is my car) 
 
OBS: a friend of mine = one of my friends, a pen of hers = one of her pens 
 
 
Tanto o adjetivo possessivo quanto o pronome possessivo concordam em grau, gênero e 
número com o POSSUIDOR e não com a coisa possuída. 
 
 
Thy - archaic or dialect form of your 
Honour thy father and thy mother. (Honour your father and your mother.) 
 
Thine - archaic form of yours; the thing or things belonging to or associated with thee 
His spirit will take courage from thine. (His spirit will take courage from yours.) 
 
DRILLS 
 
1) Their nephew has ________ researches at the laboratory. 
 
a) their c) theirs e) its 
b) his d) her 
 
2) Old furniture would be very suitable for a house like ________ . 
 
a) its c) ours e) their 
b) our d) my 
 
3) (FMU-SP) Let’s change ________ cars; you take ________ and I take _________ . 
 
147 
 
 
a) our; mine; yours c) our; yours; mine e) its; my; your 
b) yours; mine; our d) theirs; mine; yours 
 
4) (FMU-SP) All the trees dropped _______ leaves but this one didn’t drop _______ . 
 
a) his; his c) theirs; its e) their; its 
b) its; theirs d) its; their 
 
5) (FMU-SP) Tell her not to forget ______ money, they must not forget _____ either. 
 
a) her; its c) its; his e) hers; his 
b) its; their d) her; theirs 
 
6) I saw my children a minute ago, but I didn’t see ________ . 
 
a) theirs c) your e) its 
b) their d) his 
 
7) Any flag has ________ colors. 
 
a) his c) its e) hers 
b) their d) her 
 
8) Every student should keep _________ dictionary nearby. 
 
a) his c) their e) its 
b) her d) theirs 
 
9) This doesn’t look like __________ book; it must be____________ . 
 
a) mine / her 
b) my / hers 
c) his / my 
d) her / my 
e) theirs / his 
 
10) The tigress hurt one of ________ paws. 
 
a) his b) her c) its d) their e) hers 
 
11) Na frase “This is reflected in Scorpion lives and, indeed, in Scorpion relationships”, a palavra 
sublinhada pode ser substituída por 
 
a) it b) their c) them d) they e) its 
 
 
148 
 
12) The primary purpose of luggage is to protect ______ contents from harm. 
 
a) its b) him c) hers d) us e) theirs 
 
13) (ITA) The blue pencil is not ______ and is not ______ either; it is ______ . 
 
a) my / his / hers d) yours / hers / mine 
b) your / of her / our e) yours / his / her 
c) yours / his / her 
 
KEY 
 
1-B 2-C 3-A 4-E 5-D 6-A 7-C 8-A 
9-B 10-C 11-B 12-A 13-D 
 
 
 
 
REFLEXIVE AND EMPHASIZING PRONOUNS 
 
 
MYSELF me,mesmo(a),próprio(a),(a) mim mesmo(a) 
YOURSELF te,si,mesmo(a),próprio(a), (a)ti mesmo(a) 
HIMSELF se,si, mesmo/próprio, a si mesmo/próprio 
HERSELF se,si, mesma/própria, a si mesma/própria 
ITSELF se,si, mesmo(a),próprio(a), a si mesmo(a)/próprio(a) 
 
OURSELVES nos,mesmos(as)/próprios(as), a nós mesmos(as)/próprios(as) 
YOURSELVES vos, mesmos(as)/próprios(as),a vós mesmos(as)/próprios(as) 
THEMSELVES se,si,mesmos(as)/próprios(as), a eles/elas mesmos/próprios(as) 
 
Os pronomes reflexivos tem três usos: 
 
a) Usados reflexivamente (após verbos ou preposições), indicam que o resultado de uma 
ação praticada pelo sujeito recai sobre o mesmo: 
 
Peter bought himself a mirror. (Peter bought Peter a mirror.) 
 
 Laurie talked to herself when she was younger. (Laurie talked to Laurie) 
 
 
 
b) Usados enfaticamente, após o sujeito ou objeto, destacando-os: 
 
The boys themselves built that sandcastle. (ênfase no sujeito) 
 
149 
 
 
They built a replica of the car itself. (ênfase no objeto) 
 
c) Usados após a preposição BY, sendo traduzidos como “sozinho, por conta própria” (“on 
+adj poss + own” = “alone”): 
 
Sue likes to spend time by herself. = Sue likes to spend time on her own (alone). 
 
 
ATENÇÃO! 
 
A) O pronome reflexivo de “one” (aquele; alguém) é “oneself”. 
B) O pronome reflexivo dos compostos de “body” (everybody, somebody, etc.) e “one” 
(everyone, someone, etc.) é “himself ou themselves”. 
 
 
DRILLS 
 
1) They rarely enjoy _____ when they go there. Do you, Joe and Susan, enjoy ___ ? 
 
a) theyselves; yourself c) themselves; yourself e) them; yours 
b) themselves; themselves d) themselves; yourselves 
 
2) Mrs Kovac assured __________ that the chairman was a faker. 
 
a) myself c) yourself e) himself 
b) herself d) itself 
 
 
3) (FMU-SP) You must all behave _________ and you will receive ________ reward. 
 
a) you; you c) yourselves; your e) yourselves; yourselves 
b) yourself; your d) your; your 
 
4) Assinalar a alternativa onde o emprego do pronome reflexivo estiver errado. 
 
a) He killed himself with an Arabian knife. 
b) I cut myself last Sunday. 
c) The little boy was talking to himself. 
d) Why are all of you shaving themselves? 
e) Those three men were insulting themselves. 
 
5) The people outside made _________ understood. 
a) itself c) oneself e) themselves 
b) himself d) themself 
 
 
150 
 
 
 
6) (UFB) One should learn to defend ___________ against slanders. 
a) itself c) themselves e) oneself 
b) himself d) herself 
 
7) Suicide is when somebody shoots ________ . 
a) itself c) herself e) themselves 
b) oneself d) himself 
 
8) O pronome “itself” como usado na frase “They built a replica of the Globe itself” está com o 
mesmo uso na alternativa 
 
A) I often like to spend time by myself. 
B) They are designed for runners like yourself. 
C) She’s very pleased with herself. 
D) I’ll go and see the President himself. 
E) They hurt themselves while cutting wood. 
 
9) Here is some money. Go and buy ______ some decent clothes. 
a) myself b) herself c) themselves d) himself e) yourself 
 
10) His sister ______ told me that the children amused ______ at the zoo yesterday. 
a) himself / herself d) herself / himself 
b) herself / themselves e) themselves / themselves 
c) himself / itself 
 
11) Most people like to plan their holidays ______ . 
 
a) themselves d) himself 
b) oneself e) yourselves 
c) ourselves 
 
12) Where in the world, Sue, did you hurt ______ ? 
 
a) himself d) yourselves 
b) hers e) herself 
c) yourself 
 
13) She told me she was a little out of practice, so I typed the letters by ______ . 
 
a) myself d) themselves 
b) herself e) ourselves 
c) himself 
 
14) Lenita and I always look at ______ in the mirror before leaving for school. 
 
151 
 
 
a) themselves d) yourselves 
b) ourselves e) myself 
c) yourself 
 
 
 
15) They intended to keep all the money for ______ . Jack ______ gave me this information. What 
is going to happen to ______ now ? 
 
a) they / his own / ours 
b) themselves / himself / us 
c) theirselves / himself / we 
d) they own / by him / ourselves 
e) themselves / by his own / they 
 
16) The parts had spent a long time preparing ______ to fight ______ but the battle ______ didn’t 
last long. 
 
a) each other / themselves / oneself 
b) them / each other / by itself 
c) itself / each other / oneself 
d) one another / them / by itself 
e) themselves / one another / itself 
 
17) “Human beings are not only fiction makers but are fictions themselves.” 
The pronoun “themselves” is used 
 
A) to replace the subject. 
B) to complement the verb “are”. 
C) to refer to human beings taken in general. 
D) to emphasize the subject of the verb “are”. 
E) to specify which human beings create fiction. 
 
 
KEY 
 
1-D 2-B 3-C 4-D 5-E 6-E 7-D 8-D 9-E 10-B 
11-A 12-C 13-A 14-B 15-B 16-E 17-D 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
152 
 
 
 
 
 
QUANTITATIVES (MUCH / LITTLE - MANY / FEW) 
 
MUCH – Muito(a) 
LITTLE – Pouco (a) 
A LITTLE – Algum (a) 
LESS – menos 
 
Aplicáveisa substantivos INCONTÁVEIS (sempre singular). 
 
 
We didn’t spend much money. 
 
How much sugar do we have? 
 
Hurry up! We have little time. 
 
Mary said nothing, but she drank some tea and ate a little bread. 
 
This model consumes less fuel. 
 
Em frases afirmativas, “much” pode ser substituído pelas expressões “plenty of” (o bastante 
/ o suficiente) ou “a good/great deal of” ou ainda, “a large/great quantity of”. Essas 
expressões também expressam abundância. 
 
They have a good/great deal of money in the savings account. 
 
John had plenty of milk at home. 
 
ATENÇÃO: “Little” indica pouco – quantidade insuficiente. “A little” indica algum - 
quantidade suficiente, transmitindo uma situação positiva. A expressão “A little” indicará 
um desfecho bom. 
 
We have a little time before the departure of the train. Let’s drink a cup of coffee. 
 
“Less” significa “menos” e é aplicável a substantivos no singular (INCONTÁVEIS). 
 
They have less knowledge than you. 
 
 
 
 
153 
 
MANY - Muitos (as) 
FEW – Poucos (as) 
A FEW – Alguns (as) 
FEWER - Menos 
 
Aplicáveis a substantivos no PLURAL. (CONTÁVEIS) 
 
Do you have many friends? 
 
He doesn’t have many books. 
 
I brought few magazines. 
 
We stayed a few days in Florence and visited the museums. 
 
Better cycle routes would mean fewer cars and fewer accidents. 
 
 
Em frases afirmativas, “Many” pode ser substituído pela expressão “a large/great 
number of”, “plenty of”, “a lot of” e “lots of” (um grande número de, “muitos”, “muitas”). 
 
Tom has a large/great number of properties. 
They’ve got plenty of Euros! 
 
ATENÇÃO: O mesmo príncipio de “a little” é aplicável à expressão “a few”. Não esqueça, 
porém, que “a few” (alguns) deverá ser empregado diante de substantivos no plural. 
 
 Ed enjoys his life. Every month he takes a few days off to enjoy himself. + 
 
 Mary’s unhappy. She has few friends. - 
 
Fewer também significa menos, mas é usado para substantivos no plural. 
 
I purchased fewer products than you. 
 
 
BE AWARE! 
 
1) (a) Bit (n) = a small piece or amount of something; a short distance or period. 
 
Would you like a bit of chocolate? 
She tries to do a bit of exercise every day. 
Maria's put on a bit of weight, hasn't she? 
It's a bit of a nuisance. 
I'm just going out for a bit. See you later. 
Can you move up a bit? 
 
154 
 
The glass smashed into little bits. 
 
 
 
2) A handful of = a small number of people or things (a few) 
 
She invited all her friends to her party, but only a handful of them turned up. 
He only knows a handful of different recipes. 
There were only a handful of guests at the reception. 
 
 
LEMBRE-SE 
 
Para enfatizar um comparativo de superioridade usaremos MUCH e não very 
 
Ex: Poa is much colder than Rio. 
 Kill Bill is much more violent than Jack Brown. 
 
 
TESTS 
 
1) Hospitals usually have ________ patients. 
 
a) little c) very e) less 
b) many d) much 
 
2) They had ___________ difficulty answering the question. 
a) little c) very e) few 
b) many d) lot’s of 
 
3) Americans produce _______ soybean. 
a) many c) a few e) a much 
b) a lot of d) few 
 
4) __________ days do you need to finish it? 
a) How much 
b) How little 
c) How often 
d) How many 
e) How long 
 
5) TV broadcasts give us __________ information. 
a) many c) much e) a much 
b) a few d) very 
 
 
155 
 
6) The expression “a few” is used incorrectly in 
 
A) Unfortunately there were a few seats left when we arrived at the theatre. 
B) Help yourself, there are a few sandwiches and cookies left. 
C) These journal articles always have a few ideas worth discussing. 
D) They managed to find a few clues of what the theatre looked like. 
E) A few of his marvellous engravings have survived. 
 
 
 
7) A expressão “a few” completa corretamente a frase 
 
a) Could you spare __________ moments? 
b) It’s a pity they have _________ friends. 
c) It will taste better with __________ bacon. 
d) His ideas are difficult and ________ understand them. 
e) He’s asked me for _________ money. 
 
8) Living in São Paulo is sometimes ______ harder than living in any other place in the world. 
 
a) very b) much c) many d) so e) a few 
 
9) Do you think that too ______ books won’t help ______ ? 
 
a) many / much d) much / a few 
b) much / many e) much / a little 
c) very / much 
 
10) When they were first introduced, computers were less powerful and they used to cost ______ 
than they do today. 
 
a) very few d) much more 
b) many more e) as much as 
c) very little 
 
11) I think she spends too ______ money on clothes. 
 
a) many b) few c) a few d) much e) a little 
 
12) Why do you always carry ______ money with you? 
 
a) little b) a few c) few d) a little e) many 
 
13) Pollution is a serious problem. There are ______ trees and ______ fresh air nowadays. 
 
a) lots / few d) many / fewer 
 
156 
 
b) much / less e) fewer / less 
c) few / many 
 
 
KEY 
 
1-B 2-A 3-B 4-D 5-C 6-A 7-A 8-B 9-A 
10-D 11-D 12-A 13-E 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
157 
 
 
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS AND ADJECTIVES 
(SOME / ANY E SEUS COMPOSTOS) 
 
SOME – Algum(a), alguns(as) 
 
Usado em frases afirmativas. 
 
Some players watched the game yesterday. Some slept. 
 
Exceções: 1) em interrogativas expressando um oferecimento ou um pedido. 
 
Would you like some tea? 
Would you send me some brochures? 
 
 2) começo de frases negativas. 
 
Some workers will not come tomorrow. 
 
ANY – Algum(a), alguns(as) 
 
Usado em frases negativas e interrogativas 
 
Do you have any Christmas CD? No, I don’t have any. 
 
Quando for usado em frases afirmativas será traduzido como “qualquer”. 
 
She can play any game. 
 
* THING – coisas * BODY - pessoas 
 
Compostos de some (usados em frases afirmativas): 
Something – alguma coisa 
Somebody / Someone – alguém 
Somewhere / someplace – algum lugar 
Somehow / someway – de alguma maneira 
Sometime – algum dia 
 
Please, get me something to eat. 
They saw somebody in the parking lot. 
You must have put her letter somewhere! 
I'm not sure how, but somehow or other we'll raise the money. 
The seat was attached someway. 
We really should meet sometime soon to discuss the details. 
 
158 
 
• We usually played football at school, but sometimes we played hockey. 
 
Compostos de any (usados em frases interrogativas e negativas): 
Anything – alguma coisa 
Anybody / Anyone – alguém 
Anywhere – algum lugar 
Anyhow / Anyway – de alguma maneira 
 
He doesn’t buy anything with U$ 5,00. 
Did you see anybody last night? 
I can't find my keys anywhere. 
Did you go anywhere interesting this summer? 
Of course I don't mind taking you home - I'm going that way anyway. 
 
NO – Nenhum(a). Adjetivo. usado antes de substantivos 
 
No child will enter the room. 
That's my kind of holiday - no email, no phone, and no worries. 
 
 
NONE – Nenhum(a). Pronome. Usado no lugar de um substantivo. 
 
I have searched the shelves for either packet or tinned pumpkin soup but alas there is none! 
We expected to sell three cars. None was sold. 
 
NONE OF – Nenhum(a) do(e;a;s) 
None of them traveled abroad last year. 
None of the brokers have/has invested in the stock market. 
None of my children has/have blonde hair. 
The estate agent had pictures of the house from the outside but none of its interior. 
none other than - Used to emphasize the surprising identity of a person. 
Her first customer was none other than Elvis Presley. 
 
NOBODY/NO ONE – Ninguém. Pronome usado só para pessoas. 
 
More than 100 people attended the lecture. Nobody/No one from Rio has appeared. 
EVERY – todo(s), toda(s). Seguido por substantivo no singular. 
The hotel assures every guest of personal attention. 
The police want to interview every employee about the theft. 
 
159 
 
EVERY OTHER - There is an accident every other week purely because of the narrow road and 
its nasty corners. 
There is a flight to Rio every other day. 
 
EVERYBODY/EVERYONE– Todos. Verbo no singular. 
Would everyone who wishes to attend the dinner let me know by Friday afternoon? 
Everybody has their own ideas about the best way to bring up children. 
EVERYTHING – Tudo. Pronome usado para coisas. 
I'm not surprised everything has come together so well, because the team was blended. 
His children are everything to him (= the most important part of his life). 
 
 
ATENÇÃO: Em inglês não usamos duas negações numa mesma oração. 
 
 They don’t have no one to go with them. (errado) 
 They don’t have anybody to go with them. (correto) 
 They have no one to go with them. (correto) 
 
 
As palavras HARDLY, BARELY, SCARCELY, RARELY (raramente, dificilmente), NEVER 
(nunca), WITHOUT (sem) pedirão o emprego de ANY e seus compostos. 
 
 Peter hardly sees anything without glasses. / He went out without any money on him. 
 We never call anyone after 11 PM. 
 
 
USE “ANY” E SEUS COMPOSTOS COM 
 
** IF – Se (condição/dúvida) ** Whether – Se (dúvida) 
 
If you need anything, call Tammy. 
 
They are uncertain whether/if there is any store open today. 
 
 
 
 
 
160 
 
TESTS 
 
1) (F.C. CHAGAS-SP) Selecione a alternativa que é a melhor versão inglesa da frase: “Ele não 
tem que provar nada.” 
 
a) He has not to prove something. 
b) He has not to prove a thing. 
c) He does not have to prove nothing. 
d) He does not have to prove anything. 
e) He has nothing that to prove. 
 
2) She has ______ fine flowers in her garden. 
 
a) any b) nothing c) some d) not some e) a lot 
 
 
3) Is there _______ more beer? Yes, there’s still _______ in the cooler. 
a) some; many 
b) many; some 
c) any; many 
d) any; some 
e) no; some 
 
4) Peter has a bad temper and cannot get along with ________ . 
a) no one c) nobody e) some one 
b) anybody d) somebody 
 
5) I haven’t ________ good news for you. 
a) any c) none e) many 
b) not d) no 
 
6) The night was so dark that they could hardly see _________ . 
a) something c) somebody e) no one 
b) anything d) nothing 
 
7) Choose the correct answer for the question: “What do you want?” 
a) I don’t want nothing. 
b) I want none. 
c) I want nothing. 
d) No, I don’t want. 
e) I don’t want something. 
 
8) ______ said she is right. 
 
a) Somebody b) Anybody c) Anyone d) Something e) Anything 
 
 
161 
 
9) Mozart never asked ______ how to compose. 
 
a) anyone b) no one c) nobody d) everybody e) none 
 
10) ______ brought ______ books but ______ knows where they are. They’ve disappeared. 
 
a) something / none / anybody d) anybody / no / everybody 
b) somebody / some / nobody e) nobody / no / someone 
c) anything / any / something 
 
11) Choose another way of saying “There isn’t anything like that”. 
 
a) There are a few things like that. d) There is anything hardly like that. 
b) There aren’t many things like that. e) There is nothing like that. 
c) There aren’t no things like that. 
 
 
KEY 
 
1-D 2-C 3-D 4-B 5-A 6-B 7-C 8-A 9-A 10-B 11-E 
 
RELATIVE PRONOUNS 
WHO – Que 
Quando estamos falando de pessoas. Funciona como sujeito ou objeto. Não pode ocorrer 
após preposições. 
 
The woman who lives next door is very friendly. 
The woman is very friendly. The woman (she) lives next door. 
 
WHOM – Que 
Também usado quando nos referimos a pessoas. Funciona apenas como objeto. Nunca será 
seguido por verbo. 
Usamos “whom” ao invés dos “objective personal pronouns” (me, you, him, her...). 
 
This is the wise man whom everybody is waiting for. 
This is the wise man. Everybody is waiting for him. 
 
WHICH – Que 
Quando nos referimos a animais ou coisas. Pode funcionar como sujeito ou objeto. 
 
The apples which were here disappeared. (sujeito) 
The apples disappeared. They were here. 
 
The apples which we bought were good. (objeto) 
The apples were good. We bought them. 
 
162 
 
 
Também usamos which para introduzir uma relative clause retomando toda a oração anterior. 
Neste caso, which virá após uma vírgula. 
 
She seemed more talkative than usual, which was because she was nervous. 
 
THAT – Que 
Refere-se a animais, coisas e pessoas. Funciona como sujeito ou objeto. Não é usado após 
preposição e nem entre vírgulas. Pode substituir Who/Whom/Which. 
 
The man that lives next door is very friendly. 
This is the fat man that everybody is waiting for. 
The apples that were here disappeared. 
The apples that we bought were good. 
 
ATENÇÃO: - Não use “that” numa oração entre vírgulas. 
 
My friend, whom (não that) you danced yesterday, wants to call you. 
 
- Não use “that” após preposições. 
 This is the book on which (não that) you can rely. 
 
Também usamos THAT como CONJUNÇÃO para ligar um verbo, adjetivo ou substantivo com a 
oração posterior (“that-clauses”) 
 
I admit that I was wrong. (verb + that-clause) 
 
Are you certain that the man in the car was Nick? (adjective + that-clause) 
 
Dutch police are investigating the possibility that a bomb was planted on the jet. 
(noun + that-clause) 
 
WHOSE – cujo(a), cujos(as). 
Usado para pessoas, animais e coisas. Aparece entre substantivos indicando uma relação 
de posse entre eles. 
 
 
The man whose apartment was stolen is coming. 
 
Here is the car whose tires were flat. 
 
WHAT – o que 
Não tem antecedente 
 
Gilbert gives his mother WHAT he earns. 
I can’t decide what to buy Liz for her birthday. 
 
163 
 
 
 
TESTS 
 
1) Love, _________ is a wonderful feeling, comes to everyone at some age. 
 
a) who b) that c) whose d) which e) whom 
 
2) The man from ________ you borrowed the pencil is one of the examiners. 
 
a) that c) who e) whom 
b) which d) whose 
 
3) Bernard Shaw, _________ had a long beard, became famous as a writer. 
 
a) whom c) that e) what 
b) who d) which 
 
4) The pen ________ ink lasts for decades is gold made. 
 
a) whose c) that e) whom 
b) what d) which 
 
 
5) Complete the blanks below and choose the correct sequence: 
 
The woman ________ hair is dark fainted. 
My cousin, _________ has a short memory, fought with my aunt. 
Menaces, _________ terrify the world, seem to be worse. 
Ted’s daughter, _______ everybody is waiting for, has gone to Europe. 
The girl ________ you saw running a few minutes ago won a great prize. 
 
 a) whose – that – that – whom - whom 
 b) whose – who – which – whom – which 
 c) whose – who – which – whom – that 
d) whom – who – that – that – whom 
e) whom – who – which – that – that 
 
6) Choose the best word to replace “which” in “which nourished America’s first great 
civilizations.” 
 
a) whether b) who c) whose d) those e) that 
 
7) “Deaths among men ________ took the wildly popular impotence pill Viagra have climbed to 
16, including seven men ________ reportedly died during or after sex”, the Food and Drug 
Administration said Tuesday. The FDA said there is no evidence ________ Viagra itself is 
 
164 
 
dangerous, but again warned ________ nitroglycerin and the impotence drug are a 
dangerous mix. 
 
a) that / X / who / that 
b) who / which / X / who 
c) which / who / that / X 
d) who / who / that / that 
e) which / whose / X / X 
 
8) That is the one ________ I always use. 
 
a) whose b) who c) what d) which e) whom 
 
9) “The bacteria that cause cholera are part of nature’s system.” 
Nesta frase, o pronome ________ pode substituir “that”, que é relativo à/ao 
 
a) whose / cholera d) which / nature 
b) which / bacteria e) who / system 
c) whom / cholera 
 
10) Qual palavra pode ser omitida da frase “I think that Young children often appreciate modern 
pictures better than anyone else”, sem afetar seu sentido geral? 
 
a) that b) children c) appreciate d) better e) I 
 
11) Aids, _____ is killing thousands of people all over the world, is a terrifying disease. 
a) whose b) who c) that d) which e) whom 
 
12) Na sentença “Who apparently was not used to all this traffic”, podemos substituir “who” pelo 
equivalente: 
a) whose b) whom c) what d) which e) that 
 
13) (ITA) Assinale a alternativaque preenche as lacunas I, II e III respectivamente. 
 
The girl to ( I ) I spoke is your classmate. 
That is the teacher ( II ) car was broken. 
The room ( III ) window is broken will be cleaned tomorrow. 
 
 I II III 
a) who that which 
b) who whose whose 
c) whom which that 
d) who which that 
e) whom whose whose 
 
 
165 
 
14) Reports characterize fans as psychopaths _______ frustrated fantasies take violent and 
antisocial forms. 
a) who 
b) that 
c) which 
d) whose 
e) whatever 
 
15) Considere os seguintes trechos extraídos do texto. 
 
I - The idea is that, alongside the time honoured “Best Picture” category, 
there will be another for films. 
II - It is understandable that the Oscar´s organisers should want to shake up 
the cerimony´s format. 
III - (… ) best-picture winners are no longer the films that the great American public is queuing 
up to see. 
 
Em quais a palavra that pode ser tanto omitida quanto substituída por which? 
(A) Apenas II. 
(B) Apenas III. 
(C) Apenas I e II. 
(D) Apenas I e III. 
(E) I, II e III. 
 
16) Mark the alternative in which “that” can NOT be omitted. 
a) I didn’t realize that Mafalda had gone to hospital. 
b) Mafalda is the girl that suffered an accident. 
c) Mafalda thinks that she’s in trouble now. 
d) Everybody knows that being in hospital can be hard. 
e) The truck driver never thought that he could run over someone. 
 
KEY 
1-D 2-E 3-B 4-A 5-C 6-E 7-D 8-D 9-B 10-A 
11-D 12-E 13-E 14-D 15-B 16-B 
 
 
166 
 
WH-WORDS (INTERROGATIVES) 
 
1. WHAT 
Seu emprego é de sentido genérico e não específico. 
PRONOME: Sujeito, objeto ou objeto de uma preposição. 
What happened to the players? 
What did she tell you? 
What did she dream about? 
What is Mrs Thompson? (ocupação, profissão) 
DETERMINANTE: Objeto de um verbo. 
What university did he say he attended? 
What qualifications does the applicant have? 
 
2. WHICH 
Quando se pede informação sobre UM dentre um número limitado de coisas ou 
pessoas. Sentido específico. 
Which would you like to drink, soda or juice? 
Which girl is your sister, the blonde or the brunette one? 
 
ATENÇÃO! Para uma escolha entre um número limitado de opções. 
What toe have you hurt? (wrong) 
Which toe have you hurt? (right) 
 
3. WHO 
Quando se pergunta sobre a identidade de alguém. Pode ser sujeito, objeto ou objeto 
de uma preposição. 
Who broke uncle Joe’s mug? 
Who did you see last night? 
Who were they talking about? 
 
4. WHOM 
Só pode ser usado como objeto de um verbo ou de uma preposição. Com um apelo mais 
formal, pode ser usado no lugar de who (objeto). 
Whom did you see last night? 
Whom will you call? 
By whom was this note written? 
 
5. WHOSE (DE QUEM?) 
Usado para se perguntar a quem algo pertence (posse). Pode ou não ser seguido por 
um substantivo. 
Whose car is that? 
Whose magazines do you think those are? 
 
167 
 
Whose computers need repair? 
 
6. WHAT...LIKE? 
Com o sentido de “como”, é usado para pedir uma descrição, os detalhes de coisas ou 
pessoas. 
What is the weather like in Portland? 
What is Sue like? (She is gorgeous and smart) 
HOWEVER 
How is Sue? (She is doing fine now, but she was sick for three days) 
*HOW (como, de que maneira, com que meios, em que estado de saúde) 
 
7. HOW + ADJECTIVE / ADVERB 
 
HOW LONG (quanto tempo) does it take from here to Rio by car? 
HOW LONG (qual o comprimento) is the bridge? 
HOW WIDE (qual a largura) is the bridge? 
HOW FAR (a que distância) is it from here to Rio? 
HOW TALL (qual a altura) is that goalkeeper? 
HOW OLD (qual a idade) is your mother? 
HOW OFTEN (com que frequência) do you play tennis? 
HOW SOON (em quanto tempo) can you get here? 
HOW MUCH (quanto,a – incontável) did you pay for that coat? 
HOW MANY (quantos,as) people are there in that line? 
 
8. HOW (WHAT) ABOUT 
HOW/WHAT ABOUT (que tal) going to the movies? 
Sue left for Scotland last month. WHAT ABOUT (e quanto a,o) her son, did he go? 
 
9. WHEN 
Usado para se perguntar sobre o tempo no qual algo ocorrerá ou ocorreu. 
When will you leave for Cidreira? 
When did the concert finish? 
 
10. WHERE 
Lugar ou posição. 
Where is the nearest subway station? 
Where were you born? 
 
11. WHY = WHAT...FOR 
Why did you say that? 
What did you say that for? 
 
 
168 
 
NUMBERS 
Cardinal Numbers (one, two, three, etc.) – refer to quantity 
Ordinal Numbers (first, second, third, etc.) – refer to the position of something in a series. 
Number > Cardinal > Ordinal 
1 one first 
2 two second 
3 three third 
4 four fourth 
5 five fifth 
6 six sixth 
7 seven seventh 
8 eight eighth 
9 nine ninth 
10 ten tenth 
11 eleven eleventh 
12 twelve twelfth 
13 thirteen thirteenth 
14 fourteen fourteenth 
15 fifteen fifteenth 
16 sixteen sixteenth 
17 seventeen seventeenth 
18 eighteen eighteenth 
19 nineteen nineteenth 
20 twenty twentieth 
21 twenty-one twenty-first 
22 twenty-two twenty-second 
23 twenty-three twenty-third 
24 twenty-four twenty-fourth 
25 twenty-five twenty-fifth 
26 twenty-six twenty-sixth 
 
169 
 
27 twenty-seven twenty-seventh 
28 twenty-eight twenty-eighth 
29 twenty-nine twenty-ninth 
30 thirty thirtieth 
31 thirty-one thirty-first 
40 forty fortieth 
50 fifty fiftieth 
60 sixty sixtieth 
70 seventy seventieth 
80 eighty eightieth 
90 ninety ninetieth 
100 one hundred hundredth 
500 five hundred five hundredth 
1,000 one thousand thousandth 
1,500 one thousand five hundred one thousand five hundredth (fifteen hundred) 
100,000 one hundred thousand hundred thousandth 
1,000,000 one million millionth 
Devemos representar os numerais ordinais da seguinte maneira: 
• 1st 
• 2nd 
• 3rd 
• 4th 
• 5th 
• 10th 
• 11th 
• 20th 
• 21st 
• 30th 
• 32nd 
• 90th 
 
170 
 
• 93rd 
• 104th 
• 4975th 
• 12301st 
There was forty-six students in the classroom. 
She will be the nineteenth climber to reach the summit. 
Seven hundred thousand migrants arrived in Europe last year. 
I’ve done that more than fifty times. 
He traveled to London for the fourth time this year. 
NÚMEROS DECIMAIS 
Ao ler os números decimais, devemos pronunciar a palavra “point” e cada dígito individualmente. O dígito 
0 não é pronunciado antes do ponto. 
0.6 point six 
0.45 point forty five 
0.84 point eighty four 
0.07 point zero seven P á g i n a | 141 
0.9238 point nine two three eight 
4.62 four point six two 
FRAÇÕES 
Leia a fração usando numeral cardinal para o numerador e numeral ordinal para o denominador. Se o 
numerador for maior que um, o numeral ordinal deverá acontecer no plural. 
Se o denominador for o número 2, devemos pronunciar “half”(com numerador 1) e “halves” (numerador maior que 1). 
1/5 one fifth 
2/3 two thirds 
6/8 six eighths 
1/2 one half 
5/2 five halves 
9/2 nine halves 
 
 
 
171 
 
PERCENTAGEM 
Simplesmente pronuncie o número acompanhado da palavra "percent". 
• 6% six percent 
• 34% thirty-four percent 
• 45.79% forty-five point seven nine percent 
• 100% one hundred percent 
• 700% seven hundred percent 
 
PRONUNCIANDO QUANTIAS DE DINHEIRO (currency) 
Basta pronunciar o número completo acompanhado da moeda em questão. 
O número decimal deve ser pronunciado como um número inteiro. 
• 37$ thirty-seven dollars 
• 61€ sixty-one euros 
• 280₤ two hundred and eighty pounds 
• $54.73 fifty-four dollars and seventy-three cents 
(ou fifty-four seventy-three ) 
• €14.29 fourteen euros twenty-nine 
• ₤11.70 eleven pounds seventy 
 
PRONOUNCING YEARS 
Reading years in English is relatively complicated. In general, when the year is a four digit number, read 
the first two digits as a whole number, then the second two digits as another whole number. There are a 
few exceptions to this rule. Years that are within the first 100 years of a new millenium can be read as 
whole numbers even though they have four digits, or theycan be read as two two-digit numbers. Millennia 
are always read as whole numbers because they would be difficult to pronounce otherwise. New centuries 
are read as whole numbers of hundreds. 
Years that have just three digits can be read as a three digit number, or as a one digit number followed by 
a two-digit number. Years that are a two digit number are read as a whole number. You can precede any 
year by the words "the year" to make your meaning clear, and this is common for two and three digit years. 
Years before the year 0 are followed by BC, pronounced as two letters of the alphabet. 
 
 
 
172 
 
 
Written / Spoken 
2014 twenty fourteen or two thousand fourteen 
2008 two thousand eight 
2000 two thousand 
1944 nineteen forty-four 
1908 nineteen o eight 
1900 nineteen hundred 
1600 sixteen hundred 
1256 twelve fifty-six 
1006 ten o six 
866 eight hundred sixty-six or eight sixty-six 
25 twenty-five 
3000 BC three thousand BC 
3250 BC thirty two fifty BC 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
173 
 
ANSWER KEY 
Page 1 
 
a) There isn’t 
b) There will be 
c) Are there 
d) There was 
e) There aren’t 
 
Page 5 
 
A) I haven’t met my friends since July. (C) 
B) (W) The children have read a Thai story. / The children read a Thai story yesterday. 
C) (W) Have you learned Mandarin? / Did you learn Mandarin when you were in school? 
D) (W) They have seen many French films. / They saw many French films last year. 
E) (W) His parents have lived in Germany. / His parents lived in Germany in the 80s. 
F) (W) Since the introduction of MP3 music player headphones many minor street accidents HAVE 
happened. 
G) Britain has invested very little in Chinese studies. (C) 
H) (W) We’ve been looking for a new house FOR two weeks. 
 
Page 6 
 
1) Escreva em inglês. 
 
Eu falo com Maria todas as manhãs. 
I speak to/with Maria every morning. 
 
Bob realmente sabe inglês. 
Bob does know English. = Bob really knows English. 
 
Eles realmente sabem inglês. 
They do know English. = They really know English. 
 
Maria trabalha aqui há 10 anos. 
Maria has worked here for 10 years. 
 
Está chovendo desde ontem. 
It’s been raining since yesterday. 
 
O trem está viajando muito rapidamente. 
The train is traveling very fast. 
 
 
2) Make the following statements negative. 
 
Joe likes tea. 
Joe doesn’t like tea. 
 
 
174 
 
Joe and Ann like tea. 
Joe and Ann don’t like tea. 
 
He is working now. 
He isn’t working now. 
 
They are studying at this moment. 
They aren’t studying at this moment. 
 
I am washing my car. 
I’m not washing my car. 
 
She has been sleeping for 12 hours. 
She hasn’t been sleeping for 12 hours. 
 
Jeremy has traveled to London many times. 
Jeremy hasn’t traveled to London many times. 
 
 
3) Make the following sentences interrogative. 
 
Joe likes tea. 
Does Joe like tea? 
 
Joe and Ann like tea. 
Do Joe and Ann like tea? 
 
He is working now. 
Is he working now? 
 
They are studying at this moment. 
Are they studying at this moment? 
 
I am washing my car. 
Am I washing my car? 
 
She has been sleeping for 12 hours. 
Has she been sleeping for 12 hours? 
 
Jeremy has traveled to London many times. 
Has Jeremy traveled to London many times? 
 
Page 9 
 
1) Escreva em inglês. 
 
Eu falei com Maria ontem. 
I spoke to/with Maria yesterday. 
 
Bob realmente sabia inglês. 
Bob did know English. = Bob really knew English. 
 
175 
 
 
Eles realmente sabiam inglês. 
The did know English. = They really knew English. 
 
Maria trabalhou aqui há 10 anos atrás. 
Maria worked here 10 years ago. 
 
Choveu ontem. 
It rained yesterday. 
 
O trem estava viajando muito rapidamente. 
The train was traveling really/very fast. 
 
Eles tinham trabalhado muito no ano passado. 
They had worked a lot last year. 
 
Ela jogava tênis quando era mais jovem. 
She used to play tennis when she was younger. 
 
2) Make the following statements negative. 
 
Joe liked tea. 
Joe didn’t like tea. 
 
Joe and Ann liked tea. 
Joe and Ann didn’t like tea. 
 
He was working yesterday. 
He wasn’t working yesterday. 
 
They were studying last night. 
They weren’t studying last night. 
 
I was washing my car. 
I wasn’t washing my car. 
 
Laurie had been sleeping for 12 hours after she took that medicine. 
Laurie hadn’t been sleeping for 12 hours after she took that medicine. 
 
Jeremy had traveled to London many times before he moved to Brazil. 
Jeremy hadn’t traveled to London many times before he moved to Brazil. 
 
Tammy used to skateboard. 
Tammy didn’t use to skateboard. 
 
3) Make the following sentences interrogative. 
 
Joe liked tea. 
Did Joe like tea? 
 
 
176 
 
Joe and Ann liked tea. 
Did Joe and Ann like tea? 
 
He was working yesterday. 
Was he working yesterday? 
 
They were studying last night. 
Were they studying last night? 
 
I was washing my car. 
Was I washing my car? 
 
Laurie had been sleeping for 12 hours after she took that medicine. 
Had Laurie been sleeping for 12 hours after she took that medicine? 
 
Jeremy had traveled to London many times before he moved to Brazil. 
Had Jeremy traveled to London many times before he moved to Brazil? 
 
Tammy used to skateboard. 
Did Tammy use to skateboard? 
 
Page 13 
 
1) Escreva em inglês: 
 
Falarei com Maria amanhã. 
I will (shall) speak to Maria tomorrow. / I’m going to speak to Maria tomorrow. 
 
 
Falaria com Maria amanhã. 
I’d (would) speak to Maria tomorrow. 
 
Eles estarão trabalhando amanhã. 
They will be working tomorrow. 
 
Maria trabalhará aqui daqui a dez anos. 
Maria is going to work here in 10 years. 
 
Acho que vai chover amanhã. 
I think (guess) (that) it will rain tomorrow. 
 
O trem estará viajando muito rapidamente. 
The train will be travelling very fast. 
 
Eles terão finalizado o projeto em 2021. 
They will have finished he Project in 2021. 
 
Ela costumava dormir o dia inteiro nos finais de semana. 
She used to (would) sleep all day long on weekends. 
 
 
177 
 
2) Make the following statements negative. 
 
Joe will like tea. 
Joe won’t like tea. 
 
Joe and Ann will like tea. 
Joe and Ann won’t like tea. 
 
He will be working tomorrow. 
He won’t be working tomorrow. 
 
They will be studying in London next year. 
They won’t be studying in London next year. 
 
Laurie will have won the award on Chemistry by the time she graduates. 
Laurie won’t have won the award on Chemistry by the time she graduates. 
 
3) Make the following sentences interrogative. 
 
Joe will like tea. 
Will Joe like tea? 
 
Joe and Ann will like tea. 
Will Joe and Ann like tea? 
 
He will be working tomorrow. 
Will he be working tomorrow? 
 
They will be studying in London next year. 
Will they be studying in London next year? 
 
Laurie will have won the award on Chemistry by the time she graduates. 
Will Laurie have won the award on Chemistry by the time she graduates? 
 
PAGE 13 - RECOGNISING FUTURE FORMS 
 
1-G 2-B 3-A 4-E 5-D 6-H 7-C 8-F 
 
 
PAGE 14 – IMPERATIVE 
 
A/E/C/B/D 
 
ADJECTIVES 
DRILLS 
 
A) Escreva o comparativo de superioridade e o superlativo dos seguintes adjetivos: 
 
1. thin thinner the thinnest (fino, magro) 
 
178 
 
2. red redder the reddest (vermelho) 
3. icy icier the iciest (gelado) 
4. easy easier the easiest (fácil) 
5. friendly friendlier the friendliest (simpatico,a) 
6. blue bluer the bluest (azul; melancólico) 
7. white whiter the whitest (branco) 
8. tender tenderer the tenderest (macio, tenor; carinhoso,a) 
9. narrow narrower the narrowest (estreito) 
10. noble nobler the noblest (nobre) 
 
B) Escreva o oposto das palavras sublinhadas. 
 
1. Your ideas were the best of all. WORST 
2. More drugs will cause more addiction. LESS / LESS 
3. We were traveling nearer and nearer the coast. FARTHER AND FARTHER 
4. This is the coldest and richest region. HOTTEST / POOREST 
5. The sooner the better. LATER / WORSE 
 
 
ARTICLES 
 
DRILLS 
 
In this exercise you have to put a/an or the. 
 
1. A / A / THE / THE / A 
2. A3. THE 
4. AN 
5. THE 
6. A 
7. THE 
 
Complete o seguinte parágrafo, usando os artigos definido (THE) e indefinidos (A, AN): 
 
Nowadays a lot of people are studying English. It is _AN_____ important language. __THE____ 
English language is spoken in 55 countries all over the world. 
Today, if you need to get __A____ good job, it's essential that you know English and Computing. 
__THE_____ professional who has such abilities will be able to be promoted soon. 
There are a lot of private schools which offer English and Computing courses. 
__THE_____ best English schools are Alumini and Cel Lep and __THE_____ most efficient 
Computing school is SOS. 
 
Fill in with A or An where necessary 
 
a) _A___ house 
 
179 
 
b) _A___ hotel 
c) _AN___ honest man 
d) _AN___ unhappy boy 
e) _A___ university 
f) _AN___ excellent university 
g) _A___ watch 
h) _AN___ engineer 
i) _A___ famous engineer 
j) __X__ good advice 
k) _X___ big houses 
l) __A__ used car 
m) _X___ used cars 
n) __X__ important information 
o) __X__ important cities 
p) __A_____ university student 
q) ___X____ beautiful furniture 
r) ___X____ honest men 
s) ___A____ comfortable house 
t) ___A____ big school 
u) ___AN____ important language 
v) ___AN____ interesting film 
x) ___A____ huge building 
y) ___AN____ extroverted person 
w) ___AN____ unpolite manager 
z) ___AN_____ unimportant rule 
 
Use A, AN ou THE se for necessário: 
 
a) Do you want ___X___ sugar in __THE____ tea? 
b) Mr. Santos is __AN____ old physician and __AN____ honest man. 
c) I have __AN____ hour and __A____ half to _THE_____ English test. 
d) He broke _AN_____ arm and __A____ leg in __THE____ accident. 
e) _THE_____ most intelligent boy in __X____ my class is John. 
f) __X____ cats can see in ___THE___ dark. 
g) __THE____ man who raped that girl went to __X____ prison. 
h) __X____ Santos are going to spend their vacation in Campos do Jordão. 
i) I'd like to talk to __X____ Wilson. 
j) They are going to travel to _THE____ moon. They're astronauts. 
k) I can't remember __THE____ exact day of ____X__ his birthday. 
l) This is ___A___ nice snackbar. Its prices are low. 
m) There was ___A___ collision between ____A__ car and ___A___ truck. 
 
 
 
180 
 
NOUNS: PLURAL FORMS 
Assinale os pares incorretos e faça as devidas correções. 
 
1. stone/stones ( C ) 
2. baby/babys ( E ) babies 
3. foot/feet ( C ) 
4. German/Germen ( E ) Germans 
5. diagnosis/diagnoses ( C ) 
6. potato/potatos ( E ) potatoes 
7. life/lifes ( E ) lives 
8. datum/data ( C ) 
9. son-in-law/sons-in-law ( C ) 
10.pretty girl/pretties girls ( E ) pretty girls 
11.advice/advices ( E ) advice 
12.ox/oxen ( C ) 
13.fox/foxen ( E ) foxes 
14.phenomenon/phenomena ( C ) 
15. chief / chieves ( E ) chiefs 
16.monarch/monarchs ( C ) 
17.patriarch/patriarches ( E ) patriarchs 
18.church/churchs ( E ) churches 
19. bread/breads ( E ) bread 
20. alga/algas ( C ) algas = algae 
 
Escreva, em Inglês, as palavras em maiúsculo 
 
a) HÁ muitas CRIANÇAS brincando no parque. 
THERE ARE / CHILDREN 
 
b) HAVIA dez MULHERES na loja. 
THERE WERE / WOMEN 
 
c) HAVIA muito AÇÚCAR no café. 
THERE WAS / SUGAR 
 
d) HÁ muitas IGREJAS em Salvador. 
THERE ARE / CHURCHES 
 
e) HÁ muitas BATATAS na COZINHA. 
THERE ARE / POTATOES / KITCHEN 
 
f) BEBÊS geralmente TÊM poucos DENTES. 
BABIES / HAVE / TEETH 
 
g) HÁ muito PÃO sobre a mesa e HÁ muitas fatias de QUEIJO TAMBÉM. 
THERE IS / BREAD / THERE ARE (slices) / CHEESE / TOO 
 
181 
 
 
h) HOUVE cinco FESTAS na escola no ano passado. 
THERE WERE / PARTIES 
 
i) HÁ três DICIONÁRIOS sobre a mesa. 
THERE ARE / DICTIONARIES 
 
j) Aquelas CRIANÇAS TÊM muitos BRINQUEDOS. 
CHILDREN / HAVE / TOYS 
 
Passe as orações a seguir para o Plural. 
a) That man is very intelligent. 
Those men are very intelligent. 
 
b) This child is so smart. 
These children are so smart. 
 
c) A teacher must be patient. 
Teachers must be patient. 
 
d) A beautiful woman likes to be admired. 
Beautiful women like to be admired. 
 
e) What a beautiful dress you're wearing. 
What beautiful dresses you’re wearing. 
 
f) Is the box blue? 
Are the boxes blue? 
 
g) Was that orange green? 
Were those oranges green? 
 
h) This is a big car. 
These are big cars. 
 
i) That dessert is tasteful. 
Those desserts are tasteful. 
 
j) That man is Japanese. 
Those men are Japanese. 
 
k) This box is full. 
These boxes are full. 
 
l) That thief has been arrested. 
Those thieves have been arrested. 
 
182 
 
PROVAS CESPE / CEBRASPE 
 
PRESIDÊNCIA DA REPÚBLICA 
GABINETE DE SEGURANÇA INSTITUCIONAL 
AGÊNCIA BRASILEIRA DE INTELIGÊNCIA 
CONCURSO PÚBLICO PARA PROVIMENTO DE VAGAS NOS CARGOS 
DE OFICIAL DE INTELIGÊNCIA, DE OFICIAL TÉCNICO DE INTELIGÊNCIA E 
DE AGENTE DE INTELIGÊNCIA 
Aplicação: 11/3/2018 
 
CONHECIMENTOS GERAIS PARA O CARGO DE AGENTE DE INTELIGÊNCIA 
 
TEXT 1 
 
1 The increase in scrutiny and reduction in powers for 
security agencies has to a considerable extent been triggered by 
the revelations of the former National Security agency 
4 whistle-blower Edward Snowden. These disclosures, 
along with other leaks from organizations such as WikiLeaks, 
have shed light on a series of illegal practices adopted by 
7 intelligence agencies in many countries, in particular the USA, 
Germany and the UK. 
This has led to an unprecedented shift in the nature of 
10 intelligence legislation in many parts of the world, with security 
services witnessing a reduction in their powers for the first time 
in the post-9/11 era, defined by the West’s commitment to the 
13 war on terror. 
However, despite claims that the agencies are working 
in the interest of national security, critics counter that 
16 overbearing surveillance practices erode and restrict many civil 
liberties. In spite of the introduction of restrictions in the USA 
and Germany, Great Britain appears to be heading in the 
19 opposite direction when it comes to surveillance policy, with 
the UK’s Conservative government putting forward plans to 
grant spy agencies yet more powers to deal with threats to 
22 national security. 
The British government has outlined its highly 
controversial plan to introduce the Investigatory Powers Bill, 
25 which would grant agencies not only more power but also 
allow them to force Internet companies to log and track users’ 
web history for up to a year to allow for the police and security 
28 services access. It is thought the plan would also compel 
companies to collect and hold data on mobile phone 
applications like WhatsApp and Snapchat. 
 
Snowden: the legacy of the Leaks. Internet: <www.mintpressnews> (adapted). 
 
Based on text 1, judge the following items. 
 
1 It can be inferred from the text that a bill, as in “Investigatory 
Powers Bill” (R.24), is a new law that was presented to 
Parliament for discussion, passed and is ready to be enacted. 
 
 
 
183 
 
2 According to the text, the events that followed the September 
11th attacks, as well as the systematic leaking of government 
classified material, have helped shape the way some 
intelligence agencies have been operating. 
 
3 The author of the text implies that the fight against terrorism is 
no longer a major priority for Anglo-American intelligence 
services. 
 
4 In the text, “along with” (R.5) can be correctly replaced with the 
synonymous expression after a long time. 
 
5 As far as the use of apostrophes is concerned, there is 
significant difference in meaning between “users’ ” (R.26) and 
user’s. 
MINISTÉRIO DA ECONOMIA 
PROCESSO SELETIVO SIMPLIFICADO PARA A CONTRATAÇÃO, 
POR TEMPO DETERMINADO, DE PROFISSIONAIS DE TECNOLOGIA DA INFORMAÇÃO 
Aplicação: 11/10/2020 
TEXT 2 
As a young democracy, Brazil has confronted economic 
and financial upheavals in the past. The country’s economic 
crisis of 2014—2017 saw a drastic fall in gross domestic product 
(GDP), stark rise in unemployment, a severe fiscal crisis, and an 
increased budget deficit.Since then, the economy has been a 
prominent issue in political conversations, especially regarding 
globalization and the ways in which trade liberalization can affect 
economic growth. Those running for office in 2018 differed 
slightly in this debate, and comparing the proposals and 
backgrounds of their economic advisors was as important as 
comparing the candidates themselves. 
Lara Bartilotti Picanço, Mariana Nozela Prado & Andrew Allen. 
Economy and Trade — Brazil 2018 Understanding 
the Issues. August 14, 2018. Internet: <www.wilsoncenter.org> (adapted). 
 
 
Considering the text above, judge the following items. 
 
6 According to the text, Brazil has a long history of democracy. 
 
7 The authors of the text state that, in the past, Brazil faced economic challenges. 
 
8 The adverb “then” (third sentence) substitutes the antecedent “The country’s economic crisis of 2014—
2017” (second sentence). 
 
9 The authors of the text argue that during the 2018 election it was important for voters to learn about 
political candidates’ economic advisors. 
 
 
184 
 
TEXT 3 
Despite being the eighth largest economy in the world and 
the largest in Latin America, Brazil is still relatively closed 
compared to other large economies. Brazil is an outlier in that its 
trade penetration is extremely low, with trade at 24.1 percent of 
GDP in 2017. The number of exporters relative to the population 
is also very small: its absolute number of exporters is roughly the 
same as that of Norway, a country with approximately 5 million 
people compared to Brazil’s 200 million. While further 
integrating into the global economy could threaten uncompetitive 
companies and their workers, competitive businesses would most 
likely benefit. Brazil’s insertion would also allow the country to 
better leverage its competitive advantages, such as in natural 
resource-based industries. 
Idem. Ibidem (adapted). 
 
Judge the following items, based on the text above. 
 
10 According to the text, at the time of publication, there were eight countries with economies larger than 
Brazil’s. 
 
11 The authors present data that demonstrates that, when the text was written, Brazil participated in 
international commerce at the same level as other countries with robust economies. 
 
12 The text cites Norway as an example of a country with a similar number of exporters and total 
population as Brazil. 
 
13 “Brazil” is the antecedent of the pronoun “its” in “its absolute number of exporters” (third sentence). 
 
TEXT 4 
With the exception of business owners and investors, most 
Brazilians looked for candidates who prioritized job creation and 
income generation, in the 2018 elections. According to a 
Brazilian Economic Outlook from the Institute of Applied 
Economic Research (IPEA), the economy sustained growth 
(albeit slow) for a while since the end of 2017, industrial 
production increased, and unemployment rates declined. 
Nevertheless, 13.4 million people remained jobless, particularly 
women, youth, and people of color; and growth rates were 
disappointing. A poll by Datafolha showed at the time that 
Brazilians’ perceptions of the economy were pessimistic: 72 
percent of those surveyed felt the economic scenario had 
worsened in the last months. Similar to the reaction to corruption, 
this extremely negative perception of the socioeconomic 
environment could potentially further distance voters from the 
traditional government and their allies, turning voters toward 
 
185 
 
“unconventional” candidates instead, who could represent a 
change in the status quo. 
Idem. Ibidem (adapted). 
 
Concerning the text presented above, judge the following items. 
 
14 It can be concluded from the text that job creation was a priority for many Brazilian voters, in 2018. 
 
15 When the article was published, unemployment rates in Brazil had been going down. 
 
16 According to the authors, unemployment in Brazil, at the time of publication, affected all gender and 
racial profiles equally. 
 
17 The article presents data from a survey that pointed to optimism about Brazil’s economic situation. 
 
18 The authors claim that voters’ attitudes towards the economic situation at the time would lead to them 
identifying with candidates from traditional political parties. 
 
 
 
 
PRESIDÊNCIA DA REPÚBLICA 
GABINETE DE SEGURANÇA INSTITUCIONAL 
AGÊNCIA BRASILEIRA DE INTELIGÊNCIA 
CARGO 1: OFICIAL DE INTELIGÊNCIA 
 
APLICAÇÃO: 12/10/2008 
 
 
TEXT 5 
 
 
1 Top U.S. law enforcement officials on Monday 
described drug cartels that are increasingly mobile, tech 
savvy, diverse and transnational, factors that are challenging 
4 efforts to curb border violence fueled by big profits. 
Modern organized crime organizations are 
“borderless”, said FBI Director Robert S. Mueller III, who 
7 added that the FBI is “deeply concerned about high levels of 
drug trafficking, human smuggling and gang activity”, as 
well as with the surge in violent crimes linked to the drug 
10 trade such as homicides, kidnappings and extortion. 
Mueller was among the featured speakers at the 
two-day Border Security Conference at the University of 
13 Texas at El Paso, which continues Tuesday. 
U.S. Rep. Silvestre Reyes, D-Texas, the conference 
host, said this year’s themes are border protection and 
16 effective commerce. 
Mueller said much of the increased violence in 
Juárez that has claimed hundreds of lives this year is related 
19 to two groups fighting over the corridor drug dealers use to 
 
186 
 
introduce cocaine, marijuana, heroin and methamphetamines 
into the U.S. 
22 The main factions vying for control of the Juárez-El 
Paso corridor are led by Carrillo Fuentes and Joaquin 
Chapo Guzman Loera. 
25 U.S. law enforcement officials have detected 
Mexican drug cartels in nearly 200 U.S. cities and practically 
every state. According to a United Nations report released 
28 last year, the Juárez cartel has a presence in more than 35 
countries. 
Internet: <www.elpasotimes.com> (adapted). 
 
In relation to the text above, it can be said that 
 
19 drug trafficking still lacks technological expertise, although it is getting more and more mobile. 
 
20 big profits related to drug trafficking are strengthening border violence so as to make it more difficult 
to control. 
 
21 transnational organizations have brought about a sudden increase in fierce deeds. 
 
22 human smuggling and gang activity are considered nonprofitable commerce. 
 
23 murderers, abduction and extortion can be mentioned as illicit actions associated with drug trade. 
 
24 drug trade cartels get together to better control the effective commerce of four illegal addictive 
narcotic substances. 
 
25 Fuentes and Chapo are both trying to control Juarez-El Paso corridor. 
 
26 U.S. law enforcement officials have found out about 200 U.S. cities spread all over the American states. 
 
27 “featured” (R.11) means included among people as na important figure. 
 
TEXT 6 
Iran’s top nuclear negotiator Saeed Jalili and 
EU foreign policy chief Javier Solana agreed yesterday 
to pursue talks aimed at resolving the nuclear crisis, 
state television reported. 
Their telephone talks came just days after 
European Union nations last week introduced fresh 
sanctions against Iran over its atomic drive, which 
Western nations fear could be a cover for a secret 
nuclear weapons program. 
The two sides agreed to continue negotiations 
in a constructive atmosphere, the television said. 
 
187 
 
Solana and Jalili voiced satisfaction at the constructive 
trend of negotiations in Geneva and the contacts 
afterwards. 
In Brussels, Solana’s office confirmed the 
conversation but gave no details. 
Jalili met on July 19 in Geneva with Solana, 
who is the point man for the six major powers, which 
have offered Iran a package of incentives in return for 
a freeze in uranium enrichment activities. They also 
spoke by phone on August 4. 
On Friday, the presidency of the 27-memberEU announced new sanctions against Iran, including 
restrictions on public loans and tougher cargo 
inspections. 
The move came after Tehran gave an 
ambiguous answer to the demands of the six nations – 
U.N. Security Council permanent members Britain, 
China, France, Russia and the United States plus 
Germany. 
Iran is facing a possible fourth round of U.N. 
Security Council sanctions over its refusal to halt 
enrichment, a process which makes nuclear fuel but 
also the core of an atomic bomb. 
The European Union and the United States 
have also imposed restrictions on the activities of 
Iran’s largest banks, which are running in parallel to 
the three sets of sanctions agreed by the Security 
Council. 
Internet: <www.afp.google.com.article> (adapted). 
 
 
According to the text above, judge the following items. 
 
28 It’s been reported on TV that Jalili’s and Solana’s target is to put an end in the Iranian nuclear crisis. 
 
29 European Union Nations are worried about a disguised secret nuclear weapons programme of Iran. 
 
30 Both Solana and Jalili seem to have had na argument about Iranian nuclear activity. 
 
31 Jalili is the man who tries to prevent problems by thinking before others. 
 
32 The presidency of 27-members EU thought to be unnecessary to take tough measures against Iran. 
 
33 Tehran failed to give a clear answer to the request of the Security Council permanent members. 
 
34 Despite the talks between Jalili and Solana, Iran still proceeds with its process to make nuclear fuel 
rich which is also the kernel of an atomic bomb. 
 
 
188 
 
35 Besides the three already existing sets of sanction imposed by the Security Council, the EU and the 
U.S. have introduced new economic restrictions into Iran. 
 
TEXT 7 
 
U.S. scientists find fingerprints can yield even more telltale clues 
1 Scientists have found ways to tease even more clues out of 
fingerprints’ telltale marks. It’s one in a string of developments that 
gives modern forensics even better ways to solve mysteries like the 
4 anthrax attacks in the United States or the murder of a child beauty 
queen. For example, says chemist R. Graham Cooks of Purdue 
University, if a person handled cocaine, explosives or other materials, 
7 there could be enough left in a fingerprint to identify them. 
Max M. Houck, director of West Virginia University’s 
Forensic Science Initiative, says progress in forensics comes from a 
10 combination of new techniques, like those involved in the anthrax 
investigation, and existing techniques, like those used in the child 
murder case. Improvements in genetic research allowed police to trace 
13 the anthrax used in the 2001 attacks to a specific flask of spores, the 
FBI said this week. And while the killing of six-year-old JonBenet 
Ramsey attracted national fascination in 1996, it was only this year that 
16 prosecutors announced that a new series of tests pointed to an 
unidentified attacker, clearing family members of suspicion. 
The testing technique in Ramsey’s case was not new, Houck 
19 said. But prosecutors learned it could be relevant to their case in a 2007 
West Virginia University course. 
In the new fingerprint analysis method, police technicians 
22 armed with miniaturized mass spectrometers can spray a solvent on a 
fingerprint and detect compounds at concentrations as fine as five parts 
per million in droplets that scatter off the print, Cooks explained in a 
25 telephone interview. Five parts per million is equivalent to 142 grams 
of chemical in 29 tonnes of material. 
The testing method, discussed in Friday’s edition of the journal 
28 Science, could be available in a year or two, Cooks said. He explained 
that materials such as cocaine and military explosives tend to be hard 
to get off the fingers. If someone who has handled them later handles 
31 something hard like a file or plastic binder, that will transfer the 
chemicals, he said. The chemicals are located at the points of the 
fingerprint’s ridges, so what is then on the hard surface is the fingerprint 
34 in chemical. So police can not only identify the person from the print, 
but also connect the person and the drug or chemical, he said. 
Internet: <www.cbc.ca/cp/science> (adapted). 
 
 
 
Based on the text, judge the following items. 
 
36 Scientists have now achieved another breakthrough as far as fingerprints are concerned. 
 
37 A person can easily be identified if she/he has ever used cocaine, explosive or other materials. 
 
 
189 
 
38 Either new techniques or the existing ones are supposed to be used to 
help progress in forensics. 
 
39 Ramsey’s family was thought to be guilty for having murdered JonBenet. 
 
40 In the fingerprint analysis a solvent is not enough to recognize compounds at fairly high 
concentrations. 
 
41 Cooks explained that, as cocaine and military explosives are likely to be difficult to be taken off, traces 
of them can be detected in a file or plastic binder if touched by someone who used them. 
 
42 Cocaine and military explosives remain for a longer time in one’s fingertips. 
 
43 In the text, “telltale” (R.2) means revealing or indicating something. 
 
MINISTÉRIO DAS COMUNICAÇÕES 
AGÊNCIA NACIONAL DE TELECOMUNICAÇÕES (Anatel) 
CONCURSO PÚBLICO PARA PROVIMENTO DE VAGAS EM CARGOS 
DE NÍVEL SUPERIOR E DE NÍVEL MÉDIO 
Aplicação: 14/9/2014 
TEXT 8 
1 For average consumers, ‘3G’ and ‘4G’ are two of the 
most mysterious terms in the mobile technology dictionary, but 
they’re used relentlessly to sell phones and tablets. If you’re 
4 shopping for a new phone, the answer isn’t clear-cut, and you 
shouldn't always go for the higher number. 
First things first, the “G” stands for a generation of 
7 mobile technology, installed in phones and on cellular 
networks. Each “G” generally requires you to get a new phone, 
and for networks to make expensive upgrades. The first two 
10 were analog cell phones (1G) and digital phones (2G). Then it 
got complicated. 
Third-generation mobile networks, or 3G, came to the 
13 U.S. in 2003. With minimum consistent Internet speeds of 
144 Kbps, 3G was supposed to bring “mobile broadband.” 
There are now so many varieties of 3G, though, that a “3G” 
16 connection can get you Internet speeds anywhere from 
400 Kbps to more than ten times that. 
New generations usually bring new base technologies, 
19 more network capacity for more data per user, and the potential 
for better voice quality, too. 4G phones are supposed to be 
even faster, but that’s not always the case. There are so many 
22 technologies called “4G,” and so many ways to implement 
them, that the term is almost meaningless. The International 
Telecommunications Union, a standards body, tried to issue 
25 requirements to call a network 4G but they were ignored by 
 
190 
 
carriers, and eventually the ITU backed down. 
4G technologies include HSPA+ 21/42, WiMAX, and 
28 LTE (although some consider LTE the only true 4G of that 
bunch, and some people say none of them are fast enough to 
qualify). 
S. Segan. 3G vs. 4G: What's the Difference? Internet: <www.pcmag.com> (adapted). 
 
Based on the text, judge the following items. 
 
44 HSPA+ 21/42, WiMAX, and LTE are considered by many as fast technologies. 
 
45 The expression “almost meaningless’ (R.23) implies that it is not easy to decide what the term 4G 
represents. 
 
46 The criteria established by International Telecommunications Union were accepted by the 4G 
companies. 
 
47 The author believes 4G phones are faster than the 3G ones. 
 
48 The terms 3G and 4G are continuously employed to attractcustomers. 
 
49 The word “average” (R.1) is used in the text as an expression related to time. 
 
50 In line 4, the term “clear-cut” gives the reader information about “answer”. 
 
51 The technology of mobile networks was less complex in the first two generations. 
 
TEXT 9 
Under our feet, cables carry data between our homes, 
offices and data centers at a pace that can match the speed oflight. 
The data travels as light that runs through strings made of materials 
like glass and plastic. 
Researchers at the University of Maryland want to do away 
with the cable altogether and just use air to guide the light. That’s 
not as simple as it sounds, because a laser sent through air will 
spread apart and interact with particles, gradually losing its intensity 
over time. 
The research team instead caused patches of air to mimic 
a fiber optic cable by creating tubes of dense air surrounded by 
low-density air. In a fiber optic cable, a laser travels through a 
string of glass. When it tries to leave the glass, it hits a wall that 
reflects it back into the center, guiding it along the length of the 
cable. The cable made of air works in the same way. 
“It’s like you could just take a physical optical fiber and 
 
191 
 
unreel it at the speed of light, put it next to this thing that you want 
to measure remotely, and then have the signal come all the way 
back to where you are,” University of Maryland team lead Howard 
Milchberg said in a release. 
Signals that traveled through the air cable were 1.5 times 
stronger than when they were sent through plain air. The team was 
able to send them over a distance of three feet and is now interested 
in pushing the range to 150 feet. 
If the University of Maryland team succeeds, the air cables 
could be used for communication in remote locations on Earth 
where laying fiber optic cables is extremely difficult, or places 
where it actually is impossible like space. NASA is already 
experimenting with laser communication between the International 
Space Station and Earth. The technique could also be used to probe 
the Earth to make topographic maps or examine the chemicals 
present in hard-to-reach places like the atmosphere or a nuclear 
plant. 
S. Brewster. Making optical cables out of air could boost 
communication in space. Internet: <http://gigaom.com> (adapted). 
 
Based on the text, judge the following items. 
 
52 The new technology being developed at the University of Maryland may enable signals to be sent to 
longer distances than before. 
 
53 The aim of the text is to present news about cables used for data traveling. 
 
TEXT 10 
1 They are in there, often unnoticed. The words that 
have become part of everyday English: Nirvana, pyjamas, 
shampoo and shawl; bungalow, jungle, and loot. 
4 One landmark book records the etymology of 
colloquial Anglo-Indian words and phrases. Compiled by 
two India enthusiasts, Henry Yule and Arthur C Burnell, 
7 ‘Hobson-Jobson: The Definitive Glossary of British India’ was 
published in 1886. 
The editor of its contemporary edition — which has 
10 just been published in paperback — explains how many of the 
words pre-date British rule. “Ginger, pepper and indigo entered 
English via ancient routes: they reflect the early Greek and 
13 Roman trade with India and come through Greek and Latin into 
English,” says Kate Teltscher. 
India’s influence on English points towards how 
16 language is perpetually in motion, and highlights the 
importance of former colonies in the making of the modern 
world. “It’s so fascinating to look at words,” says Teltscher. “It 
19 opens up these unexpected rhythms and paths of travel, and 
extraordinary, unlikely connections.” 
How India changed English. Internet: <www.bbc.com> (adapted). 
 
192 
 
 
 
Based on the text How India changed English, judge the following items. 
 
54 The words “highlights” (R.16), and “unlikely” (R.20) can be correctly and respectively replaced by draws 
attention to and improbable. 
 
55 The book mentioned in the text shows how the assimilation of Indian words in the English language 
happened during the time India was a British colony. 
 
56 In the excerpt “‘Hobson-Jobson: The Definitive Glossary of British India’ was published in 1886” (R. 7 
and 8), “was published” can be correctly replaced by has been published. 
 
Based on the cartoon, judge the following items. 
 
57 The cartoon’s emphasizes the need to be careful about the 
sharing of information through Internet. 
 
58 The sentence “That site verified my age by having me type in 
all my credit card information” can be correctly rewritten by: 
This site guessed how many years I have because I sent them 
my credit card data. 
 
59 It is correct to infer that the woman was shocked by the fact 
 
193 
 
that the man shared his credit card information. 
TEXT 12 
1 How can a country’s history, geography, culture, 
politics and religion be squeezed into the design of a flag? 
Wars, revolutions, political unions and public competitions 
4 have shaped the colours and content of these most evocative of 
symbols. In the South Pacific, New Zealand has launched a 
competition to find a flag that represents both its modern, 
7 multicultural identity and its rich indigenous heritage. 
It is quite tough to represent an entire nation on a 
piece of cloth. The Kiwi public has until 16 July, 2015 to 
10 submit its ideas to an independent panel, made up of prominent 
New Zealanders who will help decide what a new flag will look 
like. Its task is to choose what it considers to be the best four 
13 entrants, which will be the subject of a referendum in 
November. There will be a second binding vote early next year 
when the winner will go up against the current New Zealand 
16 flag, which features the old colonial British Union Jack on a 
blue background with four red stars symbolising the Southern 
Cross constellation. 
19 Thousands of submissions have been made. Each one 
will be considered individually, before this long list is finally 
whittled down to the final four. In New Zealand, the most 
22 common themes in the national flag consideration project are 
the silver fern, a plant easily found in New Zealand, and the 
kiwi, a flightless bird with a long bill. 
What do our flags say about us? Internet: <www.bbc.com> (adapted). 
 
In reference to the vocabulary used in the text What do our flags 
say about us?, judge the next items. 
 
60 In the sentence “Each one will be considered individually, 
before this long list is finally whittled down to the final four.” 
(R. 19 to 21), “whittled down” can be correctly replaced by 
selected. 
 
61 Although many submissions had themes linked to the natural 
riches in New Zealand, by far the great majority of them were 
based on political and cultural topics. 
 
62 “squeezed into” (R.2) and “tough” (R.8) help to express the 
author’s view that it is difficult to create a flag to represent a 
nation. 
 
63 The meaning of “The Kiwi public” (R.9) can be inferred by the 
content of the text as being the New Zealanders. 
TEXT 13 
1 In the United States, most data processing technician 
 
194 
 
jobs require at most a high school diploma. For those who start 
work immediately after high school, training is usually 
4 provided on the job. For those positions that do not require a 
high school education, experience in the data processing and 
entry field is usually cited as a minimum qualification. 
7 A good grasp of basic English skills is important for 
technician positions. Solid proficiency in math and science may 
also be useful for jobs in which technical material or statistical 
10 reports are processed. 
There is a variety of ways to gain the working skills 
for a data processing job. High schools, vocational schools, and 
13 community colleges have classes that teach basic clerical and 
administrative skills such as word processing and database 
management, in addition to the traditional English, math, and 
16 science courses that are usually offered. There are also at-home 
tutorials online and in books and tapes that teach similar skills. 
Technicians need to possess good communication 
19 skills, be able to function in a fast-paced environment and 
adapt to new technologies quickly. Their job may involve being 
able to work well with team members as well as independently. 
Internet: <http://study.com> (adapted).Based on the text, judge the items below. 
 
64 A sound knowledge of English is highly important for technician positions. 
 
65 Data processing technician jobs demand at least a high school diploma. 
 
66 In line 3, “immediately” means soon after leaving. 
 
67 Some in-house training must be available for those who begin working just after leaving school. 
 
68 In some cases, it is necessary to have experience in the data processing. 
 
According to the text, it can be correctly concluded that 
 
69 technicians are expected to be able to keep up with new technologies. 
 
70 considerable knowledge of math may be helpful if the job requires dealing with technical material or 
statistical reports. 
 
71 some institutions teach basic clerical and administrative skills like word processing and database 
management. 
 
72 traditional teaching can substitute for at-home tutorials, books and tapes. 
 
73 technicians should have social skills. 
TRIBUNAL DE CONTAS DO ESTADO DO RIO GRANDE DO NORTE 
COMISSÃO ESPECIAL DE CONCURSO PÚBLICO 
CONCURSO PÚBLICO PARA PROVIMENTO DE VAGAS E FORMAÇÃO DE CADASTRO DE RESERVA 
EM CARGOS DE NÍVEL SUPERIOR 
Aplicação: 29/11/2015 
 
195 
 
 
TEXT 14 
 
 
1 Managers of information technology departments, 
also known as IT-managers, are responsible for the overall 
performance of the electronic networks that allow a business to 
4 function. The exact scope of these responsibilities varies from 
one setting to another. However, at the core of the IT-manager 
job description is the care of the in-house network. This often 
7 means that the IT-manager is involved in the selection of 
hardware and software used in the network. For example, an 
IT-manager would likely be involved in any discussions about 
10 updating the internal servers and computer workstations. There 
is a good chance that (s)he would also work with other staff 
members in the selection of software, such as accounting 
13 programs or some type of sales and customer database. 
Along with helping to establish the overall structure of 
the network, an IT-manager would also oversee processes that 
16 would seek to identify any potential glitches in any 
programming that could cause some sort of system failure. 
Internet: <http://www.wisegeek.com> (adapted). 
 
According to the job description presented — IT-managers —, 
judge the following item. 
 
74 Working with other personnel in the selection of software is a possibility in the IT-managers’ career. 
 
75 In the text about IT-managers, the word “could” (R.17) can be replaced by can without any change in 
the meaning of the text. 
 
76 In the text about IT-managers, the word “glitches” (R.16) is synonymous with malfunctions. 
 
 
 
TEXT 15 
1 The discipline known as cyber-ethics is concerned 
with ethical behavior, and moral duties and obligations 
pertaining to online environments and digital media. 
4 This discipline deals with the responsible and 
appropriate use one makes of information while accessing, and 
creating technology, technology systems, and information 
7 technology (IT). 
Its purpose is to promote a general understanding of 
current ethical and legal standards, rights and restrictions 
10 governing technology systems and IT within the context of 
today’s society, enabling people to make ethical and legal 
decisions when confronted with dilemmas concerning the use 
13 of technology. 
In a nutshell, cyber-ethics enables people to: 
* identify consequences of actions involving, for 
16 example, intellectual property rights, media copyright 
 
196 
 
laws, private/public domain, fair use and file sharing; 
* understand the legal implications of personal, 
19 educational and commercial uses of protected works; 
* behave ethically when using technology regarding i) 
intellectual property, ii) fair use of copyrighted 
22 material, including file sharing and legal downloading 
of software, music, and videos. 
Internet: <http://ikeepsafe.org> (adapted). 
 
Judge the next items according to the text presented on cyber-ethics. 
 
77 One of the uses of cyber-ethics is qualifying people to deal with copyrighted material in an ethical 
manner. 
 
78 Cyber-ethics has the aim of giving people straightforward instructions about how to work with 
situations arising in online environments. 
 
79 The expression “In a nutshell” (R.14) introduces a summarized and simplified version of what cyber-
ethics is all about. 
 
80 Cyber-ethics focuses solely on people’s behavior in professional face-to-face situations. 
 
TELECOMUNICAÇÕES BRASILEIRAS S.A – TELEBRAS 
CONCURSO PÚBLICO PARA PROVIMENTO DE VAGAS E FORMAÇÃO DE CADASTRO RESERVA 
NOS CARGOS DE ESPECIALISTA EM GESTÃO DE TELECOMUNICAÇÕES 
E DE TÉCNICO EM GESTÃO DE TELECOMUNICAÇÕES 
Aplicação: 15/11/2015 
TEXT 16 
1 If you are an artist who has complained about the oil 
industry and the way fossil fuel extraction is damaging the 
environment, you now have a chance to put your money where 
4 your mouth is. The climate change activist organization 
Platform London has launched Fossil Funds Free, a campaign 
that asks artists, photographers, playwrights, and other cultural 
7 producers to pledge to refuse sponsorship, grants, and awards 
from oil companies. Those who join will be able to slap a 
Fossil Funds Free logo on their work and exhibitions, letting 
10 collectors and visitors know that such companies do not 
support them. 
Internet: <http://hyperallergic.com > (adapted). 
 
 
According to the text above, judge the following items. 
 
81 It is correct to infer that Platform London will sponsor 
the artists who decide to take part in the Fossil Funds Free campaign. 
 
82 Fossil Funds Free is intended for artists with a history of 
formal complaints against oil companies. 
 
83 The Fossil Funds Free campaign consists in publicly coming 
 
197 
 
out as an artist who promises not to accept to be financially 
sponsored by or otherwise benefit from fossil fuel companies. 
 
84 Artists who participate in the Fossil Funds Free campaign will 
be allowed to place stickers on their works. 
 
85 In the text, “to put your money where your mouth is” 
(R. 3 and 4) can be correctly replaced by to act on your 
outspoken beliefs, although this change results in a more 
formal text. 
 
 
TEXT 17 
 
1 Johns Hopkins researchers were offering people $ 600 
to participate in a trial study of a vaccine against the flu. 
For the trouble of two blood draws, the drinking of a (real or 
4 placebo) foamy orange-flavored oral vaccine and the promise 
of another blood draw should illness strike, I was to be 
recompensed more than the cost of three weeks of room, board 
7 and six-hour-a-day Spanish language instruction in Antigua, 
Guatemala, where I had plans to study. I signed up, feeling like 
a lottery winner, even though the first blood draw left a 
10 foot-and-a-half-long bruise on my arm, like none the nurses had 
ever seen. 
Internet: <http://www.nytimes.com> (adapted). 
 
According to the text, judge the following items. 
 
86 The bruise left on the arm of the narrator was extraordinarily 
big. 
 
87 The amount to be given to participants in the trial exceeded 
what was necessary to pay for accommodation, meals and 
Spanish classes in Guatemala. 
 
88 Researchers were paying $ 600 so that they could be subjects 
in the testing of the vaccine. 
 
89 Having their blood drawn twice and drinking the actual vaccine 
were two of the conditions to which participants had to agree. 
 
90 Another blood draw would be mandatory if the participant 
came down with the flu. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
198 
 
 
 
MINISTÉRIO DA JUSTIÇA 
DEPARTAMENTO PENITENCIÁRIO NACIONAL 
CONCURSO PÚBLICO PARA PROVIMENTO DE VAGAS EM CARGOS DE 
NÍVEL SUPERIOR E DE NÍVEL MÉDIO 
Aplicação: 28/6/2015 
 
TEXT 18 
 
 
1 Boots, belts, glasses, purses and other items land in a 
plastic tray. It’s a procedure frequent flyers are painfully 
familiar with, one of those things that are deemed necessary to 
4 get from point Ato point B by air. “People increasingly expect 
to be treated like cattle at airports,” says the executive director 
of a human rights group. “What we have seen over the years is 
7 a large level of security theatre, and more worryingly ridiculous 
technologies being deployed with little thought.” 
But security experts believe the ever-evolving 
10 technologies are justified. The senior vice president of a 
leading security screening and imaging firm says that security 
technology and screening methods simply must continue “to 
13 adapt to changing threats.” 
Airport security is one of the least popular aspects of 
travel, according to a passenger survey conducted by the 
16 International Air Transport Association (IATA). Airports have 
realised this, and some are now making efforts to make the 
experience of being touched, scanned and having your suitcase 
19 rummaged through as painless as possible, while maintaining 
the same level of scrutiny. 
It also didn’t take long for people to wonder just how 
22 much the scanners were actually seeing, especially after the 
media published a picture of the head of the Transportation 
Security Administration’s research lab which showed her being 
25 scanned and appearing rather nude. It was an eye-opener for 
many, and privacy groups took up the cause. Soon officials 
acknowledged that the technology had to be tuned down a bit 
28 in the USA and several other countries. 
Internet: <www.bbc.com> (adapted). 
 
According to the previous text, judge the following items. 
 
91 Some airports are concerned with easing distress passengers 
have to go through during inspection. 
 
92 People who regularly travel by air are not surprised by the 
security procedures. 
 
93 A member of a human rights group and a representative of a 
security firm have similar points of view. 
 
94 The word ‘changing’ (R.13) conveys the idea that threats are 
constantly evolving. 
 
199 
 
 
TEXT 19 
 
El Niño (The boy) is mostly likely to continue during 
the summer of 2015, according to new estimates for the Northern 
Hemisphere from the National Weather Service Climate Prediction 
Center. What can you expect in El Niño conditions? Warmer 
sea-surfaces that could send floods to South America, potentially 
impacting farmers and confounding food production, among 
other things. 
Internet: <www.reuters.com> (adapted). 
 
According to the text, 
 
95 the effects of El Niño phenomena are sure to reach South 
America before they have impact on the Northern Hemisphere. 
 
TEXT 20 
 
1 With Ebola nearly stamped out in West Africa, 
vaccine trials will probably fail to provide enough useful data 
on how well they protect people against the deadly virus, the 
4 WHO (World Health Organization) said on Tuesday. 
“The best news is we are going to zero cases, there is 
absolutely no doubt about that,” said WHO researcher J. Kieny. 
7 But two experimental Ebola vaccines being tested on 
volunteers may not yield sufficient data on efficacy as case 
numbers fall, Kieny said. 
10 “It is not clear whether it will be possible to have even 
a hint of efficacy from these two vaccines,” she said, noting 
that they already had been proven safe. “To have efficacy we 
13 must see if people are actually protected, as the number of 
cases is going down it is not clear whether there will be a 
strong robust answer to this question at the end of epidemic,” 
16 she said. 
The WHO, a United Nations agency, hosted a two-day 
experts’ meeting on Ebola research and development after the 
19 world’s largest epidemic that has killed more than 11,000 since 
December 2013. 
Consultations will be held in coming months on issues 
22 including developing protocols, data sharing and storing 
biological material including the virus and blood serum of 
patients, Kieny said. 
Internet: <www.reuters.com> (adapted). 
 
Based on the previous text, judge the following items. 
 
96 The word ‘robust’ (R.15) can be correctly replaced by effective 
without this bringing any change of meaning to the sentence. 
 
97 The world had never witnessed an ebola epidemic of such 
magnitude as the one mentioned in the text. 
 
200 
 
 
98 The WHO mentioned has no intention of keeping biological 
material related to the disease. 
 
99 The West region of Africa is totally free from the Ebola virus. 
 
100 Even though the vaccines could be tested, the results may not 
be useful to assess their efficacy. 
 
ADDITIONAL TEXTS AND TESTS (CESPE / CEBRASPE PATTERN) 
TEXT 21 
 
Watching Alejandro Gonzáles Iñárritu´s “Babel”, it quickly becomes clear that the 
movie’s guiding principle is Murphy’s Law. Whatever can go wrong, will. Three separate tales are 
woven together in ways that are not always immediately apparent. 
In Morocco, a goatherder gives a hunting rifle to his sons and, while practicing in the hills, 
one of the boys fires at a tourist bus winding down the road in the far distance. Inside the bus is 
an American couple (Brad Pitt, given a few wrinkles and gray hairs, and Cate Blanchett) trying to 
patch up a shaky marriage. The boy´s bullet hits Blanchett in the shoulder, and the badly 
wounded woman is taken to a nearby village where her husband desperately tries to find help. 
It´s immediately assumed to be an act of terrorism, and international pressures to find the 
culprit are set in motion. 
Meanwhile, in Tokio, a deaf-mute teenager grasps for love and attention, flashing her 
privates to a boy in a restaurant and coming on to a shocked dentist. The lonely, alienated 
Japanese teenager’s a touching figure (how can you go wrong with a pretty, cruelly rejected 
deaf girl?), but her father, a hunter, gave the rifle in question to the Moroccan goatherder. 
Back in California, Pitt and Blanchett´s two children have been entrusted to the care of 
their Mexican nanny (Adriana Barraza), who is forced to take them along with her to Tijuana for 
her son´s wedding, with her ne’erdo-well cousin (Gael García Bernal) at the wheel. No good will 
come of this, you can be sure. “Babel” reaches its nadir at this Mexican-American border, when 
a drunken Bernal makes the stupidest choice possible, putting the poor Mexican nanny and her 
charges in dire peril. 
For a while, “Babel” holds you in its portentous grip. Iñárritu is a master of gritty textures, 
unnerving editing and menacing atmosphere, and the actors, both famous and obscure, are all 
first-rate. The filmaker no doubt believes he´s making a serious statement about Humanity – the 
misunderstandings, cultural blind spots, cruel twists of fate, bad decisions and simple nastiness 
that escalate into global tragedies – but his fatalism is beginning to look as arbitrary and 
precooked as any Hollywood formula movie. Instead of selling facile uplift, he´s pushing gloom. 
 
 (Adapted from Newsweek Magazine, Oct 2006) 
 
101) The text could be characterized as a movie review. ( ) 
 
102) In an excerpt from the film that is being presented, a hunter shoots an American woman. ( ) 
 
 
201 
 
103) According to the text, the three stories presented are not linked. ( ) 
 
104) Murphy’s Law’s principle is widely explored nowadays.” ( ) 
 
105) The “ ‘s” is being used in the same way in “Alejandro Gonzáles Iñárritu´s Babel” and in “The boy´s 
bullet.” ( ) 
 
106) The “ ‘s” has the same use in “The Japanese teenager’s a touching figure” and in “Her son´s 
wedding.” ( ) 
 
107) The words immediately (second paragraph) and lonely (third paragraph) belong to the same Word 
Class ( ) 
 
108) “A far city” could be translated as “Uma cidade distante.” “A farther city” would be best translated 
as “Uma cidade mais distante”. ( ) 
 
109) The word “mute” as in “deaf-mute teenager” is close in meaning to the word speechless. ( ) 
 
110) The word “shaky” as used in the segment “shaky marriage” (second paragraph) has the same 
function as the word hunting in “hunting rifle” (second paragraph). ( ) 
 
111) The suffix “-ness” as in “nastiness” (last paragraph) is correctlyused in the word “quickness”. ( ) 
 
112) The indefinite article “a” as in “A goatherder” (line 4) is adequately used in the sentence “A firemen 
were called.” ( ) 
 
Questions 113 to 117. 
Judge the sentences below. Are they correct (C) or wrong (E) ? 
 
 
113) The two children was waiting for their mother. ( ) 
114) We could see many sheeps along the road in Morroco. ( ) 
115) He found an oases in the middle of nowhere. ( ) 
116) Informations are needed for you to get to the answer. ( ) 
117) My pants were dyeing in a bucket. ( ) 
 
 
TEXT 22 
 
 Designing Mig Fighter jets is just too lofty for some. A team of Russian engineers at the 
UFA Aviation Technical University is now concentrating on gas-powered shoes. Tests were 
successfully conducted for the booster boots in the town of UFA’s main square. The shoes 
are fired by 12-inch pistons attached to the calf, which are triggered as the wearer steps 
down. Velocity is still the primary goal of these engineers – runners can be propelled forward 
at speeds of up to 30 mph. Boris Rudoi, who heads the team of engineers, says: “The boots 
can be used by the physically disabled, by rescue services and to combat crime.” At only $ 
700 a pair, you might want to pick some up just for fun, too. 
 (From Time Magazine, July, 2000) 
 
 
202 
 
118) A suitable title for the text would be “Winged Shoes”. ( ) 
 
119) According to the text, the device presented might be used to battle criminality and help people 
with disability. ( ) 
 
120) The word “calf” (l. 4) is presented in the plural form exactly in the same way as the word “shelf”. ( 
) 
 
121) The fragment “too lofty” (l. 1) is best translated into Portuguese as “demasiadamente caro”. ( ) 
 
122) The best translation of the sentence “Actually, those educated mayors will help to lessen the 
prejudice against real-estate brokers” would be “Atualmente, aqueles governantes educados 
ajudarão a diminuir o prejuízo de propriedades falidas.” ( ) 
 
 
TEXT 23 
 
 Men fall in love faster and more often than women over the course of a lifetime, say two 
university experts. Men are influenced by surface qualities, such as a pretty face, a nice 
figure, even though they don’t know the woman. 
 
123) According to the text, experts think women do not fall in love so often and quickly as men do. ( ) 
 
 
124)The word Experts (line 02) means the same as eccentrics. ( ) 
 
125) Even though (line 03) could be substituted without changing in meaning for Although. 
 ( ) 
 
126) They (line 02) refers to university experts. ( ) 
 
 
TEXT 24 
 
 Electricity works in many different ways. It milks cows, separates milk, pump water, grinds 
feed, saws wood, shells corns and operates shop tools. Electricity prevents spoilage and 
keeps milk, cream, eggs, and vegetables fresh for market. The farm homemaker has an 
electric washer, an iron, and the small appliances which help her to be more efficient. The 
family on the electrified farm has running water and a modern bathroom. 
 
127) The main idea of this paragraph is the use of small appliances. ( ) 
 
TEXT 25 
 
It woofs a gallon of gas in just eight miles, requires a lesson to drive it and has no trunk. A 
huge air intake feeds a V-12 engine that cranks up to 240 mph. “Pilots” remove steering 
wheel to enter or exit. Mechanics must be flown from Germany if it breaks down, but for 
simple fixes and flats, use the electric jacks. But which feature will the unidentified 
 
203 
 
millionaires vying to buy a Mercedes-Benz CLK-GTR (just 25 will be sold) talk about the most? 
Undoubtedly the purchase price: U$ 1.7 million. 
 
128) The text is presenting a jet-plane manufactured by Mercedes. ( ) 
 
129) The word “fixes” (line 4) could be replaced without changing in meaning by “repairs”. 
( ) 
 
130) The passive voice of “A huge air intake feeds a V-12 engine” (lines 1 and 2) is 
“A V-12 engine is fed by a huge air intake.” ( ) 
 
131) The use of the –ing ending is the same in the segment “steering wheel” (line 2) and in the fragment 
“driving tests”. ( ) 
 
132) The form “must be flown” (l. 3) indicates the same as “are expected to be flown.” ( ) 
 
Questions 133, 134 and 135. Select the alternative that correctly fills out each blank. 
 
 The typical karate yell, says Michael Smith, who (133).......... at a school of martial arts in New York, 
has three purposes: (134)………. tightens the stomach muscles, scares the opponent and, most 
important, (135)............... people feel confident. 
 
133) (A) teach 
 (B) teacher 
 (C) teaching 
 (D) to teach 
 (E) teaches 
 
 
 
 
134) (A) its 
 (B) they 
 (C) it 
 (D) he 
 (E) his 
 
135) (A) helps 
 (B) help 
 (C) helped 
 (D) helping 
 (E) to help 
 
 
TEXT 26 
 
MOVING UP IN THE WORLD 
Women have more influence than ever in G-8 countries. But for all their gains, they’re still 
seeking parity with men. 
 
 
204 
 
Money breeds money and power breeds power. Those who have some of either can usually 
generate more of both. It’s taken women a long time to gain a foothold in business and 
government, but they may finally have reached a critical mass. Of course, in terms of sheer 
numbers, men are still comfortably in the lead. But globally prominent women in the private 
and public sectors can no longer be counted on two hands. In fact, there are hundreds of 
them, in groups like the International Women’s Forum, who are mentoring the next 
generation. If the notion of strength in numbers holds true, this new crop of educated, 
working women will undoubtedly help close the gender gap that still exists in wages, 
government participation and child care. 
 
WOMEN IN THE WORK FORCE 
 
Though more women work outside the home than ever before, they continue to lag behind 
men in wages. On average, they earn just one half to three quarters of a man’s pay. 
 
LIFESTYLE CHOICES 
 
From New York to Tokyo, women still bear most of the burden of housework and child care, 
though some studies show that men are beginning to lend a helping hand. 
 
PARTICIPATION IN GOVERNMENT 
 
Women are making inroads in politics, but they still don’t have an equal influence on policy. 
Men 
continue to hold the majority of parliamentary seats and key government positions. 
 
 
136) The main idea of the text is to present the women’s achievements in today’s world. 
( ) 
 
137) The word “breeds” in the segment “money breeds money and power breeds power” (l. 01) could 
be best translated as “exige”. ( ) 
 
 
TEXT 27 
 
 Do you dream of mermaids but dislike spending long periods in water? Scuba divers can 
now spend the night in the deep while keeping their pajamas dry nine meters beneath the 
surface of a Florida lagoon. Opened by two aquanauts in 1998, the hotel has accommodation 
for six guests that range in price from $225 (for dinner, bed and breakfast) to $ 1,000 a night 
“for two people in love” (exclusive use of the facility, “mood music”, flowers and caviar). 
 
138) The best title for the text would be “Underwater Hotel” ( ) 
 
139) The hotel offers an unshared use of the space for a $1,000 a night. ( ) 
 
140) The hotel can provide accomodation for four guests plus a couple in love at the same time. ( ) 
 
205 
 
 
141) The $1.000 guests don’t get privacy when spending the night in the underwater facility. ( ) 
 
142) The best translation for “dislike spending” as used in line 1 is “não gosta de gastar.” ( ) 
 
143) The Word “while” (line 2) is presenting an idea of “simultaneity”. ( ) 
 
144) In the sentence “You should visit this extraordinary hotel”, “should” could be replaced without 
alteration in meaning and with the correct usage for “ought”. ( ) 
 
TEXT 28 
 
 Tiandu isn’t exactly a model city. The vice mayor’s son dabbles in smuggling and other 
gangster pursuits, and his father uses his influence to protect him. His company employs 
murderous henchmen, who use jars of human fingers to scare up cooperation. Official 
blackmailis commonplace. A local customs officer recently discovered a shipment of 
smuggled Mercedes. Before he could take action, he was lured to a brothel, plied with alcohol 
and filmed in bed with a hooker. Like most of Tiandu’s population, he became a co-
conspirator in the culture of corruption. 
 Tiandu is one of the sleaziest places that never existed. The setting of China’s hit 
television series “Black Hole”, the fictional city is loosely based on Fuyang City, Anhui 
province, site of an actual 1998 corruption case. It is a striking example of how far China has 
come since the days when its state TV offered a steady diet of propaganda, glorifying 
Communist Party bosses as models of virtue. “The government knows people are smarter 
now, and that it can no longer lie to them”, says Zhang Dandan, vice president of Macau Five 
Star TV. 
 The edge is likely to get sharper. About 90 percent of China’s 400 million homes now 
have at least one TV set. At least one in four has cable. With China opening up, the 
government has allowed News Corporations – Disney, Star TV and AOL Time-Warner – 
limited access. Rating companies are getting their “people meters” into more homes, 
offering ratings proof that old entertainment formulas aren’t working. This February state 
broadcaster CCTV put out its annual New Year’s variety marathon, the usual five hours of 
patriotic songs and lame dance routines. Newspaper reviewers slammed it. In one poll, 62 
percent of viewers called “unsatisfactory”. 
 (Adapted from Newsweek Magazine) 
 
 
 
145) The main idea of the author is to present some changes that can be seen in the contents of the 
Chinese television programs. ( ) 
146) According to the text, the city of Tiandu is a non-fictional city. ( ) 
147) The television series Black Hole has mean characters. ( ) 
148) The word striking (line 10) stands for an adjective in the text. ( ) 
 
206 
 
149) The possessive form as in “The vice mayor’s son” (line 1) is correctly used in “Joe and Sue’s ears are 
pretty big.” ( ) 
150) “The sleaziest” (2nd paragraph) is the superlative form of the adjective “sleazy”. The adjective “naive” 
forms its superlative exactly in the same way as “sleazy”. ( ) 
 
 
GABARITO 
1-E 2-C 3-E 4-E 5-C 6-E 7-C 8-C 9-C 10-E 
11-E 12-E 13-C 14-C 15-C 16-E 17-E 18-E 19-E 20-C 
21-C 22-E 23-C 24-E 25-C 26-E 27-C 28-C 29-C 30-E 
31-E 32-E 33-C 34-C 35-C 36-C 37-E 38-E 39-C 40-E 
41-C 42-E 43-C 44-C 45-C 46-E 47-E 48-C 49-E 50-C 
51-C 52-C 53-C 54-C 55-E 56-E 57-C 58-E 59-C 60-E 
61-E 62-C 63-C 64-E 65-E 66-C 67-E 68-C 69-C 70-C 
71-C 72-E 73-C 74-C 75-E 76-C 77-C 78-E 79-C 80-E 
81-E 82-E 83-C 84-E 85-C 86-C 87-C 88-E 89-E 90-C 
91-C 92-C 93-E 94-C 95-E 96-C 97-C 98-E 99-E 100-C 
101-C 102-E 103-E 104-E 105-C 106-E 107-E 108-C 109-C 110-C 
111-C 112-E 113-E 114-E 115-E 115-E 116-E 117-C 118-C 119-C 
120-C 121-C 122-E 123-C 124-E 125-C 126-E 127-E 128-E 129-C 
130-C 131-C 132-E 133-E 134-C 135-A 136-C 137-E 138-C 139-C 
140-E 141-E 142-E 143-C 144-E 145-C 146-E 147-C 148-C 149-E 
150-E 
 
 
207 
 
TRADUÇÃO TEXTO 1 
O aumento da fiscalização e a redução dos poderes para as agências de segurança, em grande parte, 
foram desencadeados pelas revelações do antigo denunciante da agência de segurança nacional, 
Edward Snowden. Estas divulgações, juntamente com outros vazamentos de organizações tais como 
WikiLeaks, proveem informações sobre uma série de práticas ilegais adotadas pelas agências de 
inteligência em muitos países, especialmente nos Estados Unidos, Alemanha e Reino Unido. 
Isto liderou uma mudança sem precedentes na natureza da legislação de inteligência em muitas partes 
do mundo, com serviços de segurança testemunhando uma redução em seus poderes pela primeira vez 
na era pós 11 de setembro, definido pelo compromisso do ocidente para combater o terror(ismo). 
Entretanto, apesar das alegações de que as agências estejam trabalhando pelo interesse da segurança 
nacional, os críticos rebatem, dizendo que as autoritárias práticas de vigilância desgastam e restringem 
muitas liberdades civis. Apesar da introdução de restrições nos Estados Unidos e na Alemanha, a Grã-
Bretanha parece estar indo na direção contrária no que diz respeito a política de vigilância, com o governo 
Conservador do Reino Unido considerando garantir ainda mais poderes às agências espiãs para lidar com 
as ameaças à segurança nacional. 
O governo britânico traçou um plano altamente controverso para introduzir o Projeto de Lei de Poderes 
Investigatórios, que concederia às agências não apenas mais poder mas também permitiria que eles 
obrigassem as empresas de Internet a registrar e rastrear o histórico de navegação dos usuários pelo 
período de um ano e permitiria que a polícia e agências de segurança pudessem acessar as informações. 
Especulava-se que o plano também obrigaria as empresas a coletar e manter os dados de aplicativos de 
celular, como o WhatsApp e o Snapchat. 
 
TRADUÇÃO TEXTO 2 
Sendo uma jovem democracia, o Brasil enfrentou turbulências econômicas e financeiras no passado. A 
crise econômica de 2014-2017 observou uma drástica queda do produto interno bruto (PIB), aumento 
gritante do desemprego, uma severa crise fiscal e um aumento do déficit orçamentário. Desde então, a 
economia é um assunto primordial nas conversas políticas, especialmente no que diz respeito a 
globalização e as formas como a liberalização comercial possa afetar o crescimento econômico. Os 
candidatos à presidência em 2018 diferiam ligeiramente neste debate, e comparar as propostas e 
históricos de seus consultores financeiros era tão importante quanto comparar os próprios candidatos. 
 
 
TRADUÇÃO TEXTO 3 
 
Apesar de ser a oitava maior economia do mundo e a maior da américa latina, o Brasil ainda está 
relativamente fechado se comparado com outras grandes economias. O Brasil é um país periférico já que 
sua penetração comercial é extremamente baixa, com o comércio representando 24,1% do PIB (GDP – 
Gross Domestic Product) em 2017. O número de exportadores em relação a população é também muito 
pequeno: o número absoluto de exportadores é quase o mesmo da Noruega, que possui 
aproximadamente 5 milhões de habitantes contra os 200 milhões do Brasil. Embora uma maior integração 
na economia global possa ameaçar empresas não competitivas, bem como seus funcionários, os 
empreendimentos competitivos muito provavelmente se beneficiariam. A inclusão do Brasil também 
possibilitaria um melhor impulsionamento de suas vantagens competitivas, tais como as indústrias 
estabelecidas com recursos naturais. 
 
TRADUÇÃO TEXTO 4 
 
 
208 
 
Com exceção de empresários e investidores, a maioria dos brasileiros procurou candidatos que 
priorizassem a criação de empregos e a geração de renda nas eleições de 2018. De acordo com o 
Panorama Econômico Brasileiro do Instituto de Pesquisa Econômica Aplicada (IPEA), a economia 
manteve o crescimento (embora lento) por um período curto desde o final de 2017, a produção industrial 
aumentou, e as taxas de desemprego diminuíram. Entretanto, 13,4 milhões de pessoas permaneciam 
desempregadas, especialmente mulheres, jovens e negros; e as taxas de crescimento foram 
decepcionantes. Uma pesquisa feita pelo Datafolha mostrava, na ocasião, que as percepções dos 
brasileiros quanto a economia eram pessimistas: 72% dos entrevistados disseram que o cenário 
econômico tinha piorado nos últimos meses. Semelhante a reação a corrupção, esta percepção 
extremamente negativa do ambiente sócio-econômico poderia potencialmente afastar os eleitores do 
governo tradicional e seus aliados, conduzindo-os a candidatos não convencionais como alternativa, que 
poderiam representar uma mudança no cenário atual. 
 
TRADUÇÃO TEXTO 5 
 
Na segunda-feira, importantes autoridades de forças policiais descreveram cartéis de drogas que são 
constantemente itinerantes, possuem expertise tecnológica, são diversificados e transnacionais, fatores 
estes que estão desafiando os esforços paraconter a violência fronteiriça incentivada por grandes 
lucros. 
As modernas organizações criminosas “não tem fronteiras”, disse o Diretor do FBI, Robert S. Mueller III, 
acrescentado que o FBI “está profundamente preocupado com o elevado nível do tráfico de drogas, 
contrabando de pessoas e das atividades de gangues, assim como o súbito aumento de crimes violentos 
relacionados ao tráfico, como homicídios, sequestros e extorsão. Mueller estava entre os palestrantes 
destacados na Conferência de Segurança Fronteiriça, que aconteceu durante dois dias, na cidade de El 
Paso, no Texas. Representante Norte Americano e anfitrião do evento, Silvestre Reyes, do Texas, disse 
que os temas deste ano são proteção fronteiriça e comércio efetivo. 
Mueller disse que o grande aumento da violência em Juárez, que culminou em centenas de mortes neste 
ano, está relacionada a dois grupos que disputam o corredor utilizado por traficantes para levar cocaína, 
maconha, heroína e metanfetaminas para os EUA. 
As principais facções que disputam o controle do corredor Juárez-El Paso são lideradas por Carrillo 
Fuentes e Joaquin Chapo Guzman Loera. 
Autoridades policiais detectaram cartéis de drogas mexicanos em quase 200 cidades Estadounidenses 
em praticamente todos os estados. De acordo com um relatório das Nações Unidas, divulgado no ano 
passado, o cartel de Juárez tem presença em 35 países. 
 
 
TRADUÇÃO TEXTO 6 
 
Saeed Jalili, importante negociador das questões nucleares do Irã e o chefe de política internacional da 
União Europeia, Javier Solana, chegaram a um acordo ontem para prosseguir dialogando com o objetivo 
de solucionar a crise nuclear, noticiou a televisão estatal. 
As conversas telefônicas aconteceram apenas após alguns dias depois que nações da União Europeia 
apresentaram novas sanções ao Irã por conta de sua movimentação atômica, algo que as nações 
ocidentais temam que possa ser uma cobertura para um programa de armas nucleares. 
Os dois lados concordaram em prosseguir as negociações em uma atmosfera construtiva, disse a 
emissora estatal. Solana e Jalili demonstraram satisfação com a tendência construtiva das negociações 
em Genebra bem como contatos posteriores. 
Em Bruxelas, o escritório de Solane confirmou a conversa sem dar detalhes. 
 
209 
 
Jalili encontrou Solana em Genebra no dia 19 de julho. Solana é o representante de seis potências que 
ofereceram um pacote de incentivos ao Irã para que o país interrompa o programa de enriquecimento de 
urânio. Eles também conversaram por telefone no dia 4 de agosto. 
Na sexta-feira, a presidência dos 27 países membros da União Europeia anunciou novas sanções contra 
o Irã, inclusive restrições para empréstimos públicos e maior rigidez nas inspeções de mercadorias. 
A decisão aconteceu depois que Teerã deu uma resposta ambígua às demandas das seis nações 
membros permanentes do conselho de segurança das Nações Unidas – Grã-Bretanha, China, França, 
Rússia, Estados Unidos e Alemanha. 
O Irã está enfrentando uma possível quarta fase de sanções do conselho de segurança das Nações 
Unidas devido a recusa em interromper o enriquecimento (de urânio), um processo que produz 
combustível nuclear mas é também a base de uma bomba atômica. 
A União Europeia e os Estados Unidos também impuseram restrições de atividades para os maiores 
bancos do Irã, que estão administrando paralelamente aos três conjuntos de sanções impostos pelo 
Conselho de Segurança. 
 
 
 
 
210 
 
RESPOSTAS COMENTADAS 
1) “Pode ser inferido do texto que um projeto de lei, como em “Projeto de Lei de Poderes 
Investigatórios”, é uma nova lei que foi apresentada ao parlamento para discussão, aprovada e 
está pronta para entrar em vigor.” 
 
Afirmação incorreta. A palavra bill, neste contexto, significa projeto de lei. Trata-se de um projeto, algo 
que ainda deverá ser votado pelo parlamento, para ser ou não aprovado e, assim, transformar-se em lei. 
 
2) “De acordo com o texto, os eventos após os ataques de 11 de setembro, assim como o 
vazamento sistemático de material confidencial, ajudou a moldar a forma como agências de 
inteligência vem operando.” 
 
Esta afirmação é verdadeira e pode ser comprovada pelas informações contidas nos parágrafos um e 
dois. (linhas um a 13) 
 
3) “O autor do texto sugere que a luta contra o terrorismo não é mais uma grande prioridade para os 
serviços de inteligência Anglo-Americanos.” 
 
Afirmação falsa. Em nenhum momento o autor do texto sugere que a luta contra o terrorismo esteja 
arrefecendo. O texto apresenta informações de que as agências de inteligência terão os poderes 
reduzidos como uma consequência das revelações de Snowden e de vazamentos de dados do 
WikiLeaks. 
 
4) “No texto, a expressão ‘along with’ pode ser corretamente substituída pela expressa sinônima 
‘after a long time.” 
 
Afirmação falsa. 
Along with significa “juntamente com, em conjunto com”. É uma expressão que introduz uma adição. 
“After a long time” seria melhor traduzido como “depois de muito tempo”. Trata-se de uma expressão de 
tempo. 
 
5) “Considerando o uso dos apóstrofos, existe uma diferença significativa de sentido entre users’ e 
user’s.” 
Afirmação correta. O uso simples do apóstrofo sinaliza uma ideia de posse para um possuidor que esteja 
em um plural terminado com “s”: “... users’ web history” = histórico de navegação DOS USUÁRIOS. 
O uso do apóstrofo + s indica uma ideia de posse para um possuidor no singular: 
user’s web history” = histórico de navegação DO USUÁRIO. 
6) “De acordo com o texto, o Brasil tem uma longa história de democracia.” 
Afirmação falsa, que pode ser comprovada na primeira frase do texto: “As a young democracy...” 
 
7) “Os autores do texto afirmam que, no passado, o Brasil enfrentou desafios econômicos.” 
 
 
211 
 
Afirmação verdadeira, que pode ser comprovada logo na primeira sentença do texto: “...Brazil has 
confronted economic and financial upheavals in the past.” (O Brasil enfrentou turbulências econômicas 
e financeiras no passado.) 
 
8) “O advérbio ‘then’ (então) substitui o antecedente ‘A crise econômica do país de 2014-2017’” 
 
Afirmação correta. 
“Since then, the economy...” (Desde então, ou seja, desde a crise econômica do país de 2014-2017) O 
advérbio “then”, neste contexto, refere uma situação passada. 
 
9) “Os autores do texto argumentam que durante as eleições de 2018 foi importante que os 
eleitores conhecessem os consultores econômicos dos candidatos.” 
 
Afirmação verdadeira. 
Isto pode ser confirmado na última sentença do texto. (“Those running for office in 2018 differed slightly 
in this debate, and comparing the proposals and backgrounds of their economic advisors was as 
important as comparing the candidates themselves.”) 
 
10) “De acordo como texto, na ocasião da publicação, havia oito países com economias maiores que 
a do Brasil.” 
 
Afirmação incorreta. 
O Brasil foi apresentado como a oitava economia do mundo, como mostra a primeira frase do texto 
(“Despite being the eighth largest economy in the world...”). Logo, havia sete países com economias 
superiores as do Brasil. 
 
11) “Os autores apresentam dados que demonstram que, quando o texto foi escrito, o Brasil 
participava do comércio internacional no mesmo nível de outros países de economias robustas.” 
 
A afirmação é incorreta, como mostra o trecho do texto abaixo reproduzido: 
“Brazil is an outlier in that its trade penetration is extremely low, with trade at 24.1 percent of GDP in 2017. 
The number of exporters relative to the population is also very small: its absolute number of exporters is 
roughly the same as that of Norway, a country with approximately 5 million people compared to Brazil’s 
200 million.” 
“O Brasil é um forasteiro, um país periférico no que tange o comércio internacional, sendo comparado 
com a Noruega, que apesar de possuir apenas 5 milhões de habitantes, tem o mesmo número de 
exportadores do Brasil.” 
 
12) “O texto menciona a Noruega como um exemplo de país que tem uma quantidadede 
exportadores e uma população similares às do Brasil.” 
 
Afirmação falsa. 
Os autores do texto afirmam que a Noruega tem uma quantidade de exportadores equivalente a do Brasil, 
mas muito menos habitantes. (são apenas 5 milhões de habitantes, contra 200 milhões de brasileiros) 
 
 
212 
 
13) “Brasil é o antecedente do pronome ‘its’ em ‘its 
absolute number of exporters’” (third sentence). 
 
“...its absolute number of exporters is roughly the same as that of Norway...” 
 
Na língua inglesa, os pronomes possessivos concordam com o possuidor e não com o objeto possuído, 
como no português. Assim, a forma possessiva “its”, refere-se a um “it” substantivo, no caso, o Brasil. 
“Brazil and its absolute number of exporters” (Brasil e seu número absoluto de exportadores) 
 
14) “Pode ser concluído do texto que a criação de empregos era uma prioridade para muitos eleitores 
brasileiros em 2018.” 
 
A primeira sentença do texto confirma a veracidade da afirmação. (“...most Brazilians looked for 
candidates who prioritized job creation and income generation, in the 2018 elections.”) 
 
15) “Quando o artigo foi publicado, as taxas de desemprego no Brasil estavam caindo.” 
 
Afirmação correta, que pode ser verificada no trecho abaixo reproduzido. 
“According to a Brazilian Economic Outlook from the Institute of Applied Economic Research (IPEA)... 
unemployment rates declined.” 
 
16) “De acordo com os autores, o desemprego no Brasil, na ocasião da publicação, afetou todos os 
gêneros e perfis raciais de forma equivalente.” 
 
Afirmação incorreta. 
Os autores do texto revelam que 13,4 milhões de pessoas permaneciam desempregadas, especialmente 
mulheres, jovens e negros, como mostra o trecho abaixo reproduzido. Podemos inferir, que homens e 
brancos foram menos afetados. 
“...13.4 million people remained jobless, particularly women, youth, and people of color.” 
 
17) “O artigo apresenta dados de uma pesquisa que apontava otimismo sobre a situação econômica 
do Brasil.” 
 
Afirmação falsa, conforme pode ser visto no trecho abaixo destacado: 
“A poll by Datafolha showed at the time that Brazilians’ perceptions of the economy were pessimistic: 72 
percent of those surveyed felt the economic scenario had worsened in the last months.” 
 
18) “Os autores afirmam que as atitudes dos eleitores quanto a situação econômica os conduziriam 
a se identificarem com candidatos de partidos políticos tradicionais.” 
Afirmação incorreta, já que o texto afirma justamente o contrário, como podemos observar no trecho 
abaixo (última sentença do texto): 
“Similar to the reaction to corruption, this extremely negative perception of the socioeconomic 
environment could potentially further distance voters from the traditional government and their allies, 
 
213 
 
turning voters toward “unconventional” candidates instead, who could represent a change in the status 
quo.” 
 
19) “O tráfico de drogas ainda carece de competência tecnológica, embora esteja cada vez mais 
ambulante, itinerante.” 
 
Afirmação errada, já que a primeira sentença afirma que o tráfico possui conhecimento especializado em 
tecnologia. 
“Top U.S. law enforcement officials on Monday described drug cartels that are increasingly mobile, tech 
savvy...” 
 
20) “Grandes lucros relacionados com o tráfico de drogas estão fazendo crescer a violência 
fronteiriça tornando-a mais difícil de controlar.” 
 
Afirmação verdadeira. 
“...diverse and transnational, factors that are challenging efforts to curb border violence fueled by big 
profits.” (linhas 3 e 4) 
 
21) “Organizações transnacionais trouxeram um repentino aumento de atos violentos.” 
 
Afirmação correta, que pode ser comprovada entre as linhas 7 e 10, com o emprego do verbo “surge” 
(aumentar repentinamente). 
“...the FBI is “deeply concerned about high levels of drug trafficking, human smuggling and gang activity”, 
as well as with the surge in violent crimes linked to the drug trade such as homicides, kidnappings and 
extortion.” 
 
22) “O contrabando humano e as atividades de gangues não são considerados um comércio 
lucrativo.” 
 
Afirmação errada, que pode ser averiguada entre a primeira e a décima linhas. Tais atividades são 
altamente lucrativas. 
 
23) “Assassinos, sequestros e extorsões podem ser mencionados como ações ilícitas associadas 
com o tráfico de drogas.” 
 
Afirmação verdadeira, que pode ser verificada nas linhas 9 e 10. 
“...the surge in violent crimes linked to the drug trade such as homicides, kidnappings and extortion.” 
 A palavra “Murderers” (assassinos) está associada com “homicides” (homicídios) e as palavras 
“kidnapping” e “abduction” (sequestro) são sinônimas. 
 
24) “Cartéis do tráfico de drogas se unem para melhor controlar a eficácia do comércio de quatro 
substâncias narcóticas adictas ilícitas.” 
 
Afirmação incorreta, que pode ser observada nas linhas 17 e 21. 
“Mueller said much of the increased violence in Juárez that has claimed hundreds of lives this year is 
related to two groups fighting over the corridor drug dealers use to introduce cocaine, marijuana, heroin 
and methamphetamines into the U.S.” 
De acordo com o texto, os dois grupos referidos são rivais e não aliados. 
 
 
214 
 
25) “Tanto Fuentes quanto Chapo estão tentando controlar o corredor Juarez-El Paso.” 
 
Afirmação correta, cuja comprovação se dá nas linhas 22, 23 e 24. 
“The main factions vying for control of the Juárez-El Paso corridor are led by Carrillo Fuentes and Joaquin 
Chapo Guzman Loera.” 
 
26) “Autoridades policiais encontraram aproximadamente 200 cidades espalhadas por todos os 
estados americanos.” 
 
Afirmação incorreta. As autoridades descobriram quase 200 cidades COM A PRESENÇA DE CARTÉIS 
MEXICANOS em praticamente todos os estados, como pode ser visto no último parágrafo do texto. 
“ U.S. law enforcement officials have detected Mexican drug cartels in nearly 200 U.S. cities and practically 
every state. According to a United Nations report released last year, the Juárez cartel has a presence in 
more than 35 countries.” 
 
27) “ ‘featured’ significa incluído entre um grupo de pessoas importantes.” 
 
Correto. 
To feature - to include someone or something as an important part. (Cambridge Dictionary) 
 
28) “Foi noticiado pela televisão que o objetivo de Jalili e de Solana é o de terminar com a crise nuclear 
iraniana.” 
 
Afirmação verdadeira, que pode ser comprovada no primeiro parágrafo do texto. 
“Iran’s top nuclear negotiator Saeed Jalili, and EU foreign policy chief Javier Solana agreed yesterday to 
pursue talks aimed at resolving the nuclear crisis, state television reported.” 
 
29) “Nações da União Europeia estão preocupadas com um oculto programa de armas nucleares 
secreto do Irã.” 
 
Afirmação correta, que pode ser averiguada no segundo parágrafo do texto. 
“Their telephone talks came just days after European Union nations last week introduced fresh sanctions 
against Iran over its atomic drive, which Western nations fear could be a cover for a secret nuclear 
weapons program.” 
Cover – capa, cobertura; disguised - disfarçado 
 
30) “Tanto Solana quanto Jalili parecem ter uma discordância a respeito da atividade nuclear 
Iraniana.” 
 
Afirmação falsa, que pode ser verificada pelas informações trazidas no primeiro e terceiro parágrafos do 
texto. 
“Iran’s top nuclear negotiator Saeed Jalili, and EU foreign policy chief Javier Solana agreed yesterday to 
pursue talks aimed at resolving the nuclear crisis, state television reported.” 
“The two sides agreed to continue negotiations in a constructive atmosphere, the television said.” 
 
31) “Jalili é o homem que busca evitar problemas ao antecipá-los, prevê-los.” 
 
Afirmação errada. Jalili é um importante negociador do Irã, como pode ser visto no primeiro parágrafo. 
“Iran’s top nuclear negotiator Saeed Jalili...” 
 
215 
 
 
32) “A presidência dos 27 integrantes da União Europeia achou desnecessário adotar medidas 
rígidas contra o Irã.” 
 
Afirmação falsa,que pode ser comprovada no sexto parágrafo, abaixo reproduzido. Na verdade, a 
presidência dos 27 integrantes da União Europeia adotou novas sanções. 
 
“On Friday, the presidency of the 27-member EU announced new sanctions against Iran, including 
restrictions on public loans and tougher cargo inspections.” 
 
33) “Teerã fracassou em dar uma resposta clara ao pedido feito pelos membros permanentes do 
Conselho de Segurança.” 
 
Afirmação correta, como podemos observar no trecho abaixo reproduzido. (Parágrafo 7) 
“The move came after Tehran gave na ambiguous answer to the demands of the six nations – U.N. Security 
Council permanent members Britain, China, France, Russia and the United States plus Germany.” 
A resposta de Teerã não foi precisa, foi ambígua. 
 
34) “Apesar das conversas entre Jalili e Solana, o Irã ainda segue com o processo de enriquecimento 
de combustível nuclear, procedimento este que também é uma parte essencial de uma bomba 
atômica.” 
 
Afirmação correta, que pode ser verificada no parágrafo 7. 
“Iran is facing a possible fourth round of U.N. Security Council sanctions over its refusal to halt enrichment, 
a process which makes nuclear fuel but also the core of an atomic bomb.” 
 
35) “Além dos três conjuntos de sanções impostos pelo Conselho de Segurança já existentes, a 
União Europeia e os Estados Unidos introduziram novas restrições econômicas ao Irã.” 
Afirmação verdadeira, que pode ser comprovada com as informações trazidas no último parágrafo, 
abaixo transcrito. 
“The European Union and the United States have also imposed restrictions on the activities of Iran’s 
largest banks, which are running in parallel to the three sets of sanctions agreed by the Security Council.” 
 
36) “Cientistas descobriram agora uma outra inovação no que diz respeito às impressões digitais.” 
 
Afirmação verdadeira, que pode ser verificada no título e na primeira frase do texto. 
U.S. scientists find fingerprints can yield 
even more telltale clues 
1 Scientists have found ways to tease even more clues out of 
fingerprints’ telltale marks. 
“Cientistas Estado Unidenses descobrem que as impressões digitais podem produzir ainda mais 
pistas reveladoras.” 
“Cientistas descobriram formas de obter ainda mais informações das marcas reveladoras das 
impressões digitais.” 
 
 
216 
 
37) “Uma pessoa pode ser facilmente identificada caso ela já tenha usado cocaína, explosivo ou 
outros materiais.” 
 
Afirmação falsa. O trecho abaixo, entre as linhas 5 e 7, revela que indivíduos, ao manusear cocaína, 
explosivo ou outros materiais, poderiam ter (é possível que tivessem) uma quantidade destas substâncias 
nas impressões digitais, algo que permitiria identificá-los. 
“For example, says chemist R. Graham Cooks of Purdue 
University, if a person handled cocaine, explosives or other materials, 
7 there could be enough left in a fingerprint to identify them.” 
 
38) “Ou as novas técnicas ou as técnicas já existentes devem ser utilizadas para auxiliar as 
investigações forenses.” 
 
Afirmação falsa. A combinação de novas técnicas com as técnicas já existentes devem ser utilizadas para 
auxiliar as investigações forenses, como revelam as informações contidas entre as linhas 8 e 12. 
“Max M. Houck, director of West Virginia University’s Forensic Science Initiative, says progress in 
forensics comes from a combination of new techniques, like those involved in the anthrax investigation, 
and existing techniques, like those used in the child murder case.” 
 
A expressão “either...or...” (ou...ou...) é utilizada para referir uma situação em que há uma escolha entre 
dois diferentes planos de ação, mas apenas um deles será utilizado. 
 
39) “As pessoas pensavam que a família de Ramsey era culpada pelo assassinato de JonBenet.” 
Afirmação correta, que pode ser verificada com base nas informações contidas entre as linhas 14 e 17. 
And while the killing of six-year-old JonBenet 
Ramsey attracted national fascination in 1996, it was only this year that 
16 prosecutors announced that a new series of tests pointed to an 
unidentified attacker, clearing family members of suspicion. 
“E embora o assassinato de JonBenet Ramsey, de seis anos de idade, tivesse atraído a atenção nacional 
em 1996, foi somente neste ano que promotores anunciaram uma série de análises que levaram a um 
agressor não identificado, livrando os membros da família da suspeita.” 
 
40) “Em uma análise de impressões digitais, um solvente não é o bastante para identificar 
componentes em concentrações razoavelmente altas.” 
 
Afirmação falsa. Na verdade, com o uso do solvente é possível detectar componentes em análises de 
impressões digitais em quantidades relativamente baixas, algo como 142 gramas de substâncias 
químicas em 29 toneladas de material, como informações apresentadas entre as linhas 21 e 26. 
“In the new fingerprint analysis method, police technicians 
22 armed with miniaturized mass spectrometers can spray a solvent on a 
fingerprint and detect compounds at concentrations as fine as five parts 
per million in droplets that scatter off the print, Cooks explained in a 
25 telephone interview. Five parts per million is equivalent to 142 grams 
of chemical in 29 tonnes of material.” 
“No novo método de análise de impressões digitais, técnicos da polícia, municiados com espectrômetros 
de massa, podem borrifar um solvente em uma impressão digital e detectar compostos em 
concentrações bem finas como as de cinco partes a cada milhão em gotículas que se espalham para fora 
 
217 
 
da impressão, explicou Cooks em uma entrevista telefônica. Cinco partes por milhão é o equivalente a 
142 gramas de resíduos químicos em 29 toneladas de material.” 
 
41) “Cooks explicou que, como a cocaína e os explosivos militares são provavelmente difíceis de 
saírem do corpo, seus vestígios podem ser detectados em um arquivo ou em uma pasta de 
plástico caso estas tenham sido tocadas por alguém.” 
 
Afirmação correta, como pode ser comprovada no trecho compreendido entre as linhas 28 e 32. 
“He (Cooks) explained that materials such as cocaine and military explosives tend to be hard to get off the 
fingers. If someone who has handled them later handles something hard like a file or plastic binder, that 
will transfer the chemicals, he said.” 
Cooks explicou que materiais tais como a cocaína e explosivos militares tendem a ser difíceis de saírem 
dos dedos. Se alguém que os manuseie posteriormente manuseie algo rígido, como um arquivo ou uma 
pasta de plástico, isto transferirá os compostos químicos. 
 
42) “A cocaína e os explosivos militares permanecem por um período mais longo nas pontas dos 
dedos de alguém.” 
 
Afirmação errada. Na verdade, o texto informa que resquícios de cocaína e explosivos militares tendem a 
ser difíceis de saírem dos dedos. 
“He (Cooks) explained that materials such as cocaine and military explosives tend to be hard to get off the 
fingers. (linhas 28 e 29) 
Cooks explicou que materiais tais como a cocaína e explosivos militares tendem a ser difíceis de saírem 
dos dedos. 
 
43) “No texto, ‘telltale’ significa revelar ou indicar algo.” 
Afirmação correta. “Telltale”, no segmento “telltale marks”, significa “reveladora”. 
44) “HSPA+ 21/42, WiMAX, e LTE são considerados por muitos como tecnologias rápidas.” 
 
Afirmação verdadeira, já que tais tecnologias são consideradas 4G, que é considerada pelas pessoas 
como ainda mais rápida que a 3G. 
 
45) “A expressão “almost meaningless” (quase sem sentido) sugere que não é fácil decidir o que o 
termo 4G representa.” 
 
Afirmação verdadeira, que pode ser verficada na contextualização da expressão “quase sem sentido” 
(linhas 21 a 23): 
“There are so many technologies called “4G,” and so many ways to implement them, that the term is 
almost meaningless.” 
“Existem tantas tecnologias chamadas “4G”, e tantas formas de implementá-las, que o termo é quase sem 
sentido.” 
 
46) “Os critérios estabelecidos pelo Sindicato Internacional de Telecomunicações foramaceitos 
pelas empresas 4G.” 
 
Afirmação falsa, que pode ser averiguada no trecho compreendido entre as linhas 23 e 26. 
 
218 
 
“The International Telecommunications Union, a standards body, tried to issue requirements to call a 
network 4G but they were ignored by carriers, and eventually the ITU backed down.” 
“O Sindicato Internacional de Telecomunicações, uma entidade de normalização, tentou promulgar 
critérios para chamar uma rede de 4G, mas eles foram ignorados pelas operadoras, e posteriormente o 
sindicato (ITU) recuou.” 
 
47) “O autor acredita que os telefones 4G são mais rápidos que os 3G.” 
 
Afirmação errada, como mostram os trechos abaixo reproduzidos (linhas 3 a 5 e 19 a 21): 
“If you’re shopping for a new phone, the answer isn’t clear-cut, and you shouldn't always go for the higher 
number.” 
“Se você estiver comprando um telefone novo, a resposta não é clara e você nem sempre deve procurar 
pelo número mais alto.” 
 
“New generations usually bring new base technologies, more network capacity for more data per user, 
and the potential for better voice quality, too. 4G phones are supposed to be even faster, but that’s not 
always the case.” 
“Novas gerações geralmente trazem novas tecnologias fundamentais, mais capacidade de rede para 
mais dados por usuário, e o potencial para uma melhor qualidade de voz, também. Muitos imaginam que 
os telefones 4G são ainda mais rápidos, mas isto nem sempre procede.” 
 
48) “Os termos 3G e 4G são constantemente empregados para atrair clientes.” 
 
Afirmação correta, como comprova a primeira frase do texto: 
“For average consumers, ‘3G’ and ‘4G’ are two of the most mysterious terms in the mobile technology 
dictionary, but they’re used relentlessly to sell phones and tablets.” 
“Para os clientes usuais, os termos ‘3G’ e ‘4G’ são dos mais misteriosos da terminologia de tecnologias 
móveis, mas eles são incessantemente utilizados para vender telefones e tablets.” 
 
49) “A palavra ‘average’ é usada no texto como uma expressão relacionada ao tempo.” 
 
Afirmação falsa. A palavra “average”, como empregada na primeira frase do texto (‘For average 
customers’ – ‘Para os clientes usuais’) está funcionando como um adjetivo, melhor traduzido como, 
‘típico’, ‘usual’. 
 
50) “Na linha 4, o termo ‘clear-cut’ (claro, evidente) fornece uma informação ao leitor sobre ‘answer’ 
(resposta).” 
 
Afirmação correta, que pode ser verificada através da contextualização do termo, juntamente com a 
palavra ‘answer’ (linhas 3, 4 e 5): 
“If you’re shopping for a new phone, the answer isn’t clear-cut, and you shouldn't always go for the higher 
number.” 
“Se você estiver comprando um telefone novo, a resposta não é clara e você nem sempre deve procurar 
pelo número mais alto.” 
 
51) “A tecnologia das redes móveis era menos complexa nas duas primeiras gerações.” 
Afirmação correta, que pode ser inferida pelas informações referidas abaixo (linhas 6 a 11). 
 
219 
 
“First things first, the “G” stands for a generation of mobile technology, installed in phones and on cellular 
networks. Each “G” generally requires you to get a new phone, and for networks to make expensive 
upgrades. The first two were analog cell phones (1G) and digital phones (2G). Then it got complicated.” 
Primeiramente, as primeiras coisas: o ‘G’ representa uma GERAÇÃO de tecnologia móvel, instalada em 
telefones e redes celulares. Cada ‘G’ geralmente requer a aquisição de um novo telefone, e 
modernizações mais caras para as redes. Os dois primeiros eram telefones celulares analógicos (1G) e 
telefones digitais (2G). Depois a coisa complicou. 
 
52) “A nova tecnologia sendo desenvolvida na Universidade de Maryland pode possibilitar que os 
sinais sejam enviados a distâncias maiores que as anteriores.” 
 
Afirmação verdadeira, como mostra a primeira frase do último parágrafo, abaixo reproduzida: 
“If the University of Maryland team succeeds, the air cables could be used for communication in remote 
locations on Earth where laying fiber optic cables is extremely difficult, or places where it actually is 
impossible like space.” 
“Se a equipe da Universidade de Maryland tiver êxito, os cabos aéreos podem ser usados para 
comunicação em localidades remotas da terra, onde os cabos de fibra óptica são extremamente difíceis, 
ou locais onde seja realmente impossível como o espaço.” 
 
53) “O objetivo do texto é apresentar notícias sobre cabos utilizados para a viagem de dados.” 
 
Afirmação correta. Esta ideia pode ser percebida ao longo de todo o texto, principalmente com os trechos 
que apresentam a pesquisa feita pela Universidade de Maryland, como o excerto abaixo: 
 “Researchers at the University of Maryland want to do away with the cable altogether and just use air to 
guide the light. That’s not as simple as it sounds, because a laser sent through air will spread apart and 
interact with particles, gradually losing its intensity over time.” (segundo parágrafo) 
“Pesquisadores da Universidade de Maryland querem se livrar dos cabos totalmente e somente utilizar o 
ar para conduzir a luz. Isto não é tão simples quanto parece, porque um laser enviado pelo ar se espalhará 
e interagirá com partículas, gradualmente perdendo sua intensidade com o passar do tempo.” 
Também o título do texto apresenta este objetivo principal: “Making optical cables out of air could boost 
communication in space.” Internet: <http://gigaom.com>" 
“Fazer cabos ópticos de ar pode impulsionar a comunicação no espaço.” 
 
54) “As palavras ‘highlights’ (destaca) e ‘unlikely’ (improvável) podem ser substituídas correta e 
respectivamente por ‘draws attention’ (chama a atenção) e ‘improbable’ (improvável). 
Afirmação correta. 
55) “O livro mencionado no texto mostra como a assimilação de palavras indianas pela língua inglesa 
aconteceu durante o período que a Índia era uma colônia britânica.” 
Afirmação falsa, como pode ser verificado no segmento abaixo reproduzido, entre as linhas 9 e 14: 
 
“The editor of its contemporary edition — which has just been published in paperback — explains how 
many of the words pre-date British rule. “Ginger, pepper and indigo entered English via ancient routes: 
they reflect the early Greek and Roman trade with India and come through Greek and Latin into English,” 
says Kate Teltscher.” 
“O redator de uma edição contemporânea (do referido livro) – que foi recentemente lançado em brochura 
(capa mole) – explica quantas destas palavras são anteriores ao domínio britânico. ‘Gengibre, pimenta e 
 
220 
 
índigo (cor azulada) ingressaram no inglês através de rotas antigas: elas refletem o comércio inicial da 
Grécia e de Roma com a India e entraram no inglês através do grego e latim’, afirma Kate Telscher.” 
 
56) “No excerto ‘Hobson-Jobson: The Definitive Glossary of 
British India’ was published in 1886’ (R. 7 and 8), ‘was published’ pode ser corretamente substituído por 
‘has been published’”. 
 
Afirmação incorreta. A troca de um tempo verbal implica em uma mudança de sentido. No caso, ‘was 
published’ apresenta o verbo no Simple Past, que dever trazer uma expressão de tempo (em 1886) e 
revela uma ação finalizada. ‘Has been published’ traz o verbo no Present Perfect, que é usado para revelar 
uma ação ocorrida em um momento indefinido do passado, não apresentando, portanto, uma expressão 
de tempo. 
 
57) “O cartum enfatiza a necessidade de ser cuidadoso com o compartilhamento de informações 
pela Internet.” 
 
Afirmação verdadeira. A frase proferida pelo personagem masculino (“É estranho. Aquele site averiguou 
minha idade fazendo-me digitar todas as informações do meu cartão de crédito”) combinada com a 
expressão de espanto da personagem feminina permitem-nos deduzir que o resultado desta ação foi 
desastroso. 
 
58) “A sentença “That site verified my age by having me type in 
all my credit card information” pode ser corretamente reescrita por: 
This site guessed how many years I have because I sent them 
my credit card data.” 
 
Afirmação incorreta. “Aquelesite averiguou minha idade fazendo-me digitar todas as informações do meu 
cartão de crédito” não tem o mesmo sentido de “Este site advinhou a quantidade de anos que eu tenho 
porque eu os enviei os dados do meu cartão de crédito.” 
O determinante “that” (aquele, aquela) refere algo distante ou que não está ao alcance do falante, ao 
contrário de “this” (este, esta) que refere algo próximo, ao alcance do falante. 
“Verify” (verificar, averiguar) não tem o mesmo sentido de “guess” (advinhar, achar). 
“How many years I have” não é usado para referir a idade de uma pessoa e sim para indagar sobre o 
período de tempo que decorrerá em torno da execução de uma ação ou evento. (How many years do I 
have to finish the Project? – Quantos anos tenho para finalizar o projeto?). A indagação acerca da idade 
de alguém deve ser apresentada com a construção “How old + sujeito + verbo to be”, ex.: “She doesn’t 
know how old I am, how old I was.” 
 
59) “É correto inferir que a mulher estava chocada com o fato do homem ter compartilhado 
informações do seu cartão de crédito.” 
 
Afirmação verdadeira. A expressão facial da mulher revela este estado. 
 
60) “Na sentença “Each one will be considered individually, before this long list is finally whittled down 
to the final four.” (R. 19 to 21), “whittled down” pode ser corretamente substituído por “selected”. 
 
Afirmação falsa. “Whittle down” significa reduzir gradualmente o tamanho de algo ou o reduzir o 
número de pessoas em um grupo: “We had 80 applicants for the job, but we've whittled them down 
to six.” 
“Select” significa selecionar. 
 
221 
 
 
61) “Embora muitas propostas apresentassem temas ligados às riquezas naturais da Nova Zelândia, 
sem dúvida a grande maioria deles foram baseados em tópicos políticos e culturais.” 
 
Afirmação errada, como pode ser verificado no último parágrafo do texto: 
“Thousands of submissions have been made. Each one will be considered individually, before this long list 
is finally whittled down to the final four. In New Zealand, the most common themes in the national flag 
consideration project are the silver fern, a plant easily found in New Zealand, and the kiwi, a flightless bird 
with a long bill.” 
“Milhares de envios foram feitos. Cada um deles será considerado individualmente antes que esta longa 
lista seja finalmente reduzida a quatro finalistas. Na Nova Zelândia, os temas mais comuns a serem 
considerados para o projeto da bandeira nacional são a samambaia prateada, uma planta facilmente 
encontrada no país e o kiwi, um passáro de bico longo que não alça vôo. 
 
 
62) “’squeezed into’ (R.2 – se encaixar, caber) and ‘tough’ (R.8 - difícil) ajudam a expressar a visão do 
autor de que é difícil criar uma bandeira que represente uma nação.” 
 
Afirmação correta. Ao contextualizar tais expressões fica evidente a supracitada visão do autor. 
 “How can a country’s history, geography, culture, politics and religion be squeezed into the design of a 
flag?” 
“Como pode a história, geografia, cultura, política e religião de um país se encaixar no desnho de uma 
bandeira?” 
“It is quite tough to represent an entire nation on a piece of cloth.” 
É bastante difícil representar toda uma nação em um pedaço de pano. 
 
63) “O sentido de ‘The Kiwi public’ (R.9) pode ser inferido pelo conteúdo do texto como sendo 
Neozelandês”. 
 
Afirmação verdadeira. Podemos deduzir que Kiwi public é o povo neozelandês, como o trecho abaixo 
revela: 
“The Kiwi public has until 16 July, 2015 to submit its ideas to an independent panel, made up of prominent 
New Zealanders who will help decide what a new flag will look like.” 
“O público Kiwi tem até o dia 16 de julho para encaminhar suas ideias a um painel independente, 
constituído por ilustres neozelandeses que ajudarão a decidir como será a nova bandeira.” Vale observar 
que o termo “Kiwi” está com letra inicial maiúcula, o que revela ser este um nome próprio. Nacionalidades, 
origens e idiomas dever ter iniciais maiúsculas. 
 
64) “Um conhecimento consistente de inglês é muito importante para funções técnicas.” 
 
Afirmação errada, como revela a informação contida na frase “A good grasp of basic English skills is 
important for technician positions.” (linhas 7 e 8) 
“Uma boa compreensão de habilidades básicas de inglês é importante para funções técnicas.” 
 
65) “Posições de técnicos de processamento de dados exigem pelo menos um diploma de ensino 
médio.” 
 
Afirmação incorreta, como pode ser averiguado no primeiro parágrafo do texto: 
 
222 
 
“In the United States, most data processing technician jobs require at most a high school diploma. For 
those who start work immediately after high school, training is usually provided on the job. For those 
positions that do not require a high school education, experience in the data processing and entry field is 
usually cited as a minimum qualification.” 
“Nos EUA, a maioria das vagas para técnicos em processamento de dados requerem no máximo um 
diploma de ensino médio. Para aqueles que começam a trabalhar logo após o ensino médio, um 
treinamento é geralmente providenciado no trabalho. Para aquelas posições que não requerem ensino 
médio, experiência na área é normalmente mencionada como uma qualificação mínima.” 
 
66) “Na linha 3, ‘immediately’ significa ‘soon after leaving’”. 
 
Afirmação verdadeira. 
“...immediately after high school...” – imediatamente após o ensino médio 
“soon after leaving” – logo após sair (do ensino médio) 
 
67) “Algum treinamento em casa deve ser disponibilizado para quem começa a trabalhar logo após 
a saída da escola.” 
 
Afirmação incorreta. Treinamento será disponibilizado no trabalho, como revela o trecho compreendido 
entre as linhas 2 e 4. 
“For those who start work immediately after high school, training is usually provided on the job.” 
 
68) “Em alguns casos, é necessário ter experiência no processamento de dados,” 
 
Afirmação correta, como pode ser constatado no segmento abaixo destacado entre as linhas 4 e 6: 
“For those positions that do not require a high school education, experience in the data processing and 
entry field is usually cited as a minimum qualification.” 
“Para aquelas posições que não requerem ensino médio, a experiência na área de processamento de 
dados é normalmente mencionada como uma qualificação mínima.” 
 
 
According to the text, it can be correctly concluded that 
 
69) “Espera-se que os técnicos consigam estar atualizados com novas tecnologias.” 
 
Afirmação verdadeira, que pode ser comprovada entre as linhas 18 e 20: 
“Technicians need to possess good communication skills, be able to function in a fast-paced environment 
and adapt to new technologies quickly.” 
“Técnicos precisam ter boas habilidades de comunicação, precisam ser capazes de atuar em ambientes 
agitados e precisam se adaptar às novas tecnologias rapidamente.” 
 
70) “Conhecimento considerável de matemática pode ser útil se o emprego exigir operações com 
material técnico ou relatórios estatísticos.” 
 
Afirmação verdadeira, como pode ser averiguado no trecho entre as linhas 8 e10: 
“Solid proficiency in math and science may also be useful for jobs in which technical material or statistical 
reports are processed.” 
“Sólida proficiência em matemática e ciências pode também ser útil para funções em que material técnico 
e relatórios são processados.” 
 
 
223 
 
 
71) “Algumas instituições ensinam tarefas básicas de escritório e habilidades administrativas, tais 
como processamento ‘word’ e gestão de banco de dados.” 
 
Afirmação correta, como revela o trecho abaixo reproduzido entre as linhas 12 e 15: 
“High schools, vocational schools, and community colleges have classes that teach basic clerical and 
administrative skills such as word processing and database management...” 
“Colégios, escolas vocacionais e faculdades comunitárias possuem turmas onde são ensinadas tarefas 
básicas de escritório e habilidades administrativas, tais como processamento ‘word’ e gestãode banco 
de dados.” 
 
72) “O ensino tradicional tomará o lugar dos tutoriais feitos para o lar, livros e gravações.” 
 
Afirmação errada. O autor do texto refere que além de aulas convencionais em ambientes escolares, 
também existem os tutoriais feitos para serem vistos em casa, livros e gravações que ensinam 
habilidades equivalentes.(linhas 16 e 17) 
“There are also at-home tutorials online and in books and tapes that teach similar skills.” 
 
73) “Técnicos devem ter aptidões sociais.” 
Afirmação correta, que pode ser comprovada pela última frase do texto . 
“Their job may involve being able to work well with team members as well as independently.” 
O trabalho deles (dos técnicos) pode exigir que se trabalhe bem em equipe, assim como de 
forma independente.” 
74) “Trabalhar com outros colegas para a seleção de software é uma possibilidade dentro das 
atribuições profissionais dos gerentes de Tecnologia de Informação.” 
 
Afirmação correta, que pode ser verificada com as informações trazidas entre as linhas 9 e 13. 
“...an IT-manager would likely be involved in any discussions about updating the internal servers and 
computer workstations. There is a good chance that (s)he would also work with other staff members in 
the selection of software, such as accounting programs or some type of sales and customer database.” 
“... é provável que um gerente de Tecnologia de Informação esteja envolvido em discussões sobre 
atualizações de servidores e estações. Existe uma boa chance de que ele/ela também venha a trabalhar 
com outros integrantes da equipe para a seleção de software, tais como programas de contabilidade e 
banco de dados de clientes.” 
 
 
75) “No texto, a palavra ‘could’ (R.17) pode ser substituída por ‘can’ sem qualquer prejuízo de 
sentido para o texto.” 
 
Afirmação errada. O segmento (abaixo destacado) apresenta o uso dos verbos no tempo Conditional 
(would). Sendo assim, somente admite-se uma correlação destas orações com outras orações que 
apresentem verbos em outros tempos condicionais ou passados. “Can” é presente, ao passo que “could” 
é passado. 
 
224 
 
“...an IT-manager would also oversee processes that would seek to identify any potential glitches in any 
programming that could cause some sort of system failure.” 
 
76) “No texto, a palavra “glitches” (R.16) é sinônima de “malfunctions”. 
 
Afirmação correta. 
Glitch – falha / malfunction – mal funcionamento 
77) “Uma das utilidades da ética cibernética é a de qualificar pessoas para lidar com materiais 
que tenham direitos autorais de uma maneira ética.” 
 
Afirmação correta, que pode ser percebida ao longo do texto, principalmente, com base nas informações 
trazidas no último parágrafo. 
 
“In a nutshell, cyber-ethics enables people to: 
* identify consequences of actions involving, for example, intellectual property rights, media copyright 
laws, private/public domain, fair use and file sharing; 
* understand the legal implications of personal, educational and commercial uses of protected works; 
* behave ethically when using technology regarding i) intellectual property, ii) fair use of copyrighted 
material, including file sharing and legal downloading of software, music, and videos.” 
“Resumindo, a ética cibernética qualifica as pessoas para: 
• Identificar as consequências de ações envolvendo, por exemplo, direitos de propriedade 
intelectual, leis de direitos autorais de usos de mídia, domínio privado/público, uso leal e 
compartilhamento de arquivo; 
• Compreender as implicações legais de usos pessoais, educacionais e comerciais de trabalhos 
protegidos. 
• Comportar-se eticamente quando utilizando tecnologias relacionadas a propriedade intelectual, 
assim como o uso leal de materiais com direitos autorais, inclusive o compartilhamento de 
arquivos e o downloading de software, música e vídeos.” 
 
 
78) “A ética cibernética tem o objetivo de oferecer às pessoas instruções objetivas de como 
trabalhar com situações que surgem em ambientes online.” 
 
Afirmação falsa. A ética cibernética visa promover uma compreensão geral dos padrões éticos vigentes, 
direitos e restrições dos sistemas de tecnologia e da tecnologia da informação dentro do contexto da 
sociedade atual. 
 
79) “A expressão ‘In a nutshell’ (R.14) introduz uma versão resumida e simplificada do que vem a 
ser a ética cibernética.” 
 
Afirmação correta. A expressão “in a nutshell” significa “em poucas palavras, resumindo, em suma”. 
 
80) “A ética cibernética foca unicamente no comportamento das pessoas em situações 
profissionais em encontros presenciais.” 
 
Afirmação incorreta. A ética cibernética abrange o universo cibernético em situações pessoais, 
educacionais e profissionais. 
 
 
225 
 
81) “É correto inferir que a Platform London patrocinará os artistas que façam parte da campanha 
“Isento do Dinheiro vindo dos Combustíveis Fósseis” 
 
Afirmação errada. Aquelas personalidades que aderirem à campanha poderão exibir um logo em seus 
trabalhos ou apresentações, revelando, assim, que não são patrocinados por tais empresas que exploram 
os combustíveis fósseis, como descreve o segmento abaixo reproduzido do texto (linhas 8 a 11): 
“Those who join will be able to slap a Fossil Funds Free logo on their work and exhibitions, letting collectors 
and visitors know that such companies do not support them.” 
 
 
82) “ A campanha ‘Isento do Dinheiro vindo dos Combustíveis Fósseis’ é destinado à artistas com 
um histórico de queixas formais contra empresas petrolíferas.” 
 
Afirmação incorreta, que pode ser averiguada no trecho entre as linhas 1 e 4. O texto refere reclamações 
feitas por artistas e não queixas formais. 
“If you are an artist who has complained about the oil industry and the way fossil fuel extraction is 
damaging the environment, you now have a chance to put your money where your mouth is.” 
“Se você é um artista que reclama da indústria petrolífera e da forma como a extração de combustível 
fóssil está prejudicando o meio-ambiente, você agora tem a chance de defender suas crenças.” 
 
 
83) “A campanha ‘Isento do Dinheiro vindo dos Combustíveis Fósseis’ consiste em, 
publicamente, na condição de artista, prometer não aceitar ser financeiramente patrocinado 
ou ser beneficiado por empresas que exploram combustíveis fósseis.” 
 
Afirmação correta, como pode ser comprovado no segmento abaixo reproduzido: 
“The climate change activist organization Platform London has launched Fossil Funds Free, a campaign 
that asks artists, photographers, playwrights, and other cultural producers to pledge to refuse 
sponsorship, grants, and awards from oil companies. Those who join will be able to slap a Fossil Funds 
Free logo on their work and exhibitions...” 
To pledge – prometer, comprometer-se 
 
84) “Artistas que participarem da campanha ‘Isento do Dinheiro vindo dos Combustíveis Fósseis’ 
terão permissão para colocarem adesivos em seus trabalhos.” 
 
Afirmação falsa. O texto não refere o termo “adesivos” (stickers), mas o termo “logo” (logotipo, símbolo, 
emblema). 
“Those who join will be able to slap a Fossil Funds Free logo on their work and exhibitions”. (linhas 8 e 9) 
“Aqueles que aderirem poderão apresentar o logotipo da campanha ‘Isento do Dinheiro vindo dos 
Combustíveis Fósseis’ em seus trabalhos e exibições.” 
 
85) “No texto, ‘to put your money where your mouth is’ 
(R. 3 and 4) pode ser corretamente substituído por ‘to act on your 
outspoken beliefs’, embora esta mudança resulte em um texto mais formal.” 
 
Afirmação correta. ‘to put your money where your mouth is’ seria algo como ‘invista naquilo que você 
fala, no que você pensa’. ‘to act on your outspoken beliefs’ seria melhor traduzido como ‘aja de acordo 
com suas crenças explícitas’. 
 
86) “O hematoma deixado no braço do narrador era extraordinariamente grande.” 
 
226 
 
 
Afirmação verdadeira, que pode ser verificada nas linhas 8, 9 e 10. 
“...the first blood draw left a foot-and-a-half-long bruise on my arm,like none the nurses had ever seen.” 
“... a primeira coleta de sangue deixou um hematoma de 45cm (um pé e meio) no meu braço, algo nunca 
visto por nenhuma das enfermeiras.” 
 
 
87) “A quantia a ser dada para os participantes da triagem excedeu o que era necessário para 
pagar por acomodação, refeições e aulas de espanhol na Guatemala.” 
 
Afirmação correta, como mostra a revelação feita pelo narrador, no trecho compreendido entre as linhas 
6 e 8. 
“I was to be recompensed more than the cost of three weeks of room, board and six-hour-a-day Spanish 
language instruction in Antigua, Guatemala, where I had plans to study.” 
“Eu receberia mais do que o custo de três semanas por um quarto, refeições e seis horas por dia de aulas 
de espanhol em Antígua, Guatemala, onde eu planejava estudar.” 
 
88) “Pesquisadores estavam pagando $600,00 para que eles pudessem ser voluntários na 
testagem da vacina.” 
 
Afirmação errada. Na verdade, os pesquisadores ofereciam $600,00 para pessoas interessadas em 
participar de estudos de triagens de uma vacina contra a gripe. 
“Johns Hopkins researchers were offering people $ 600 to participate in a trial study of a vaccine against 
the flu.” 
 
89) “Retirar o sangue duas vezes e beber a vacina verdadeira foram duas das condições as 
quais os participantes tiveram que concordar.” 
 
Afirmação incorreta, já que o líquido ingerido poderia ser a vacina verdadeira ou o placebo. 
“For the trouble of two blood draws, the drinking of a (real or placebo) foamy orange-flavored oral 
vaccine...” (linhas 3 e 4) 
“Pelo inconveniente de duas retiradas de sangue, a ingestão de uma vacina oral (real ou placebo) 
espumosa de sabor laranja...” 
 
90) “Uma outra retirada de sangue seria necessária se o participante pegasse gripe.” 
 
Afirmação verdadeira, que pode ser verificada no trecho abaixo reproduzido: 
 “... and the promise of another blood draw should illness strike...” (linhas 4 e 5) 
“... e a promessa de uma outra retirada de sangue caso a gripe ataque...” 
 
91) “Alguns aeroportos estão empenhados em aliviar o desconforto dos passageiros 
durante a inspeção.” 
 
Afirmação correta, que pode ser confirmada pelo trecho abaixo reproduzido (linhas 14 a 20): 
 
“Airport security is one of the least popular aspects of travel, according to a passenger survey conducted 
by the International Air Transport Association (IATA). Airports have realised this, and some are now making 
efforts to make the experience of being touched, scanned and having your suitcase rummaged through 
as painless as possible, while maintaining the same level of scrutiny.” 
 
227 
 
“A segurança nos aeroportos é um dos aspectos menos populares das viagens, de acordo com uma 
pesquisa conduzida pela Associação de Transporte Aéreo Internacional (IATA). Os aeroportos se deram 
conta disso, e alguns estão se esforçando para tornar a experiência de ser tocado, escaneado e ter a 
mala vistoriada o menos dolorosa possível, enquanto mantendo o mesmo nível de fiscalização.” 
 
 
92) “Pessoas que regularmente viajam de avião não ficam surpresos com os procedimentos 
de segurança.” 
 
Afirmação correta, como comprova a primeira frase do texto. 
“Boots, belts, glasses, purses and other items land in a plastic tray. It’s a procedure frequent flyers are 
painfully familiar with...” 
“Botas, cintos, óculos, bolsas e outros itens deixados em uma bandeja de plástico. Trata-se de um 
procedimento com o qual passageiros regulares estão dolorosamente familiarizados...” 
 
 
93) “Um integrante do grupo de direitos humanos e um representante de uma empresa de 
segurança têm pontos de vistas semelhantes.” 
 
Afirmação errada. A visão apresentada pelo representante do grupo de direitos humanos é bastante 
crítica com relação às inspeções feitas nos aeroportos. Ele menciona que, gradualmente, as pessoas 
esperam ser tratadas como gado e questiona o aparato tecnológico utilizado nessas vistorias. Já o vice-
presidente sênior de uma importante empresa de segurança, afirma que tais aparatos e inspeções devem 
continuar a se adaptar às ameaças variáveis. Portanto, as visões são discrepantes. 
“People increasingly expect to be treated like cattle at airports,” says the executive diretor of a human 
rights group. “What we have seen over the years is a large level of security theatre, and more worryingly 
ridiculous technologies being deployed with little thought.” But security experts believe the ever-evolving 
technologies are justified. The senior vice president of a leading security screening and imaging firm says 
that security technology and screening methods simply must continue “to adapt to changing threats.” 
(linhas 4 a 13) 
 
94) “A palavra ‘changing’ (R.13) transmite a ideia de que as ameaças estão constantemente 
evoluindo.” 
 
Afirmação correta. O adjetivo “changing” (novo, cambiante, mutável) conforme empregado no texto, 
revela a natureza desafiadora da ameaças cambiantes, evolutivas. 
“...security technology and screening methods simply must continue “to adapt to changing threats.” 
 
 
95) Os efeitos do fenômeno El Niño seguramente chegarão na América do Sul antes de 
impactar o Hemisfério Norte. 
 
 
Afirmação falsa. O texto apresenta informações de que o El Niño deve continuar no hemisfério norte 
durante o verão, revelando, assim, que o fenômeno está em progresso nesta região. Ao referir o 
hemisfério sul, o texto revela a expectativa e as previsões do que pode acontecer na região com a 
eventual chegada do fenômeno. 
 
 
 
228 
 
96) “A palavra ‘robust’ (R.15) pode ser corretamente substituída por ‘effective’ 
sem mudança de sentido para o texto.” 
 
Afirmação correta. Robust – consistente, sólida / effective – consistente, eficaz 
A robust answer = an effective answer 
 
97) O mundo nunca tinha testemunhado uma epidemia de ebola de tal magnitude como a 
mencionada no texto. 
 
Afirmação correta, como pode ser verificada entre as linhas 17 e 20. 
 
“The WHO, a United Nations agency, hosted a two-day experts’ meeting on Ebola research and 
development after the world’s largest epidemic that has killed more than 11,000 since December 2013.” 
“A Organização Mundial de Saúde, uma agência das Nações Unidas, sediou um encontro de dois dias com 
especialistas a respeito das pesquisas e do desenvolvimento do Ebola, que é tida como a maior epidemia 
do mundo, tendo vitimado mais de 11 mil pessoas desde dezembro de 2013.” 
 
 
98) “A OMS (Organização Mundial de Saúde) não tem a intenção de manter material biológico 
relacionado à doença.” 
 
Afirmação falsa, com pode ser comprovado no segmento abaixo reproduzido: 
“Consultations will be held in coming months on issues including developing protocols, data sharing and 
storing biological material including the virus and blood serum of patients.” (linhas 21 a 24) 
“Reuniões serão realizadas nos meses seguintes sobre questões que incluem protocolos de 
desenvolvimento, compartilhamento de dados e armazenagem de material biológico, inclusive o vírus e 
o soro sanguíneo dos pacientes.” 
 
 
99) “A região oeste da África está totalmente livre do vírus do ebola.” 
 
Afirmação incorreta. A primeira frase do texto afirma que o ebola está quase eliminado e não totalmente 
eliminado. 
“With Ebola nearly stamped out in West Africa...” 
 
100) “Embora as vacinas possam ser testadas, os resultados podem não ser úteis para 
avaliar sua eficácia.” 
 
Afirmação correta, como pode ser verificado no trecho abaixo reproduzido: 
 
 “But two experimental Ebola vaccines being tested on volunteers may not yield sufficient data on efficacy 
as case numbers fall...” (linhas 7 a 9) 
“Mas duas vacinas experimentais contra o ebola sendo testadas em voluntários podem não produzir 
dados suficientes sobre eficácia, visto que o número de casos caiu...” 
 
 
 
229 
 
ADDITIONAL TEXTS AND TESTS (CESPE / CEBRASPE PATTERN) 
101) The text could be characterized as a movie review. (C) 
RESP C 
O texto traz todos os elementos de uma resenha crítica de umfilme: uma síntese da trama e dos 
personagens, comentários sobre alguns aspectos técnicos e o mais importante, a opinião do 
autor sobre a peça de arte. 
 
102) In an excerpt from the film that is being presented, a hunter shoots an American 
woman. (E) 
RESP E 
Não é um caçador quem atira, mas é o filho de um criador de cabras quem dispara contra um 
ônibus e aleatoriamente o tiro atinge uma mulher dentro do veículo. 
 
103) According to the text, the three stories presented are not linked. (E) 
“Three separate tales are woven together in ways that are not always immediately apparent.” 
(First paragraph) 
“Três histórias separadas estão conectadas de maneiras que nem sempre são imediatamente 
aparentes.” 
 
104) Murphy’s Law’s principle is widely explored nowadays.” (E) 
“O princípio da Lei de Murphy é amplamente explorado atualmente.” 
“Watching Alejandro Gonzáles Iñárritu´s “Babel”, it quickly becomes clear that the movie’s 
guiding principle is Murphy’s Law”. 
O princípio da Lei de Murphy é o princípio que norteia a trama do filme. 
 
 
 
230 
 
105) The “ ‘s” is being used in the same way in “Alejandro Gonzáles Iñárritu´s Babel” and in 
“The boy´s bullet.” (C) 
Em ambos os casos o ‘s é usado como o possessive: 
“Babel de Alejandro Gonzáles Iñárritu” e “O projétil do menino”. 
 
106) The “ ‘s” has the same use in “The Japanese teenager’s a touching figure” and in “Her 
son´s wedding.” (E) 
“The Japanese teenager’s a touching figure” (A adolescente japonesa é uma figura tocante”. 
Neste segmento o “ ‘s “ está funcionando como “is” (é). 
Em “Her son´s wedding” (O casamento do filho dela) o “ ‘s “ está funcionando como o 
possessivo (genitivo). 
 
107) The words immediately (second paragraph) and lonely (third paragraph) belong to the 
same Word Class (E) 
Immediately (imediatamente) é um advérbio e não pertence a mesma classe grammatical de 
“Lonely” (solitário; sozinho), que é um adjetivo. 
 
108) “A far city” could be translated as “Uma cidade distante.” “A farther city” would be best 
translated as “Uma cidade mais distante” 
RESP C 
O comparativo de superioridade do advérbio / adjetivo “Far” (longe; distante) é “Farther” (mais 
distante). 
 
109) The word “mute” as in “deaf-mute teenager” is close in meaning to the word 
speechless. 
RESP. C 
A palavra “mudo” como em “adolescente surdo-mudo” é próxima em sentido a palavra 
“speechless”. 
“Speechless” é uma palavra sufixada, derivada do substantivo “Speech” (fala; discurso). As 
palavras sufixadas terminadas em “-less” são adjetivos explicados da seguinte maneira: Alguém 
ou algo que não tenha este “substantivo”. Logo “Speechless” é alguém sem fala, mudo. 
231 
110) The word “shaky” as used in the segment “shaky marriage” (second paragraph) has the 
same function as the word hunting in “hunting rifle” (second paragraph). (C)
RESP C 
“Shaky” é o adjetivo “balançado; estremecido”. “Hunting” está funcionando como um adjetivo 
(relativo à caça, venatório) 
111) The suffix “-ness” as in “nastiness” (last paragraph) is correctly used in the word
“quickness”
RESP C 
O sufixo “-ness” transforma um adjetivo em um substantivo. “Nasty” (indecente) – “Nastiness” 
(Indecência). “Quick” é o adjetivo “rápido”, “quickness” significa rapidez. 
112) The indefinite article “a” as in “A goatherder” (line 4) is adequately used in the sentence
“A firemen were called.” (E)
 O artigo indefinido “a” como em “um criador de cabras” está adequadamente usado em “Um 
bombeiros foram chamados.” 
RESP E 
O artigo indefinido “a” (um; uma) só pode ser empregado diante de substantivos contáveis no 
singular. “Firemen” (bombeiros) é plural. 
Questions 113 to 117. 
113 – E - “two children” (duas crianças) pede verbo no plural e “was” (estava) é singular. 
114 – E - “sheep” (ovelha; ovelhas) não têm forma plural. Não existe “sheeps”. 
115 – E - “Oases” é plural e o artigo indefinido “an” só pode anteceder um substantivo no 
singular. 
116 – E - “Information” não tem forma plural (substantivo incontável). Não existe “Informations”. 
117 – C – “Pants” “Minha calça estava tingindo em um balde.” Pants” (calça; calças) é 
considerado plural e o verbo deve acontecer no plural. 
 
232 
 
118) A suitable title for the text would be “Winged Shoes” 
Um título adequado para o texto seria “Calçados com Asas.” 
RESP C 
O texto apresenta um calçado especial projetado por engenheiros russos, fazendo com quem 
o utilize possa atingir até 30 milhas por hora (cerca de 48 km por hora). 
 
119) According to the text, the device presented might be used to battle criminality and help 
people with disability. (C) 
RESP C 
De acordo com o texto, o aparelho apresentado pode ser usado para combater a criminalidade 
e ajudar pessoas com deficiências. 
 
120) The word “calf” (l. 4) is presented in the plural form exactly in the same way as the word 
“shelf”. ( ) 
RESP C 
A palavra “calf” (panturrilha) forma o plural trocando-se o “-f” por “-ves”. Algumas palavras assim 
terminadas obedecem a esta regra, assim como “shelf” (prateleira) – “shelves” (prateleiras). 
 
121) The fragment “too lofty” (l. 1) is best translated into Portuguese as “demasiadamente 
caro”. ( C) 
RESP C 
“too” é um advérbio de intensificação (demais, demasiadamente) e “lofty” é o adjetivo (caro; 
exorbitante). 
 
122) The best translation of the sentence “Actually, those educated mayors will help to 
lessen the prejudice against real-estate brokers” would be “Atualmente, aqueles 
governantes educados ajudarão a diminuir o prejuízo de propriedades falidas.” ( E ) 
Resp. E 
Questão que envolve o conhecimento de falsos-cognatos (palavras que se parecem com 
palavras da língua portuguesa mas que têm outro sentido, às vezes bem diferente do sentido 
aparente). 
 
233 
 
A melhor tradução seria “Na verdade, aqueles prefeitos cultos ajudarão a diminuir o preconceito 
com os agentes imobiliários.” 
 
123) According to the text, experts think women do not fall in love so often and quickly as 
men do. ( ) 
RESP C 
De acordo com o texto, especialistas acreditam que as mulheres não se apaixonam tão 
frequente e rapidamente quanto os homens. 
 
124)The word Experts (line 02) means the same as eccentrics 
RESP E 
Experts significa especialistas. Eccentrics significa excêntricos. 
 
125) Even though (line 03) could be substituted without changing in meaning for Although 
RESP C 
Even though (mesmo que) pode ser substituído sem prejuízo de sentido por Although (embora). 
 
126) They (line 02) refers to university experts 
RESP E 
O referente do pronome “They” (eles, elas) é a palavra “men” (homens). 
“Homens são influenciados por qualidades superficiais, como um rosto bonito, um belo corpo, 
mesmo que ELES (homens) não conheçam as mulheres”. 
 
127) The main idea of this paragraph is the use of small appliances. (C) 
RESP E 
A ideia principal do parágrafo não é referir a utilização de pequenos eletrodomésticos, mas sim 
apresentar os usos da eletricidade em uma fazenda. 
 
 
234 
 
128) The text is presenting a jet-plane manufactured by Mercedes. (E ) 
O texto está apresentando um jato fabricado pela Mercedes. 
RESP E 
O texto está apresentando o novo automóvel da Mercedes. 
 
129) The word “fixes” (line 4) could be replaced without changing in meaning by “repairs” 
( C) 
A palavra “fixes” (consertos) pode ser substituída sem mudança de significado por “repairs” 
(reparos) 
RESP C 
O verbo “fix” (consertar; reparar) tem como sinônimo o verbo “repair” 
 
130) The passive voice of “A huge air intake feeds a V-12 engine” (lines 1 and 2) is 
“A V-12 engine is fed by a huge air intake.” ( ) 
A voz passiva de “Uma gigantesca entrada de ar alimenta um motor V-12” é “Um motor V-12 é 
alimentado por uma gigantesca entrada de ar.” 
RESP C 
O verbo “feed” (alimentar) é apresentado no tempo “Simple Present” (feeds). A Voz Passiva 
deverá conter o verbo “BE” no mesmo tempo do verbo da Ativa (IS) e o verbo dadona ativa no 
Particípio Passado (FED). 
 
131) The use of the –ing ending is the same in the segment “steering wheel” (line 2) and in 
the fragment “driving tests”. ( ) 
O uso do “-ing” é o mesmo no segmento “steering wheel” e no fragmento “driving tests”. 
RESP C 
O vocábulo “steering” em “steering wheel” (volante de automóvel) funciona como adjetivo. Ele 
precede e descreve o substantivo “wheel”. “Driving” em “Driving tests” (testes de direção) 
precede e descreve o substantivo “tests”, também funcionando como um adjetivo. 
 
 
235 
 
132) The form “must be flown” (line 3) indicates the same as “are expected to be flown.” 
A forma “must be flown” indica o mesmo que “are expected to be flown” 
RESP E 
O verbo “Must” indica um dever, obrigação ou necessidade. A estrutura “are expected to be 
flown” expressa uma expectativa. 
 
133) RESP Alternativa E 
“teaches” (ensina). O sujeito é ele, Michael. O verbo deve vir flexionado com “-s” ou “-es” no 
tempo “Simple Present” quando o sujeito é “ele” ou “ela” (he, she ou it). 
 
134) RESP Alternativa C 
 “it” (ele) é um pronome pessoal que refere um substantivo no singular que não seja um ser 
humano. “It” refere-se a “yell” (grito). 
 
135) RESP Alternativa A – “ajuda”. O sujeito é “yell” (grito – “IT”). Assim, o verbo deve vir 
flexionado com “-s” ou “-es” no tempo “Simple Present”. 
 
136) The main idea of the text is to present the women’s achievements in today’s world. 
A ideia principal do texto é apresentar as conquistas das mulheres no mundo de hoje. 
RESP C 
O título (Ascendendo no mundo) e o subtítulo (As mulheres nunca tiveram tanta influência como 
hoje nos oito países mais desenvolvidos) apresentam o conteúdo do texto. A passagem ainda 
menciona os progressos femininos no trabalho, governo e estilo de vida. 
 
137) The word “breeds” in the segment “money breeds money and power breeds power” (l. 
01) could be best translated as “exige” 
RESP E 
O verbo “breed” pode ser traduzido como “criar”, “gerar”. Assim, a melhor tradução da frase 
seria: “Dinheiro gera dinheiro e poder gera poder”. 
138) The best title for the text would be “Underwater Hotel” ( ) 
O melhor título para o texto seria “Hotel debaixo da água.” 
 
236 
 
RESP C 
O texto apresenta este inusitado empreendimento. 
 
139) The hotel offers an unshared use of the space for a $1,000 a night. ( ) 
O hotel oferece o uso não compartilhado (restrito, exclusivo) do espaço por mil dólares por 
noite. 
Resp. C 
“$ 1,000 a night “for two people in love” (exclusive use of the facility, “mood music”, flowers and 
caviar).” 
 
140) The hotel can provide accomodation for four guests plus a couple in love at the same 
time. ( ) 
O hotel pode acomodar quatro hóspedes e mais um “casal apaixonado” ao mesmo tempo. 
RESP E 
O hotel pode acomodar seis hóspedes a $225 cada ou “duas pessoas apaixonadas” (com o uso 
exclusivo das acomodações) a $1.000. 
 
141) The $1.000 guests don’t get privacy when spending the night in the underwater facility. 
( ) 
Os hóspedes que pagam mil dólares não obtém privacidade quando passam a noite na 
instalação submersa. 
RESP. E 
Os hóspedes de $1.000 recebem o uso exclusivo das acomodações. Portanto, obtém total 
privacidade. (“FACILITY” – Instalações; acomodações) 
 
142) The best translation for “dislike spending” as used in line 1 is “não gosta de gastar.” 
RESP. E 
A melhor tradução para “dislike spending” é “não gosta de passar o tempo” 
“To Dislike” é o antônimo do verbo “To like” (gostar). “To Spend” pode ser traduzido como 
“passar” (o tempo) ou “gastar” (dinheiro). Neste contexto, a melhor tradução é passar. 
 
 
237 
 
143) The Word “while” (line 2) is presenting an idea of “simultaneity”. ( ) 
A palavra “while” (“enquanto”) está apresentando uma ideia de simultaneidade. 
RESP. C 
A conjunção “while” conecta duas orações que apresentam ações ou eventos que ocorrem ao 
mesmo tempo. 
 
144) In the sentence “You should visit this extraordinary hotel”, “should” could be replaced 
without alteration in meaning and with the correct usage for “ought”. ( ) 
“Should” em “Você deveria visitar este extraordinário hotel” poderia ser substituído sem 
alteração de sentido e com a correção gramatical por “ought”. 
RESP E 
O verbo auxiliar modal “ought” deve vir acompanhado da partícula “to”. Logo o correto seria 
“You ought to visit this extraordinary hotel.” 
 
145) The main idea of the author of the text is to present some changes that can be seen in 
the contents of the Chinese television programs. ( ) 
A ideia principal do autor do texto é apresentar algumas mudanças do conteúdo dos programas 
da TV chinesa. 
RESP C 
A corrupta e violenta cidade fictícia de “Tiandu” é de uma série televisa chinesa – “Buraco Negro” 
. No segundo parágrafo, o autor do texto afirma que este seriado “é um claro exemplo do quão 
distante a China ficou dos dias em que a TV estatal oferecia propaganda enaltecendo os líderes 
comunistas como modelos de virtude.” O autor do texto completa no terceiro parágrafo: “Com 
a abertura da China, o governo permitiu que algumas indústrias do entretenimento tivessem um 
acesso limitado. Há provas fundamentadas nos medidores de audiência dentro dos lares 
chineses de que as velhas fórmulas de entretenimento não mais funcionam.” 
 
146) According to the text, the city of Tiandu is a non-fictional city. 
De acordo com o texto, a cidade de Tiandu é uma cidade não fictícia. 
RESP. E 
Tiandu é uma cidade fictícia de uma série televisiva chinesa. 
 
 
238 
 
147) The television series Black Hole has mean characters. ( ) 
A série de televisão Black Hole tem personagens cruéis. 
RESP. C 
O primeiro parágrafo do texto refere as atividades criminosas de alguns gangsters. 
 
148) The word striking (line 10) stands for an adjective in the text. ( ) 
A palavra striking funciona como um adjetivo no texto. 
RESP C 
“Striking”, como em “Striking example” é o adjetivo “notável”, “marcante”. Na língua inglesa, os 
adjetivos precedem os nomes que descrevem. 
 
149) The possessive form as in “The vice mayor’s son” (line 1) is correctly used in “Joe and 
Sue’s ears are pretty big.” 
A forma possessiva como em “The vice mayor’s son” (O filho do vice prefeito) está corretamente 
usada em “Joe and Sue’s ears are pretty big.” 
RESP E 
Quando dois possuidores se apresentam, teremos uma ideia de posse coletiva com o “ ‘s “ no 
último possuidor. Teremos uma ideia de posse individual com o “ ‘s “ em cada um dos 
possuidores. Não é permitida a ideia de posse coletiva quando o elemento possuído é uma parte 
do corpo. Neste caso, cabe apenas a estrutura de posse individual, Logo, o correto seria “Joe’s 
and Sue’s ears are pretty big.” (As orelhas do Joe e as orelhas da Sue são bem grandes) 
 
150) “The sleaziest” (2nd paragraph) is the superlative form of the adjective “sleazy”. The 
adjective “naive” forms its superlative exactly in the same way as “sleazy”. 
“The sleaziest” (a mais desonesta, a mais suja) é a forma superlativa do adjetivo “sleazy” 
(desonesta, suja). O adjetivo naive (ingênuo) forma o superlativo exatamente do mesmo modo. 
RESP E 
Adjetivos de até duas sílabas formam o superlativo com a adição do sufixo “-est”. (the tightest) 
Quando terminados em “y” precedido por consoante, troca-se o “y” por “i” e depois adiciona-se 
o sufixo “-est”. (the sleaziest, the dirtiest) Adjetivos terminados em “e” recebem simplesmente 
“st” (the nicest, the largest, the naivest). Adjetivos de três ou mais sílabas serão precedidos da 
palavra “most” (the most surprising). 
 
239 
 
EXTRA TEXTS AND TESTS 1 
(ENTERTAINMENT AND GENERAL FACTS) 
 
TEXT 1 
 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
CHARCOAL-GRAY – cinza-carvão BASIN – saliência 
JACK-O’-LANTERN – abóbora-monstro utilizada no halloween. 
BUCKET – balde TOAD – sapo 
 
Swiss cheese? Roquefort? Is it Gouda? Well... we all know the moon isn’t really made of cheese. 
Cheese is just one of the manydifferent images seen in the charcoal-gray, black, and white 
markings created by various lunar craters and basins. 
The most famous of these is “the man on the moon”, whose face looks like a jack-o’-lantern. But 
that is not the only figure you can find. The native American Haida people in British Columbia see 
a woman who carries a bucket, while the ancient Greeks believed the full moon was the goddess 
Selene riding her silver chariot across the sky. 
Animal figures have also been popular. The Chinese see a rabbit in the dark areas and a toad in 
the white. A rabbit may be the most common figure seen on the moon, with cultures in southeast 
Asia, Korea, and Japan, as well as the ancient Maya and Aztec civilizations all discerning a 
bunny’s form with ears and tail. 
So, the next time there is a full moon, go outside and take a look. What do you see? 
(FONTE: Astronomy, Sept. 1999) 
 
01) O título mais apropriado para esse texto é 
 
a) What do you see? 
b) The man on the moon. 
c) The moon and ancient civilizations. 
d) Figures made of cheese. 
e) Animals on the moon. 
 
02) De acordo com o texto, as marcas na superfície lunar 
 
a) são fósseis de antigos animais. 
b) são feitas de uma substância semelhante ao queijo. 
c) podem ser interpretadas de muitas formas. 
d) formam animais ou pessoas, conforme a fase da lua. 
e) não são vistas no Extremo Oriente. 
 
 
240 
 
 
03) A expressão “go outside and take a look” (linha 12) tem como equivalente, em português, 
 
a) Saia de casa e olhe para cima. 
b) Saia daqui e tome conta. 
c) Vá embora e olhe em volta. 
d) Vá lá fora e dê uma olhada. 
e) Vá lá fora e pegue um livro. 
 
 
04) A expressão “created by” (linha 02) é uma forma passiva. Outra estrutura semelhante 
encontrada no texto é 
 
a) isn’t made (linha 01) 
b) can find (linha 05) 
c) have been (linha 08) 
d) may be (linha 09) 
e) discerning (linha 10) 
 
05) De acordo com o texto, complete a sentença abaixo com a alternativa correta. 
 
The Chinese can see _______ a rabbit ________ a toad on the lunar markings. 
 
a) ...neither...nor... 
b) ...and...or... 
c) ...either...and... 
d) ...both...or... 
e) ...both...and... 
 
06) Na expressão “The most famous of these” (linha 04), these está substituindo 
 
a) images (linha 02) 
b) markings (linha 03) 
c) craters (linha 03) 
d) craters and basins (linha 03) 
e) basins (linha 03) 
 
07) Goddess (linha 07) é a forma feminina de god. Indique a opção em que a formação do 
feminino está incorreta. 
a) steward – stewardess 
b) priest – priestess 
c) duke – duchess 
d) emperor – empress 
e) consul – consuless 
 
 
 
241 
 
TEXT 2 
 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
 
WITHIN – dentro, no, na, OUTFIT – traje, roupas 
TOILETTE – style of dressing RECIPE – receita 
CHANGE – roupa; troco TIMETABLES – horários 
PRIVY – ciente, com o conhecimento ABROAD – no exterior 
ROSE – passado de “rise” – levantar-se 
 
 
In Victorian England, the valet, the master’s personal servant, had much prestige within the 
household. First, he had to have, clean and repaired, the correct outfit for every occasion, to 
attend to his master’s toilette (perhaps using his own recipe for shaving soap or boot polishing) 
including the ironing of shoelaces and the washing of small change. The valet traveled 
everywhere of consequence with his master, deciphering train timetables and taking charge of 
valuables and cash, and he was privy to many close-kept secrets. Abroad he acted as courier 
and interpreter, and might well have more contacts and knowledge of foreign ways than his 
master. He needed to be fit, for he rose before his master and could not sleep until long after he 
had retired. 
(Fonte: Pitkin Guides, 1998) 
 
01) The text mainly describes the valet’s 
 
a) problems. 
b) travels. 
c) duties. 
d) secrets. 
e) prestige. 
 
02) The text does not inform us that valets 
 
a) had money and many valuables of their own. 
b) always worked very long hours every day. 
c) were normally very close to their masters. 
d) were more important than other servants. 
e) knew what clothes should be worn in different occasions. 
 
03) The word “change” (line 04) could be translated as 
 
a) corrente. 
b) troco. 
c) roupa. 
d) moeda. 
e) louça. 
 
 
242 
 
04) The expression “of consequence” (line 05) means the same as 
 
a) abroad. 
b) distant. 
c) rich. 
d) foreign. 
e) important. 
 
05) The expression “he was privy to” (line 06) means that he was 
a) the content of. 
b) in place of. 
c) reluctant to. 
d) aware of. 
e) known to. 
 
06) The expression “to be fit (line 08) tells us that the valet needed to be 
 
a) obedient. 
b) tall. 
c) intelligent. 
d) clean. 
e) healthy. 
 
 
07) The ING forms that have, in the text, the function of nouns are 
 
a) polishing (line 03), ironing (line 04), washing (line 04). 
b) shaving (line 03), ironing (line 04), deciphering (line 05). 
c) polishing (line 03), deciphering (line 04), taking (line 05). 
d) including (line 04), washing (line 04), using (line 03). 
e) ironing (line 04), washing (line 04), shaving (line 03). 
 
TEXT 3 – THE PRETEEN DIVA (ADAPTED FROM NEWSWEEK MAGAZINE) 
 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
 
RISING – crescente; ascendente RATHER – um tanto 
TO CLIMB – alcançar, atingir CHART – lista com os mais vendidos; tabela 
RELEASE – lançamento; soltar INDEED – verdadeiro 
HEEL – salto alto FUR – pele de animal 
QUIT – abandonar; parar 
 
 Charlotte Church is just 13 and a rising classical music star. Most singers don’t ask that 
trips to Disney World be included in their recording contracts, but then Charlotte Church is 
rather unusual. Her album of hymns and folk songs, “Voice of an Angel”, climbed to No. 1 in 
Britain’s classical charts and reached the top 10 in the pop charts after its release last fall. It 
 
243 
 
went double-platinum in five weeks, making it a merry Christmas indeed for Sony. She sang for 
the pope’s Christmas concert and Prince Charles’s birthday party. She’s met George Michael, 
posed in heels and furs for magazines and is being promoted as the biggest thing to hit classical 
music since Pavarotti. Says her mother, 32-year-old Maria Church, who quit her job in a Cardiff 
public-housing office to help manage her daughter’s career: “I know how the Spice Girls’ 
mothers feel.” 
 
1) De acordo com o texto, Charlotte Church: 
 
a) não gosta da Disney. 
b) alcançou o primeiro lugar na categoria “pop” com seu álbum “Voice of an Angel”. 
c) posou para revistas vestindo roupas de peles e calçando sapatos de salto alto. 
d) cantou para os cantores Prince e George Michael. 
e) têm uma mãe que não lhe apoia. 
 
2) Todas as perguntas abaixo podem ser respondidas com as informações contidas no texto, 
exceto: 
 
a) Quantos anos tem Charlotte? 
b) Qual a gravadora de Charlotte? 
c) Que estilo de música Charlotte canta? 
d) Porque a mãe de Charlotte abandonou o emprego? 
e) Para quem Charlotte cantará no próximo natal? 
 
TEXT 4 – (ADAPTED FROM NEWSWEEK MAGAZINE) 
 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
 
IMPROVEMENT – melhoramento SCREWDRIVER – chave de fenda 
SLEEKLY – insinuantemente CRAMPED – apertado 
TO FOLD – dobrar CELLAR – porão 
WOOL – lã TO SCHEDULE - programar 
 
 A Swiss architecture firm has made home improvement as simple as using a 
screwdriver. Architeam’s “Living Boxes” are sleekly designed houses with modular walls. 
Feeling cramped in your living room? Move a wall to enlarge it. Kids gone to college? Dismantle 
a wall to create a giant master bedroom. “Normally, a house owner makes significant changes 
about three times in the life of a house,” says Architeam’s Thomas Schnyder, “so it’s good to be 
able to adapt quickly and easily.” The walls are made of lightweight pine and run on tracks spaced 
about one and a half meters apart. One person can dismantle the wall with a screwdriver, fold it 
and store it in the cellar. The houses are also environmentally correct: they’re mostly solar 
powered and insulated with such materials as sheep’s wool and recycled newspaper fiber. The 
firm has designedthree free-standing houses near Zurich and is scheduled to build six more 
later this year. 
 
 
 
244 
 
1) O título mais adequado para o texto seria: 
a) The new American Home 
b) Mobile Homes 
c) Stuck Walls 
d) Tools and Home Improvement 
e) Finally a Huge House 
 
2) De acordo com as informações contidas no texto, é correto dizer que: 
a) As casas consomem muita madeira. 
b) As casas são capazes de serem transferidas de um local para outro. 
c) As peças das casas não podem ser aumentadas ou diminuídas. 
d) A maioria das casas são isoladas com algodão e fibra de jornais reciclados. 
e) Uma pessoa pode desmontar a parede com uma chave de fenda, dobrá-la e guardá-la no 
porão. 
 
3) O vocábulo "sleekly" em "sleekly designed houses" pode ser substituído sem alteração de 
sentido por: 
a) neatly 
b) fairly 
c) relatively 
d) secondly 
e) instrumentally 
 
4) O vocábulo "quickly" desempenha a mesma função gramatical que todas as palavras abaixo, 
exceto: 
a) easily 
b) sleekly 
c) lovely 
d) roughly 
e) truly 
 
 
 
 
245 
 
TEXT 5 – (ADAPTED FROM TIME MAGAZINE) 
 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
 
TO FIGURE OUT – descobrir; achar uma forma TO PLUNGE – cair; mergulhar 
FIX – dosagem; consertar HYPE – alarde; alardear 
 
The scores of TV news shows created or popularized by Clinton’s scandal will have to figure 
out how to survive. Cable news ratings and political-Web-site visits are likely to plunge. The 
question then will be how to bring them back up. A new fixation on an erotic trial ? But a case like 
that doesn’t come along every day. And it’s hard to imagine a political scandal with more Sex and 
drama than this one. 
 The news has become like a drug habit that demands a stronger and stronger fix in order 
to satisfy. The president on video discussing Sex ? Been there. An impeachment trial in the 
Senate? Done that. So now, under relentless commercial pressure, the media are beginning the 
search for something new hype. Their readers and viewers are hungry. 
 
1) All the following statements can be inferred from the text, but: 
 
a) Audience on TV was high during Clinton's scandal. 
b) The media scandal kept the world tuned on their means. 
c) Clinton's scandal was really fitting for TV news. 
d) Higher doses of scandal will be necessary to fulfill viewers. 
e) Politics, Sex and drama seem to be the perfect blend for TV shows. 
 
2) According to the author, it is correct to state that: 
 
a) Watching news and visiting political-web-sites tend to boom. 
b) The number of readers and viewers is likely to increase. 
c) A political scandal is ordinary. 
d) The media started seeking for a new hit. 
e) A drug scandal may be the next drama on TV. 
 
3) The answers "Been there" and "Done that" mean respectively: 
 
a) The president will be on TV discussing Sex. / An impeachment trial in Senate will occur. 
b) The president has already been on TV discussing Sex. / An impeachment trial in senate has 
occurred. 
c) The president would be on TV discussing Sex. / Ana impeachment trial in senate would occur. 
d) The president is on TV discussing Sex. / An impeachment trial in senate is taking place. 
e) The president will have been on TV discussing Sex. / An impeachment trial in senate will have 
taken place. 
 
 
 
 
246 
 
TEXT 6 – ADAPTED FROM TIME MAGAZINE 
 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
 
RETIREMENT – aposentadoria PRESS RELEASE – nota para a imprensa 
FAREWELL – despedida AFFAIRS – assuntos; negócios 
 
 When Michael Jordan announced his retirement, he wanted simply to send out a press 
release: Jordan, the greatest player ever to play the game, was hanging it up. There would be no 
public show of sentiment, no golden farewell tour. Jordan told Ron Harper and Scottie Pipen, 
the bulls part of his inner circle, privately, then held a farewell dinner for 14 friends at a Chicago 
restaurant – no wives, just the guys. Like most Jordan affairs, it ended, late, in cigars and cards. 
“Michael’s motivation was always to win one more championship than Magic Johnson”, told 
Harper. “Magic had five, so when Michael got his six, we all knew that was it.” Then, he declared 
his intentions to the world. “I thought of saying just two words,” he said: “I’m gone.” 
 
1) De acordo com o texto, Michael Jordan 
 
a) continuará jogando basquete; 
b) gostaria de fazer uma turnê de despedida; 
c) não foi o maior jogador de basquete de todos os tempos; 
d) tinha poucos amigos; 
e) gostava de charutos e jogo de cartas. 
 
2) A passagem “then held a farewell dinner for 14 friends at a Chicago restaurant – no wives, 
just the guys”, seria melhor traduzida como: 
 
a) do que segurar um jantar de despedida para 14 amigos num restaurante em Chicago – não 
esposas, somente os rapazes; 
b) do que promover um jantar caro para 14 amigos num restaurante em Chicago – nenhuma 
esposa, somente as crianças; 
c) então ofereceu um jantar de despedida para 14 amigos num restaurante em Chicago – sem 
as esposas, apenas os rapazes; 
d) então promoveu um jantar de despedida para 14 amigos e seus filhos num restaurante em 
Chicago – sem mulheres; 
e) então ofereceu um jantar requintado para 14 amigos num restaurante em Chicago – sem as 
esposas, somente os rapazes. 
 
3) A relação incorreta, de acordo com o texto, é: 
 
a) Jordan / The greatest basketball player 
b) Scottie Pipen / Jordan's friend 
c) Ron Harper / Chicago Bulls 
d) Magic Johnson / Less championships than Jordan 
e) Jordan, Pipen, Harper / Farewell Tour 
 
 
247 
 
 
TEXT 07 
 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
 
HEADQUARTERS – sede; matriz GUEST – visitant 
RECOGNIZABLE – notável FEATURE - atração 
 
01 Based on myths and legends from the ocean, Tokyo Disney Sea (TDS) will take its place next to 
02 Tokyo Disneyland when it opens, in the late 2001. The project was just recently unveiled after five 
03 years of planning and design so secretive that many at Disney California headquarters were 
04 unaware of its details. Guests will enter the park through Mediterranean Harbour, which sits in 
05 the shadow of Mysterious Island, a dormant “volcano” sure to be TDS’s most recognizable 
06 feature. Inside this caldera, there will be an “underwater” mission based on 20,000 Leagues 
07 Under the Sea and a Journey to the Center of the Earth, where guests will ride mine cars through 
08 crystal caverns and mushroom forests into “lava”-filled caves. 
 
01) O texto anuncia 
 
a) a criação de um novo parque temático da Disney no ano 2001. 
b) um projeto secreto da companhia Disney da Califórnia. 
c) a criação de uma nova Disneylândia no Japão. 
d) uma excursão pelos portos do mar Mediterrâneo. 
e) uma viagem de exploração marítima em um submarino. 
 
02) De acordo com o texto, o novo TDS 
 
A) Atrairá milhares de turistas. 
B) Será construído dentro de um vulcão. 
C) Será inspirado no folclore marinho. 
D) Utilizará os túneis de uma velha mina. 
E) Será construído dentro de cinco anos. 
 
03) Entre os dados apresentados pelo texto, NÃO consta 
 
A) Onde será localizado o TDS. 
B) Quantos visitantes o TDS comportará. 
C) Quando o TDS estará funcionando. 
D) Que atração caracterizará o TDS. 
E) O que haverá dentro do vulcão. 
 
04) A melhor tradução para a palavra unveiled (linha 02) é 
 
a) enlevado. 
b) destacado. 
c) descoberto. 
d) revelado. 
 
248 
 
e) reconhecido. 
 
05) Na expressão unaware of its details (linha 04), its refere-se a 
 
a) the project. 
b) five years. 
c) planning and design. 
d) many. 
e) Disney California headquarters. 
 
06) Se o projeto do TDS fosse um sonho irrealizável a frase there will be an “underwater” 
mission (linha 06) seria alterada para 
 
A) There would have an “underwater” mission. 
B) There is to be an “underwater” mission. 
C) There was an “underwater” mission. 
D) There would be an “underwater” mission. 
E) There may be an “underwater” mission. 
 
07) A expressão “lava” – filled caves (linha 08) significa o mesmo que 
 
a) “lava” filled with caves. 
b) caves made of “lava”. 
c) caves where “lava” melts. 
d) “lava” which opens caves.e) caves filled with “lava”. 
 
TEXTO 08 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
 
TO BOOZE – beber TO BRAWL – brigar 
TO TAME – domar CHALLENGE – desafio; desafiar 
TO TAX – sobrecarregar GOOD LOOKS – boa aparência 
 
 Pick up the typical celebrity magazine and you’ll read this about Mel Gibson: he’s a rebel 
who spent years boozing and brawling before taming his demons to become a steady family 
man. But you will not learn the essential ingredient that pushed him to the top of his profession. 
For that, you have to go back to 1992, when Gibson took on the challenge of directing his first 
film, The Man Without a Face. He told his friend Australian director Peter Weir he was “really 
scared” about the project. Sure enough, his months of directing taxed him in a way he’d never 
been before. Yet he was determined to prove he could direct a touching and memorable movie. 
And he did; Mel Gibson demonstrated that good looks and talent only partly explain his 
extraordinary success – the quality that sets him apart is above all his brave heart. 
 (Source: Reader’s Digest. August 1998.) 
 
01) According to the text, Gibson has achieved recognition in his career because 
 
249 
 
 
A) He is very handsome and talented. 
B) His family are always there for him. 
C) He has controlled his drinking problem. 
D) He has the courage to confront his difficulties. 
E) His reputation as a rebel is well known. 
 
02) The text says that Gibson’s experience directing The Man Without a Face 
 
A) Demanded more from him than he had ever expected. 
B) Was his first hit as a movie star. 
C) Won him the respect of celebrity magazines. 
D) Proved that he really was a family man. 
E) Made his friend Peter Weir very worried about him. 
 
03) The most suitable title for this text would be 
 
A) Mel Gibson on the Set. 
B) The Men Behind the face. 
C) “Mad Mel” – A Star is Born. 
D) A Rebel’s Life. 
E) “Braveheart” Gibson. 
 
04) In the phrase Gibson took on the challenge (line 04), took on is best translated in 
Portuguese as 
 
a) apanhou. 
b) levou além. 
c) assumiu. 
d) carregou. 
e) concebeu. 
 
05) The alternative which means exactly the same as Sure enough ( line 05) is 
 
a) Accordingly. 
b) Quite certainly. 
c) Thus. 
d) Most likely. 
e) However. 
 
06) In the phrase he’d never been before (l.ine 06), he’d is the contracted form of 
 
A) He could. 
B) He would. 
C) He should. 
D) He did. 
 
250 
 
E) He had. 
 
07) In And he did (line 07), did is replacing 
 
a) was. 
b) proved. 
c) taxed. 
d) determined. 
e) could direct. 
 
08) Complete the sentence below with the best alternative. 
 
To be considered a complete artist Mel Gibson __________ prove he could direct __________ 
act. 
 
a) had to - as good as 
b) must - as good as 
c) has to - as well as 
d) had to - as well as 
e) must - and also 
 
 
TEXT 9 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
 
SOIL – solo TO DEVELOP – revelar (filmes), desenvolver 
TO SUE – processar SKETCH PAD – bloco de notas 
 
Think you feel bad about those lost vacation photos? Consider Barry Mathews. In 1993 the 
British geologist traveled to the Arctic Circle. There, he photographed soils and vegetation for 
a study on climate change. Back in England, he took the film to his local pharmacy for 
developing. That was the last he saw of it. Three years later, the pharmacy admits it lost the film. 
Mathews, 59, is suing for $ 30,000 – the cost of another trip. Our advice: take a sketch pad. 
 
01) According to the text, Barry Mathews 
 
A) Took important pictures when in the Arctic Circle. 
B) Is willing to go to the Arctic Circle again next year. 
C) Went to the Arctic Circle on holiday three years ago. 
D) Spent all his money while he was in the Arctic Circle. 
E) Has lived in the Arctic Circle for three years. 
 
02) The question that cannot be answered with the information given in the text is 
A) Where does Mathews live? 
B) What does Mathews do? 
 
251 
 
C) Where did Mathews go in 1993? 
D) How long did Mathews stay in the Arctic Circle? 
E) What did Mathews photograph in the Arctic Circle? 
 
03) The verb feel as in feel bad (line 01) could be followed by the words in all alternatives but 
 
a) sleepy. 
b) good. 
c) tired. 
d) sorry. 
e) gladly. 
 
04) The sentence Consider Barry Mathews (line 01) could be replaced, without alteration in 
meaning, by 
 
a) Think about Barry Mathews. 
b) Remind Barry Mathews. 
c) Judge for Barry Mathews. 
d) Refer to Barry Mathews. 
e) Console Barry Mathews. 
 
05) The phrase his local pharmacy (line 03) tells us that the pharmacy 
 
a) Stands across the street from Mathews’s house. 
b) Belongs to Mathews. 
c) Is in the Mathews’s neighbourhood. 
d) Is the only one in his town. 
e) Only operates locally. 
 
06) The word later (line 04) could be replaced, without alteration in meaning, by 
 
a) afterwards. 
b) ago. 
c) before. 
d) back. 
e) then. 
 
07) The advice given in the last sentence is meant to be 
 
a) helpless. 
b) humorous. 
c) explanatory. 
d) serious. 
e) complimentary. 
 
 
 
252 
 
EXTRA TEXTS AND TESTS II 
 
TEXT 1 
 
Say the words “international spy” and most people may picture James Bond dazzling the dames 
at a Monte Carlo baccarat table. But for real-life secret agents, espionage tends to be far less 
glamorous. Take World War II operative Virginia Hall, a Baltimore native with a wooden leg. By 
day she posed as a dairymaid tending her goats in the French countryside. By night she relayed 
German troop movements to the Allies, by radio from a succession of barns. 
 Hall’s exploits- and those of countless other spooks – are enshrined at the new 
International Spy Museum in Washington, D.C. Considered the world’s largest museum of its 
kind, it fills five former office buildings. Exhibits include the Russian “Kiss of Death”, a tiny pistol 
disguised as a lipstick that, with a turn of the tube, fired a 4.5 mm bullet. Also on view are a Soviet 
buttonhole camera from the ´70s, and a Nazi encoding device know as the Enigma (subject of 
the recent film of the same name). 
 People Weekly, July 15, 2002 
 
1. O texto acima divulga 
(A) o mais recente filme de James Bond. 
(B) um livro sobre espiões na Segunda Guerra Mundial. 
(C) um novo museu nos Estados Unidos. 
(D) uma exposição de armamentos usados por espiões. 
(E) uma biografia de Virginia Hall. 
 
2. De acordo com o texto, 
(A) em espionagem, a realidade é bem diversa da ficção. 
(B) Virginia Hall tinha um radio transmissor em sua perna de pau. 
(C) o chamado “Kiss of Death” era um batom que continha veneno. 
(D) muitas pessoas acreditavam que James Bond fosse um espião de verdade. 
(E) os russos já tinham uma câmera digital nos anos 70. 
 
3. A expressão dazzling the dames significa o mesmo que 
(A) shooting the women . 
(B) fascinating the ladies. 
(C) gambling with the women. 
(D) dating the girls. 
(E) disappointing the ladies. 
 
4. Assinale, entre as frases abaixo, aquela em que a forma terminada em - ing é empregada do 
mesmo modo que na expressão tending her goats. 
(A) Jack met his wife, July, at a show he was producing. 
(B) As an architect, Bob is very fond of miniature building. 
(C) After graduating from Law School, Mary intends to work abroad. 
(D) My grandparents lost their clothing store in the Great Depression of the 1930s. 
(E) She invited everyone for her party, including her coworkers. 
 
253 
 
 
5. A melhor tradução para a forma verbal relayed é 
(A) transmitia. 
(B) escondia. 
(C) mapeava. 
(D) recolhia, 
(E) relegava. 
 
6.Das formas verbais abaixo,a que não é empregada como Past Participle no texto é 
(A) enshrined 
(B) Considered 
(C) disguised 
(D) fired 
(E) known 
 
7. O segmento five former office buildings equivale, em português, a 
(A) cinco escritórios em prédios antigos. 
(B) cinco prédios de escritórios desativados. 
(C) escritórios em cinco prédios abandonados. 
(D) cinco prédios formados por escritórios. 
(E) prédios com cinco escritóriosantigos. 
 
TEXT 2 
 
 It’s easy to understand how biologists can keep finding new species of beetles or 
earthworms. What’s more surprising is that they’re still finding new kinds of monkeys, some of 
man’s closest living relatives. It happened again last week with the announcement that two 
species of monkeys have been discovered in the Brazilian Amazon. If you’re going to look for 
new monkeys, Brazil is the place to do it. Brazilian forests are home to 95 known species of 
primates, about 27% of the world’s total; of the 24 monkeys described since 1990, 13 hail from 
Brazil. 
 The new additions are Titi monkeys, a group of cat-size creatures that form humanlike 
families consisting of a pair of adults – which mate for life – and their offspring. One, Callicebus 
bernhardi, is named after Prince Bernhard of Netherlands, a noted naturalist. The other is dubbed 
C.stephennashi, after Stephen Nash, a scientific illustrator. Given the Amazon’s size, it is 
unlikely that these monkeys will be the last of its secrets. Says co-discoverer Russel Mittermeier, 
president of Conservation International: “We’ve got some monkeys in cages that we know are 
new species. We just haven’t described them yet.” 
 Time, July 8, 2002. 
 
1. All the titles below would be suitable for the text, except 
(A) Brazilian Secrets. 
(B) The Best Place for Primates 
(C) New Species Discovered. 
(D) Riches from Brazilian Forests. 
(E) Amazonian Extinct Species. 
 
254 
 
2. The text says that 
(A) it’s easier to find new species of beetles than monkeys in the Amazon. 
(B) the majority of the world’s primates live in the Brazilian forests. 
(C) Titi monkeys have been named after their discoverer. 
(D) Stephen Nash drew pictures of Amazonian primates. 
(E) a number of new species have been identified but not studied. 
 
3. The question that CANNOT be answered with information from the text is 
(A)How big are Titi monkeys? 
(B) Who co-discovered the monkeys with Mittermeier? 
(C) When was the new discovery made public? 
(D) How many Brazilian monkeys have been described since 1990? 
(E) Why was one species named after Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands? 
 
4, The relative pronoun. which refers to 
(A) additions 
(B) creatures 
(C) families 
(D) adults 
(E) offspring 
 
5. The expression mate for life means that 
(A) adult indiduals fight all the time. 
(B) Titi monkey are monogamous. 
(C) one family group will not mingle with another. 
(D) family members kill each other. 
(E) couples have only baby during their whole life. 
 
6. The best translation for the word offspring in Portuguese is 
(A) filhotes 
(B) parentes 
(C) crianças 
(D) progenitores 
(E) protetores 
 
7. In the phrase it is unlikelyt that, unlikely could be replaced by 
(A) possible 
(B) unwise 
(C) supposed 
(D) improbable 
(E) disbelieved 
 
 
 
255 
 
8. Select the correct alternative to complete the hypothesis below. 
 If you were looking for new monkeys, Brazil………the place to do it. 
(A) will be 
(B) is 
(C) had been 
(D) has been 
(E) would be 
 
TEXT 3 - Here’s the CDJ 
 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
 
Scratching – arranhar devices – dispositivos 
Turntable – prato (de toca-discos) to cue up – colar; inserir (trechos de músicas) 
Backspin – girar ao contrário 
 
With the advent of the CD, vinyl records are a thing of the past. That’s a major problem for DJs, 
who over the last two decades have turned mixing and “scratching” into an art form. Several 
companies have devices that allow music from CDs to be mixed as it would be on a turntable, 
without much success. Pioneer hopes to change that with the CDJ-1000. The device records 
songs from a CD to its memory buffer, allowing users to cue up, stop, backspin and scratch 
songs just as they would on a turntable. The CDJ-1000 is good enough to make people like 
Jazzy Jeff curious. Purists may still prefer vinyl, but now today’s DJs have a better chance of 
finding that perfect beat. 
 
1) De acordo com o texto, com o surgimento do CD, tornou-se um problema para os DJs 
 
a) o desaparecimento de aparelhos para tocar discos de vinil. 
b) o desaparecimento de discos de vinil. 
c) o crescente lançamento de CDs. 
d) o crescente lançamento de aparelhos que tocam apenas CDs. 
e) a falta de aparelhos que permitem tocar discos de vinil e CDs ao mesmo tempo. 
 
2) De acordo com o texto, os DJs transformaram numa forma de arte, nas duas últimas 
décadas, a atividade de 
 
a) usar com perfeição os discos de vinil. 
b) encontrar canções lançadas em vinil. 
c) misturar e “arranhar” músicas em discos de vinil. 
d) usar com perfeição os CDs. 
e) misturar e “arranhar” canções em CD. 
 
3) O texto anuncia o lançamento 
 
a) de novos discos de vinil. 
b) de antigos sucessos em discos de vinil, agora em CD. 
 
256 
 
c) de um aparelho que toca discos de vinil e CDs ao mesmo tempo. 
d) de um aparelho eficiente que grava canções de um CD e produz os efeitos da “arte” de um 
DJ. 
e) de um aparelho que grava canções de um disco de vinil com a mesma qualidade de um CD. 
 
4) Nas expressões “Here’s the CDJ” (título), “that’s a major problem” e “Today’s DJs”, o ‘s indica, 
respectivamente: 
 
a) is – is – caso possessivo 
b) is – caso possessivo – is 
c) caso possessivo – is – is 
d) has – is – is 
e) is – has – caso possessivo 
 
 
5) Na sentença “Purists may still prefer vinyl...”, “may” expressa 
 
a) permissão. 
b) possibilidade. 
c) capacidade. 
d) certeza. 
e) impossibilidade. 
 
6) Na sentença “...but now today’s DJs have a better chance of finding that perfect beat.”, a 
palavra “better” é a forma comparativa de 
 
a) bad 
b) best 
c) worse 
d) bet 
e) good 
 
 
 
257 
 
TEXT 4 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
 
Gird your loins – prepare-se to buckle – apertar 
Armor – armadura to plunge – mergulhar 
Fierce – feroz; cruel remarkable – notável 
Seamless – sem costura to drench – embeber; ensopar 
 
Gird your loins, buckle your armor, take a deep breath and plunge yourself into the dark, fierce 
epic that is part two of “The Lord of the Rings.” That Peter Jackson and his remarkable team 
have done it again is no surprise. Most of it was shot at the same time as the first, so it wasn’t apt 
to fall apart. Still, what’s remarkable is how immediately, after a full year, “The Two Towers” seizes 
your attention, and how urgently it holds you through three seamless, action-packed hours. 
The fellowship had split apart when last we saw them, and the new film follows three separate 
trails. “The Two Towers” takes more liberties with Tolkien than “The Fellowship of the Ring” did; 
it’s also more violent and nightmarish. The tale never loses touch with its human core. Amid all 
the surreal visions, terrifying monsters and overwhelming landscapes, it’s the naked, skinny, 
schizophrenic Gollum who snakes his way most deeply into your memory. While everyone else 
in Tolkien’s myth falls neatly into the camps of Good and Evil, the self-lacerating Gollum is at war 
with himself. In an epic drenched in medievalism, he’s the dangerously ambiguous voice of the 
modern. (adapted from Newsweek Magazine) 
 
1) All questions below can be answered with the information given in the text BUT 
 
a) What kind of movie does the passage describe? 
b) Which character fights against himself? 
c) Where was the film shot? 
d) How long does the film last? 
e) What’s the name of the film? 
 
2) The word “shot” as in “Most of it was shot at the same time” (line 3) has the same meaning in 
alternative 
 
a) It must be shot next year. 
b) He obtained a nice shot of Mount Hood. 
c) They shot at cans last night. 
d) She took a shot in order to avert malaria. 
e) A shot was heard in the neighborhood last night. 
 
3) The pronoun “yourself” in “…plunge yourself” (line 1) has the same function in alternative 
 
a) Jackson himself shot that humorous celebration. 
b) It was found a copy of the classic movie itself.c) The actors were playing by themselves. 
d) Kidman talked to herself while reading the script. 
e) This message is aimed to you that love to travel by yourself. 
 
258 
 
 
4) The preposition “into” as in “snakes his way most deeply into your memory” (line 10) is 
INCORRECTLY used in alternative 
 
A) The steak sizzles into the pan. 
B) The plane crashed into the towers. 
C) She walked into the open. 
D) The wizard transformed him into a frog. 
E) The man stood into the pub. 
 
5) The verb “split” in “had split” has the same pattern of INFINITIVE-PAST-PAST PARTICIPLE 
formation of the verb 
 
a) Beg b) Swear c) Deal d) Spread e) Fall 
 
6) The suffix “able”as in remarkable is correctly used in all alternatives BUT 
 
a) Drinkable b) Shortable c) Achieveable d) Washable e) Tameable 
 
7) The word “so” in “so it wasn’t apt to fall apart” (line 3) is presenting 
 
a) Contrast b) Compensation c) Conclusion d) Addition e) Time relation 
 
TEXT 5 
 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
 
To chew – mascar 
Gum – chiclete 
To Increase - aumentar 
 
You can drive better when you’re chewing gum, say researchers. Experiments at universities in 
Japan found that drivers who chewed gum reacted quicker to changing traffic lights and other 
road situations than those who did not. 
And men were even more alert on the road while chewing gum than women, the studies 
concluded. The Japanese researchers theorize that chewing gum increases blood flow to the 
brain, resulting in quicker reactions. 
 
01) Um título adequado para o texto seria 
 
a) Chiclete faz você dirigir melhor. 
b) As mulheres são menos atentas que os homens. 
c) Pesquisadores japoneses descobrem motoristas atentos. 
d) Japoneses dirigem melhor. 
e) Chicletes que aumentam o estado de alerta. 
 
 
259 
 
02) De acordo com o texto, mascar chiclete na direção de um carro faria a pessoa tornar-se um 
motorista melhor porque: 
 
a) diminui o tempo que o sangue leva para chegar ao cérebro. 
b) a força da corrente sanguínea aumenta ao mascar chiclete. 
c) favorece reações imediatas num engarrafamento, por exemplo. 
d) o fluxo de sangue no cérebro é aumentado. 
e) faz a pessoa ficar mais atenta. 
 
 
03) O “ ’re ” em “...when you’re chewing gum…” (linha 1) representa 
 
a) are b) have c) has d) there e) able 
 
04) O vocábulo “researcher” (linha 01) pode ser explicado como “a person that researches”. 
Outra palavra que pode receber explicação do tipo “a person that .....” é 
 
a) further. 
b) career 
c) makeover 
d) ladder 
e) player. 
 
TEXT 6 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
 
To spread – espalhar Perhaps – maybe (talvez) 
 
In the near future , 1.5 billion people – a quarter of the world’s population – will speak english. For 
1.1 billion, it will be a second or third language. English is more and more becoming a language 
for business, science and popular culture. Three quarters of the world’s mail and 80% of the 
electronic mail on the Internet use English. 
There aren’t linguistic reasons for this global dominance of English. The grammar is difficult, the 
pronunciation eccentric, and the spelling peculiar. Maybe the reason is the flexibility of the 
English language which incorporate words from more than 150 different languages. 
As English spreads across Australia, Asia and Africa, it will invariably be transformed – even 
subverted. Perhaps English will fragment into different languages as Latin fragmented into 
French, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian and other languages 1,500 years ago. 
 
1) De acordo com o texto: 
 
a) O inglês será a primeira língua de 400 milhões de falantes. 
b) 25% da população mundial falará inglês como alternativa. 
c) A língua inglesa já é falada em ¾ do globo. 
d) Mais da metade da correspondência mundial será em inglês. 
e) O inglês é a língua mais ágil para o comércio, a ciência e a cultura popular. 
 
260 
 
 
2) Segundo o texto, a língua inglesa: 
 
a) é pouco diferente de outras línguas. 
b) Tem peculiaridades gramaticais. 
c) Possui características lingüísticas inexplicáveis. 
d) Apresenta excentricidades na escrita e na fala. 
e) Não é muito fácil. 
 
3) Leia as afirmações abaixo: 
 
I. Há uma grande influência de outras línguas no inglês. 
II. Tal como o latim, o inglês irá desaparecer. 
III. À semelhança do latim, o inglês poderá ser fragmentado em diversas 
outras línguas. 
 
Está(ao) correta(s): 
 
a) I. b) II e III. c) II. d) I e II. e) I e III. 
 
4) 
5) Em “As English spreads across Austrália...” a palavra “across” não pode ser substituída 
por: 
 
a) over. b) all over. c) through. d) between. e) throughout. 
 
TEXT 7 
 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
 
Tricky – complicado; difícil to settle – estabelecer 
Behavioral - comportamental 
 
Who, exactly, is an alcoholic? The question is a tricky one: symptons are not always clear cut, 
and even doctors do not agree on a definition of the disease. The American Psychiatric 
Association settled on three basic criteria to define and diagnose alcoholism: physiological 
symptoms, such as hand tremors and blackouts; psychological difficulties, which include an 
obsessive desire to drink; and behavioral problems that disrupt social or work life. 
 
 
1) De acordo com o texto, os sintomas do alcoolismo são: 
 
A) difíceis de serem detectados. D) Temíveis. 
B) fáceis de serem detectados. E) claros. 
C) Sempre notados. 
 
 
261 
 
2) De acordo com o texto, NÃO é correto afirmar que: 
 
a) Os sintomas do alcoolismo nem sempre são evidentes. 
b) A Associação Psiquiátrica Americana estabeleceu três critérios básicos para 
diagnosticar o alcoolismo. 
c) Os médicos são unânimes na definição do alcoolismo. 
d) Tremores das mãos são caracterizados como um dos sintomas fisiológicos do 
alcoolismo. 
e) Problemas comportamentais que abalam a vida social e profissional podem ser indícios 
do alcoolismo. 
 
3) A relação INCORRETA, de acordo com o texto, é: 
 
f) Alcoólatra – Difícil definição 
g) Alcoolismo – Doença 
h) Bloqueio mental – Sintoma fisiológico 
i) Dificuldades psicológicas – Desejo obsessivo de beber 
j) Problemas comportamentais – Tremores 
 
4) A questão “Quem exatamente é um alcoólatra?”: 
 
A) Não oferece dificuldade. D) É temerosa. 
B) É complicada. E) É necessária. 
C) É fácil de ser respondida. 
 
TEXT 8 
 
FOCUSED GLOSSARY 
 
HIT – sucesso SOLD – vendido(s) 
FOUND – encontrado(s) SHELVES – prateleiras 
MOVIE SOUND TRACKS – trilha sonora de filmes RELEASE – lançamento 
BOOM – aumento de vendas ALLY – aliado; parceiro 
 
Talking books (books versions recorded on tape) were already in circulation in the United States 
in the ‘50s. But today they are a big hit in the United Kingdom, with sales estimated at US$ 70 
million. Usually sold in bookstores and record shops, they are now found in London’s first 
specialized store, the Talking Bookshop. 
Its shelves carry all types of works; from movie sound tracks, with the participation of the 
original actors, to literary classics, like the poetry of T.S. Eliot’s The Four Quartets, read by Sir 
Alec Guinness. One of the newest release has ex-prime minister Margaret Thatcher narrating 
her memoirs. 
The talking book boom has a close ally: the tape decks or CD players found in almost all 
automobiles. 
 
01) According to the text, the talking books first appeared: 
 
262 
 
 
a) in the United Kingdom. 
b) with Margaret Thatcher narrating her memoirs. 
c) In the United States of America in the ‘50s. 
d) with movies and original actors. 
e) with Sir Alec Guinness. 
 
02) Talking books are: 
 
a) books which speak to anyone. 
b) books sold in specialized petshop. 
c) books which can be read by any child. 
d) book copies which are circulating in Brazil. 
e) book versions which are circulating in Brazil. 
 
 
 
03) According to the text, anyone can find a talking book: 
 
1. only in bookstores and department stores. 
2. In talking bookshops, bookstores and record shops. 
3. In the United Kingdom but not in the USA. 
4. In bookstores and shops found in any neighborhood.5. Only in the USA. 
 
04) The best title for the text would be: 
 
a) The world of books. 
b) Books and poetry. 
c) Remarkable writers. 
d) Talking books are a hit in London. 
e) The Four Quartets. 
 
05) In the second paragraph “its” is related to: 
 
a) bookstore. c) tape deck. e) talking bookshop. 
b) talking book. d) record shop. 
 
TEXT 9 
 
taste – sabor broiler – forno; grelha 
barbecue – churrasqueira; churrasco rewarding – gratificante 
poultry – (fowl) aves domésticas 
 
 
263 
 
Fine vegetable cookery is the art of knowing how to select the best ingredients, how to hold all 
their color and taste – even under the heat of a broiler or barbecue – and how to transform 
ordinary ingredients into praise-winning creations. 
 You can master this rewarding art with the help of Vegetables, the introductory volume 
in THE GOOD COOK series. It’s a fascinating way to explore new cooking skills, because it 
doesn’t just tell you what to do – it actually shows you step by step, in mouth-watering, full-color 
photographs. Vegetables and its elegant companion volumes are like no cookbooks you’ve ever 
seen. THE GOOD COOK series helps you expand your abilities, one kind of food at a time: 
Poultry… Eggs & Cheese… Salads… Fish… Classic Desserts and others. 
 We invite you to try out Vegetables for 10 days as our guest. See how THE GOOD COOK 
goes about making you an even better cook! Mail the reply card today. 
 
1) O objetivo do texto é 
 
a) divulgar uma escola de culinária. 
b) ensinar a preparar hortaliças. 
c) promover uma coleção de livros de culinária. 
d) deixar o leitor com água na boca. 
e) ensinar a cozinhar em dez dias. 
 
2) Qual pergunta NÃO pode ser respondida a partir do texto? 
 
a) Is the book illustrated? 
b) What is the price of Vegetables? 
c) How can Vegetables be purchased? 
d) Why is it such a fascinating experience? 
e) What kinds of food can be found in THE GOOD COOK? 
 
3) De acordo com o texto, 
 
a) o comprador será convidado para uma festa. 
b) todas as receitas venceram um concurso gastronômico. 
c) as hortaliças não podem ser gratinadas. 
d) nada no gênero se compara a esse lançamento. 
e) Vegetables também ensina a fazer sobremesas. 
 
4) A melhor tradução para “praise-winning creations” (line 3) é 
 
a) criações que ganham elogios. 
b) criações vencedoras de prêmios. 
c) criaturas que ganharam prêmios. 
d) criatividade recompensada. 
e) criaturas dignas de elogio. 
 
5) O verbo “hold” (line 2) poderia ser substituído, sem prejuízo ao sentido, por 
 
 
264 
 
a) stop. b) increase. c) move. d) alter. e) keep. 
 
6) Na expressão “It’s a fascinating way” (line 5), it refere-se a 
 
a) master. b) series. c) art. d) help. e) way. 
 
7) A palavra “master” (line 4) está sendo usada com o mesmo sentido do texto em 
A) She’s had their master bedroom redecorated again. 
B) He will master the language if he studies harder. 
C) Cel. Barnes is the master of a large cotton plantation in Georgia. 
D) Mr M is a Master of the occult. 
E) All the lights can be controlled with this master switch. 
 
 
 
GABARITO 
 
TEXTS AND TESTS 1 
 
TEXT 1 
1-A 2-C 3-D 4-A 5-E 6-A 7-E 
TEXT 2 
1-C 2-A 3-C 4-E 5-D 6-E 7-A 
TEXT 3 
1-C 2-E 
TEXT 4 
1-B 2-E 3-A 4-C 
TEXT 5 
1-B 2-D 3-B 
TEXT 6 
1-E 2-C 3-E 
TEXT 7 
1-A 2-C 3-B 4-D 5-A 6-D 7-E 
 
TEXT 8 
1-D 2-A 3-E 4-C 5-B 6-E 7-B 8-D 
TEXT 9 
1-A 2-D 3-E 4-A 5-C 6-A 7-B 
 
 
 
 
265 
 
TEXTS AND TESTS 2 
 
TEXT 1 
1-C 2-A 3-B 4-A 5-A 6-D 7-B 
 
TEXT 2 
1-E 2-E 3-B 4-D 5-B 6-A 7-D 8-E 
 
TEXT 3 
1-A 2-C 3-D 4-A 5-B 6-E 
 
TEXT 4 
1-C 2-A 3-D 4-E 5-D 6-B 7-C 
 
TEXT 5 
1-A 2-D 3-A 4-E 
 
TEXT 6 
1-A 2-E 3-E 4-D 
 
TEXT 7 
1-A 2-C 3-E 4-B 
 
TEXT 8 
1-C 2-A 3-B 4-D 5-E 
 
TEXT 9 
1-C 2-B 3-D 4-A 5-E 6-B 7-B 
 
 
 
266 
 
EXTRA TEXTS AND TESTS 3 
TEXT 1 
 
Season of Shadows: Volume One of the Summerlands by Ellen Foxxe (DAW, paperback, 398pp. $4.99) 
 
 Displaced Royalists, religious dissidents and criminals have escaped to the New World, formed 
uneasy alliances and began to build new homes for themselves. But two other forces are trying to destroy 
the colony. The Mother Country wishes to eliminate the colony and claims the New World’s resources for 
its own. The more immediate threat are the Yerren. These winged creatures come down from the skies 
and attack for no apparent reason. Royalist and military advisor Sir Andrew leads a small, mismatched 
group into Yerran territory in a desperate attempt to end the Yerran threat one way or another. 
 Ellen Foxxe tells a solid, if sometimes uninspiring story. She too often tells the story, rather than 
shows it. She also underplays some scenes – confrontations should have more tension to them. Balancing 
those flaws are some well-written characters, fairly good pacing and well-placed lighter scenes that offset 
the more somber ones. (Penny K.) 
 
 
1) O texto nos diz que Season of Shadows 
é 
 
a) o primeiro volume de uma trilogia. 
b) parte de uma minissérie. 
c) o primeiro livro de uma série. 
d) um filme baseado em um livro. 
e) um romance histórico. 
 
2) De acordo com o texto, New World é 
 
a) um mundo fantástico. 
b) a Terra. 
c) a América. 
d) um novo continente. 
e) uma colônia penal. 
 
3) A avaliação de Penny K. sobre a estória 
poderia ser assim resumida: 
 
a) A autora demonstra habilidade na 
construção de personagens e 
capacidade de criar as cenas que 
descreve diante dos olhos do leitor. 
b) Personagens bem-construídas e um 
ritmo narrativo bem-estruturado 
contrabalançam o excesso de 
descrições e a falta de tensão em certas 
cenas. 
c) Embora as cenas de ação sejam ricas 
em suspense, a estória peca por falta de 
solidez. 
d) Embora as personagens sejam mal-
construídas, a narrativa bem-
estruturada sustenta uma estória rica e 
instigante. 
e) As cenas mais leves são inadequadas, 
causando desequilíbrio na estrutura da 
narrativa. 
 
4) A melhor tradução para “threat” é 
 
a) trato. 
b) fio. 
c) truque. 
d) ameaça. 
e) descuido. 
 
5) Em português, a expressão “one way 
or another” significa 
 
a) qualquer que seja. 
b) de ambos os modos. 
c) de um jeito ou de outro. 
d) por qualquer caminho. 
e) do jeito dos outros. 
 
 
267 
 
6) Na frase “She too often...rather than 
shows it”, a expressão “rather than 
shows it” poderia ser substituída, sem 
perda de sentido, por 
 
a) although she shows it. 
b) in spite of showing it. 
c) except for showing it. 
d) that she shows it. 
e) instead of showing it. 
7) A palavra “its” na expressão “for its 
own” refere-se a 
 
a) the colony. 
b) the Mother Country. 
c) the New World. 
d) the New World’s resources. 
e) forces. 
 
8) Indique a palavra que não é formada 
por prefixação, como “mismatched”. 
 
a) miscellaneous. 
b) misadventure. 
c) misunderstand. 
d) misfortune. 
e) misplaced.
 
TEXT 2 
 
 In old Celtic one word for river was teme, and the Romans adopted this as the name for the great 
waterway upon which they founded the city of Londinium nearly 2,000 years ago. The Roman settlers 
built their new city along the most easterly point at which the river could be bridged using the technology 
of the time. Since then, the Thames has continued to play a critical role in London’s history. It was the 
route taken by the Viking invaders of the 8th and 9th centuries, the birthplace of the Royal Navy in Tudor 
times, and the artery for much of the country’s commerce until well into the 1950s. 
 Now changing trade patterns have moved the big ships elsewhere, and the river has become the 
capital’s foremost leisure amenity………… Where once stood wharves and warehouses, today there are 
riverside walks, marinas, bars and restaurants. 
 One of the most interesting ways of seeing the capital is by boat, and several companies offer 
sightseeing cruises from central London. These vary in length from 30 minutes to four hours. The most 
popular section of the river to travel runs down-stream from the Houses of Parliament to Tower Bridge. 
 
9) O título mais adequadoao texto acima 
seria 
 
a) The Royal Navy Today. 
b) The Greatest Roman Conquest. 
c) The Importance of a River for Commerce. 
d) How to Take a Trip down the Thames. 
e) The New Face of the Thames. 
 
10) O texto nos informa que o rio Tamisa 
 
a) é até hoje a maior via de comércio de 
Londres. 
b) Foi navegado pela primeira vez pelos 
Vikings. 
c) Banha toda a parte leste da cidade de 
Londres. 
d) Tem a raiz de seu nome numa palavra 
celta. 
e) Foi descoberto há quase 2000 anos 
atrás. 
 
11) A relação INCORRETA de acordo com 
o texto é 
 
a) Londres – antiga 
b) Tamisa – hoje, grandes navios 
c) Royal Navy – Tudors 
d) Vikings – invasores 
e) Londinium – romanos 
12) A palavra “waterway” é composta da 
mesma forma que a palavra 
 
a) foremost 
b) washout 
 
268 
 
c) mainstream 
d) headphone 
e) upstage 
 
13) A expressão “until well into the 1950s” 
poderia ser substituída, sem alteração 
de sentido, por 
 
a) up to the late 50s. 
b) since the 50s. 
c) until the early 50s. 
d) in the 50s. 
e) almost into the 50s. 
 
14) Escolha a melhor palavra para 
completar o espaço em branco na 
linha (...). 
 
a) always 
b) already 
c) instead 
d) however 
e) almost 
 
 
15) A palavra “once” poderia ser traduzida 
por 
 
a) em tempos 
b) em vez 
c) por vezes 
d) no passado 
e) por volta 
 
16) A preposição “to” NÃO está usada 
corretamente na alternativa 
 
a) She is normally quite polite to us. 
b) She was married to Fred for ten years. 
c) She never talks to me in a loud voice. 
d) She should count to ten before 
speaking. 
e) She always insists to paying cash. 
 
17) O verbo “to Run”, em seus vários 
significados, está usado corretamente 
em todas as alternativas abaixo, COM 
EXCEÇÃO DE 
 
a) He is going to run for president next year. 
b) He has run a lot of problems lately. 
c) The car is running well since I had it 
serviced. 
d) He ran 5 miles to the next village. 
e) She has been running the business 
rather well. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TEXT 3 
 
 One of the great themes of American history emerges from epochal story of Americans 
confronting and coming to terms with a huge wild country. Quite unlike the Old World, where people had 
occupied the land for as long as history could recall, and where adjustment to environment came so 
gradually as to be almost imperceptible, Americans’ encounter with their land was abrupt and violent, 
consuming much of the nation’s energies, and powerfully gripping its collective imagination. It has been 
said that America is a nation with abundance of geography but a shortage of history, and there is some 
truth in both statements. It took less than four hundred years to subdue more than three million square 
miles of territory; in fact, Americans occupied the bulk of their national domain within the last century and 
a half. Even today, much of the United States remains only semipopulated and semitamed. It is no wonder 
that the struggle to conquer America’s physical geography looms so large in the nation’s memory. Just 
as Americans have reshaped the face of their land, the people themselves have been shaped and 
reshaped by constant intimate encounters with the land. 
 
269 
 
 
 
18) According to the text, 
 
a) American settlers in the New World took 
the land almost without effort. 
b) American history is intimately related to 
the geographical occupation of the 
country. 
c) Adjustment to environment in the Old 
World took less than four hundred years. 
d) Americans had to confront hostile and 
violent savages in the New World. 
e) The struggle to conquer the new 
territory seriously damaged the nation’s 
natural resources. 
 
 
 
 
19) Identify the correct alternative 
according to the text. 
 
f) There still are large uninhabited areas in 
the United States. 
a) 150 years ago, most of the American 
territory had already been occupied. 
b) Americans have no memory of their 
ancestors’ struggle to tame the land. 
c) The face of the land is being constantly 
reshaped, to this day. 
d) Three million square miles of territory 
still remain to be subdued. 
 
 
 
 
 
20) The phrase “coming to terms with” is 
best translated, in Portuguese, as 
 
a) criar uma relação harmoniosa com. 
b) chegar ao término de. 
c) apresentar os termos de. 
d) vir a desvencilhar-se de. 
e) render-se a. 
 
21) “It is no wonder that” means, in 
Portuguese, 
 
a) é impossível que. 
b) não há belezas que. 
c) ninguém imagina que. 
d) é por isso que. 
e) não admira que. 
 
22) The phrase “It has been said that” 
means the same as 
 
a) it would say that. 
b) people had said that. 
c) people have said that. 
d) people would have said that. 
e) it would be said that. 
 
23) Complete the sentence below with the 
best alternative. 
 
“…subdue the new territory, Americans 
had to face severe conditions” 
 
A) So as 
B) In order that 
C) As for 
D) In order to 
E) By order that 
 
24) Identify the alternative that is NOT 
correct 
 
a) Imperceptible – adjective 
b) Unlike – verb 
c) Encounter – noun 
d) Within – preposition 
e) Even – conjunction 
 
25) “Gradually” and “powerfully” are 
adverbs formed from the adjectives 
“gradual” and “powerful”, 
respectively. Other adjectives can 
take the same suffix to form adverbs in 
the same way, EXCEPT 
 
270 
 
 
a) historic. 
b) usual. 
c) wild. 
d) abrupt. 
e) intelligent. 
 
26) The phrases “Americans’ encounter”, 
“the nation’s energies” and “America’s 
physical geography” are examples of 
 
a) passive voice. 
b) the infinitive. 
c) the gerund. 
d) the genitive. 
e) indirect speech. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TEXT 4 
 
 It was 20 years ago and I was living in Paris. I had a tiny apartment in the Latin Quarter overlooking 
the cemetery and I was earning barely enough money to keep body and soul together. She had read a 
book of mine and had written to me about it. I answered, thanking her, and presently I received from her 
another letter saying that she was passing through Paris and would like to have a chat with me; but her 
time was limited and the only free moment she had was on the following Thursday. She was spending the 
morning at the Luxembourg and would I give her a little luncheon at Foyot’s afterwards? Foyot’s is a 
restaurant at which the French senators eat and it was so far beyond my means that I had never even 
thought of going there. But I was flattered and I was too young to have learned to say no to a woman. I 
had eighty francs to last me the rest of the month and a modest luncheon should not cost more than 
fifteen. If I cut out coffee for the next two weeks I could manage well enough. 
 
 
 
27) For its characteristics, the text above 
can be classified as 
 
a) a narrative text 
b) an informative text 
c) a descriptive text 
d) an argumentative text 
e) a scientific text 
 
28) According to the text, the character 
who tells the story 
 
a) is a successful writer. 
b) lives comfortably in Paris. 
c) is young and inexperienced. 
d) has many friends in Paris. 
e) never eats out. 
 
29) The question that cannot be answered 
with the information given in the text is 
 
a) Where is the narrator’s apartment in 
Paris? 
b) How long has the narrator lived in Paris? 
c) What kind of restaurant is Foyot? 
d) How did the narrator feel when he 
received the letter? 
e) How much money did he have? 
 
30) According to the text, the person who 
wrote the letter 
 
a) had read all of his books. 
b) lived for a long time in Paris. 
c) had met him long before. 
d) would like to interview him for a 
magazine. 
e) asked the narrator to invite her for lunch. 
 
31) The word “tiny” means 
 
271 
 
 
a) well situated 
b) rather pretty 
c) nicely decorated 
d) extremely small 
e) quite old 
32) The word “presently” could be 
replaced by 
 
a) actually. 
b) soon after that. 
c) at present. 
d) no longer than. 
e) right now. 
 
33) The phrase “a book of mine” could be 
replaced by 
 
a) mine books. 
b) my books. 
c) some of my books. 
d) a book of my.